Skip to main content

Full text of "CSUF Course Catalogs 1959-2007"

See other formats


1 



CALIFORNIA 

STATE 

COLLEGE 

AT 

FULLERTON 


CATALOG 
1965 /66 



General Catalog 

and 

ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES 

1965-1966 



CALIFORNIA STATE 
COLLEGE 

AT FULLERTON 


800 North State College Boulevard, Fullerton, California 
714 871-3300 92631 



One of the many impressive approaches to California State College at Fullerton. The Letters 
and Science Building is one of four new buildings now completed or under construction at 
CSCF, one of the nation's fastest growing colleges. 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


I. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION 


Page 

Calendar 7 

Trustees of The California 
State Colleges 9 


Page 


Officers of The Trustees. 10 

Office of The Chancellor 11 

The California State Colleges 12 


II. THE COLLEGE 


The College Advisory Board 13 

College Administration - 14 

College Committees 15 

Advisory Council 18 

Philosophy and Objectives 

of the College 21 

The History of the College 22 

College Accreditation 22 

College Membership in 

Organizations ‘ 23 

Library 23 

Summer Sessions 23 

Extension Program 24 

International Programs 24 

California State College Foundation 25 

STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES 

Student Activities 26 

Student Organizations 26 

Student Publications 26 

Student News Bureau 26 

Athletics 27 

Housing 27 

Student Health Services 27 

Office of Placement Services 29 

COUNSELING SERVICES 

Academic Advisement 29 

Personal Counseling 30 

Testing 30 

Orientation 30 

Foreign Students 30 

International Programs 30 


FINANCIAL AIDS 

Scholarships 30 

Emergency Loans 31 

National Defense Student Loans ... 31 

United Student Aid Funds 31 

ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE 

Freshman 31 

Undergraduate Transfers 32 

Procedures for Admission, 

Undergraduates 32 

Procedures for Admission, 

Graduates 34 

Graduate Students Requirements 33 

Foreign Students 34 

Non-Accredited Colleges 34 

Academic Probation 35 

Auditors 35 

Credential Programs 35 

Cancellation of Admission 35 

Readmission 35 

Summer Session 35 

Evaluations 36 

Registration 38 

Fees and Expenses 38 

Student Expenses 39 

Records 40 

Veterans 40 

Academic Regulations 41 

Other Definitions and Regulation 42 

Scholastic Regulations 44 

Right of Petition 45 

General Requirements for the Bach- 
elors Degree— General Education 45 

The Program of Graduate Degrees 48 


III. COLLEGE CURRICULA 


Curricula Offered 57 

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION AND 
ECONOMICS 

Department of Accounting and 


Finance 59 

Department of Economics 59 


Department of Management 59 

Department of Marketing and 
Quantitative Methods 59 

DIVISION OF EDUCATION 

Department of Foundations of 
Education 67 


3 


2—34730 


TABLE OF CONTENTS— Continued 


Page 


Department of Elementary 

Education 67 

Department of Secondary 

Education - 67 

Department of School Services.— 67 

Department of Health Education, 
Physical Education, and 
Recreation 67 

DIVISION OF FINE AND 
APPLIED ARTS 

Department of Art. 79 

Department of Drama — 83 

Department of Music 85 

Department of Speech 90 

DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 

Department of Communications 94 

Department of English 95 


Page 


Department of Eoreign Languages 

and Literatures 97 

Department of Philosophy 99 

DIVISION OF SCIENCE, MATHEMATICS, 
AND ENGINEERING 

Department of Biological Science.. 102 

Department of Chemistry 104 

Department of Mathematics 106 

Department of Physics 108 

Department of Science and 
Mathematics Education — — 110 

DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES 

Department of Anthropology 112 

Department of Geography 114 

Department of History 115 

Department of Political Science 116 

Department of Psychology 119 

Department of Sociology 120 


IV. ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES 


General Course Numbering Code ... 124 


Independent Study 124 

Accounting 125 

Anthropology 127 

Art 128 

Art Education 133 

Biological Science 134 

Business Administration and 

Economics 138 

Business Education 139 

Chemistry 139 

Communication 141 

Comparative Literature 143 

Drama 144 

Drama Education 147 

Economics 147 

Education, Elementary 149 

Education, Foundations 151 

Education, School Services 153 

Education, Secondary 155 

English 157 

English Education 160 

Finance 161 

Foreign Languages Education 162 

French 162 

Geography 164 

Geology 166 


German 166 

Health Education 168 

History 168 

Journalism Education 173 

Management 173 

Marketing 175 

Mathematics 176 

Mathematics Education 178 

Music 179 

Music Education 183 

Philosophy 184 

Physical Education 187 

Physical Science 188 

Physics 189 

Political Science 191 

Portuguese 196 

Psychology 197 

Quantitative Methods 199 

Recreation 200 

Russian — 200 

Science Education 201 

Social Sciences Education 202 

Social Welfare 202 

Sociology 202 

Spanish 205 

Speech 206 

Speech Education — 209 


V. FACULTY 


Faculty 211 Cooperating Public School 

Part-time Faculty 218 Teachers 221 


4 


ORGANIZATION AND 
ADMINISTRATION 






.f 



'T?' 






COLLEGE CALENDAR 


1965-66 


SUAAMER SESSION 1965 


June 4, Fri Application deadline for master’s degree candidates 

for graduation, Summer Session 1965 

June 21, Mon First Summer Session begins 

July 5, Mon Independence Day (holiday) 

July 30, Fri First Summer Session ends 

August 2, Mon... Second Summer Session begins 

August 27, Fri Second Summer Session ends 


FALL SEMESTER 1965 


August 16, Mon Applications for admission due in Admissions Office 

September 13, Mon ..Faculty Orientation 

September 14-17, Tue.-Fri Advisement, Registration, and Freshman Orientation 

September 17, Fri Last day to register without late registration fee 

September 20, Mon. Classes begin 

September 24, Fri Last day to register or add classes, and last day for 

provisional admission of graduate students 

October 22, Fri Application deadline for baccalaureate degree candi- 

dates for graduation. Spring Semester and Summer 
Session 1966 

October 29, Fri. Last day to drop a course with automatic “W” 

November 11, Thur. Veterans’ Day (holiday) 

November 25, 26, Thu., Fri. Thanksgiving recess 

December 2, Thu Application deadline for master’s degree candidates 

for graduation. Fall Semester 1965 

December 20, Mon Christmas recess begins 

January 3, Mon. Classes resume 

January 20, Thu. Last day of classes 

January 21, Fri 1 ^ 

January 24-27, Mon.-Thu | Semester exammations 


SPRING SEMESTER 1966 


January 14, Fri Applications for admission due in Admissions Office 

February 1-4, Tue.-Fri Registration for all classes 

February 4, Fri. Last day to register without late registration fee 

February 7, Mon Classes begin 

February 11, Fri. Last day to register or add classes, and last day for 

provisional admission of graduate students 

February 22, Tue Washington’s birthday (holiday) 

March 11, Fri Application deadline for baccalaureate degree can- 

didates for graduation. Fall Semester 1966 

March 18, Fri Last day to drop a course with automatic “W” 

April 4, Mon._ Spring recess begins 

April 11, Mon. Classes resume 

April 14, Thu Application deadline for master’s degree candidates 

for graduation. Spring Semester 1966 


7 


California State College at Fullerton 


May 6, Fri 

May 30, Mon 

June 1, Wed 

June 3, Fri. 

June 6-9, Mon.-Thu 
June 12, Sun 


Day of the Titan (not a holiday) 
Memorial Day (holiday) 

Last day of classes 


^ Semester examinations 
... Commencement 


SUMMER SESSION 1966 
June 3, Fri 

June 20, Mon. 

July 4, Mon. 

July 29, Fri. 

August 1, Mon. 

August 26, Fri 


...Application deadline for master’s degree candidates 
for graduation. Summer Session 1966 
...First Summer Session begins 
...Independence Day (holiday) 

...First Summer Session ends 
-Second Summer Session begins 
...Second Summer Session ends 


8 


TRUSTEES 

OF THE CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGES 


Ex Officio Trustees 

Edmund G. Brown, LL.B .. . State Capitol, Sacramento, 95814 

Governor of California and President of the Trustees 

Glenn M. Anderson, A.B State Capitol, Sacramento, 95814 

Lieutenant Governor of California 

Jesse M. Unruh, B.A State Capitol, Sacramento, 95814 

Speaker of the Assembly 

Max Rafferty, A.B., M.A., Ed.D. 721 Capitol Mall, Sacramento, 95814 

State Superintendent of Public Instruction 

Glenn S. Dumke, A.B., M.A., Ph.D., LL.D., L.H.D 2930 W. Imperial Hwy., 

Chancellor of the California State Colleges Inglewood, 90303 

Appointed Trustees 

Appointments are for a term of eight years expiring March 1 on dates in paren- 
theses. Names are listed in order of accession to the Board. 

Louis H. Heilbron, A.B., LL.B., LL.D. (1969) 

14 Montgomery St., San Francisco 94104 
Donald M. Hart, B.A. (1968) 

2230 Pine St., Bakersfield 93302 
Thomas L. Pitts (1966) 

995 Market St., Rm. 810, San Francisco 94103 
Charles Luckman, LL.D., A.F.D. (1966) 

Charles Luckman Associates, 9220 Sunset Blvd., Los Angeles 90046 
Paul Spencer, B.A. (1969) 

P.O. Box 145, San Dimas 91773 
Theodore Meriam, A3. (1971) 

P.O. Box 370, Chico 95927 
Albert J. Ruffo, LL.B., B.S. in E.E. (1971) 

1680 Hedding St., San Jose 95113 
John E. Carr, B.A. (1965) 

611 Lido Park Dr., Newport Beach 92660 
Mrs. Philip Conley, B.A. (1964) 

3729 Huntington Blvd., Fresno 93702 
E. Guy Warren, B.A. (1965) 

P.O. Box 59, Hayward 94541 
Daniel H. Bidder, BA. (1967) 

Long Beach Independent Press Telegram, 604 Pine St., Long Beach 90801 
George D. Hart, A.B., (1967) • 

111 Sutter St., San Francisco 94104 
Gregson E. Bautzer, B.A., LL.B. (1968) 

190 N. Canon Dr., Beverly Hills 90069 
Simon Ramo, B.S., Ph.D. (1972) 

8433 Fallbrook Ave., Canoga Park 91304 


9 


California State College at Fullerton 

James F. Thacher, B.A., LL.D. (1970) 

310 Sansome St., San Francisco 94104 
Victor H. Palmieri (1970) 

Janss Corporation, Kirkeby Center, Wilshire at Westwood, Los Angeles 90024 


Officers of the Trustees 


Governor Edmund G. Brown 
President 


Albert J. Ruffo 


Vice Chairman 


Charles Luckman 
Chairman 


Chancellor Glenn S. Dumke, 
Secretary-T reasurer 


« 


10 


OFFICE OF THE CHANCELLOR 

OF THE CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGES 


2930 West Imperial Highway 
Inglewood, California 90303 


213 757-5161 


Chancellor Glenn S. Dumke 

Vice Chancellor, Academic Affairs - Raymond A. Rydell 

Vice Chancellor, Business Affairs John F. Richardson 

Assistant Chancellor, 

Faculty and Staff Affairs C. Mansel Keene 


11 


THE CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGES 


California State College at Fullerton 
800 North State College Boulevard 
Fullerton, California 92631 
Dr. William B. Langsdorf, President 
714 871-3300 

California State College at Hayward 
25800 Hillary Street 
Hayward, California 94542 
Dr. Fred F. Harcleroad, President 
415 538-8000 

California State College at Long Beach 
6101 East Seventh Street 
Long Beach, California 90804 
Dr. Carl W. McIntosh, President 
213 433-0951 

California State College at Los Angeles 
5151 State College Drive 
Los Angeles, California 90032 
Dr. Franklyn A. Johnson, President 
213 225-1631 

California State College at Palos Verdes 
27608 Silver Spur Road, Suite 200 
Palos Verdes Peninsula, California 
90274 

Dr. Leo F. Cain, President 
213 377-6837 

California State College at 
San Bernardino 
532 Mountain View Avenue 
San Bernardino, California 92407 
Dr. John M. Pfau, President 
714 885-6891 

California State Polytechnic College 
San Luis Obispo, California 93402 
805 546-0111 
Kellogg- Voorhis Campus 
Pomona, California 91766 
714 595-1241 

Dr. Julian M. McPhee, President 

Chico State College 
First and Normal Streets 
Chico, California 95927 
Dr. Glenn Kendall, President 
916 343-4411 


Fresno State College 
Shaw and Cedar Avenues 
Fresno, California 93726 
Dr. Frederic W. Ness, President 
209 222-5161 
Humboldt State College 
Areata, California 95521 
Dr. Cornelius H. Siemens, President 
707 822-1771 
Sacramento State College 
6000 Jay Street 

Sacramento, California 95819 
Dr. Guy A. West, President 
916 452-3252 
San Diego State College 
5402 College Avenue 
San Diego, California 92115 
Dr. Malcolm A. Love, President 
714 286-5000 

San Fernando Valley State College 
18111 Nordhoff Street 
Northridge, California 91326 
Dr. Ralph Prator, President 
213 349-1200 

San Francisco State College 
1600 Holloway Avenue 
San Francisco, California 94132 
Dr. Paul A. Dodd, President 
415 584-2300 
San Jose State College 
125 South Seventh Street 
San Jose, California 95114 
Dr. Robert D. Clark, President 
408 294-6414 
Sonoma State College 
265 College View Drive 
Rohnert Park, California 94928 
Dr. Ambrose R. Nichols, President 
707 545-7220 
Stanislaus State College 
Turlock, California 95380 
Dr. Alexander Capurso, President 
209 632-2411 


12 


THE CALIFORNIA 
STATE COLLEGES 


The California State Colleges are a unique development of the democratic 
concept of tax-supported public higher education for all qualified students. 

Spanning the state from Humboldt County in the north to San Diego in the 
south, the 16 campuses of the California State Colleges (with two additional 
campuses now in formative construction stages) represent the largest system of 
public higher education in the Western Hemisphere and one of the largest in 
the world. Current enrollment exceeds 150,000 full and part-time students. The 
faculty and administrative staff numbers some 7,000. 

The individual colleges, each with a geographic, curricular and academic char- 
acter of its own, offer a solid basic program in the liberal arts. Beyond this, each 
college is noted for its individuality in academic emphasis which makes for a 
diversified system. Course offerings leading to the bachelor’s and master’s degree 
are designed to satisfy existing student interests and to serve the technical and 
professional manpower requirements of the state. A joint doctoral program with 
the University of California is now underway. 

The California State Colleges are dedicated to rigorous academic standards. 
Constant striving for academic excellence is at the heart of the system. The pri- 
mary responsibility of each faculty within the system is the instructional process 
on the teacher-student level, with appropriate recognition of the necessary and 
constructive role of research in any institution of higher education. 

Responsibility for the California State Colleges is vested in the Board of Trustees, 
which is appointed by the Governor, and the Board’s administrative arm, the 
Chancellor. The Trustees and the Chancellor set broad policy for the colleges 
while delegating considerable independent responsibility for implementation at the 
college level. 

Although the oldest of the colleges, San Jose State College, dates back a century, 
the California State College system under an independent Board of Trustees was 
created by the Donahoe Act of 1960. Formerly, the colleges were under the 
jurisdiction of the State Board of Education. 

Today, the California State Colleges are in a particularly dynamic period of their 
development. Prior to World War II, there were seven State Colleges with a 
peak total enrollment of some 13,000. Since 1947, nine new campuses have been 
developed and two more are being developed. Enrollment in the system is expected 
to reach 225,000 by 1970. 

CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGE AT FULLERTON 


ADVISORY BOARD 

Leland C. Launer, Chairman 

Vice President-Secretary, Interstate Engineering Corporation Fullerton 

Arnold O. Beckman 

Chairman of the Board, Beckman Instruments, Inc. — ...Corona Del Mar 


13 


California State College at Fullerton 


ADVISORY BOARD-Continued 

E. B. Buster 

Vice President— West Coast, Townsend Company.. - .Santa Ana 

Rodney (Bud) Coulson 

Manager, Aunt Jemima’s Pancake Kitchen, Disneyland Anaheim 

Harold E. Coward 

Vice President and Manager, Bank of America, Laguna Beach Laguna Beach 

R. Paul Hughes 

President, Pacific Hawaiian Products Anaheim 

Mrs. Sam P. (Edna) Kraemer Placentia 

L. C. Marshburn 

Marshburn Farms — Whittier 

Thomas W. Mathew 

Executive Secretary, Building and Construction Trades Council — Laguna Beach 
John R. Moore 


Charles A. Pearson 

Proprietor, Anaheim Truck and Transfer Anaheim 

COLLEGE ADM^NISTRATION 

EXECUTIVE 

President — William B. Langsdorf 

Executive Dean Stuart F. McComb 

Building Coordinator Milton C. Blanchard 

Public Information Officer Raynolds Johnson 

Administrative Assistant Mrs. Lois S. Herron 

INSTRUCTION 

Vice President, Academic Affairs Bernard L. Hyink 

Coordinator of Graduate Studies Hollis P. Allen 

V Dean of Educational Services and jummer Session Gerhard E. Ehmann 

School of Business Administration and Economics 

Dean Theodore H. Smith 

Accounting and Finance Department, Chairman Dorsey E. Wiseman 

Economics Department, Chairman Norman Townshend-Zellner 

Management Department, Chairman Stephen J. Barres 

Marketing and (Quantitative Methods, Chairman Donald S. Tull 

Education Division, Chairman Kenneth R. Doane 

Elementary Education Department, Chairman Barbara A. Hartsig 

Foundations of Education Department, Chairman (acting) ... Donald C. Bridgman 
Health Education, Physical Education and Recreation Department, Chairman 

Elmer L. Johnson 

School Services Department, Chairman Louis O. Brockmann 

Secondary Education Department, Chairman James \V. Cusick 

Fine and Applied Arts Division, Chairman John W. Olsen 

Art Department, Chairman (acting) Raymond Hein 

Drama l^cpartment, Chairman James D. Young 

Music Department, Chairman Joseph W. Landon 

Speech Department, Chairman Seth A. Fessenden 

Humanities Division, Chairman Orrington C. Ramsay 


14 


College Administration 


Communications Department, Chairman J. William Maxwell 

English Department, Chairman — Orrington C. Ramsay 

Foreign Languages and Literatures Department, Chairman Walter D. Kline 

Philosophy Department, Chairman William H. Alamshah 

Science, Mathematics, and Engineering Division, Chairman Miles D. McCarthy 

Biological Science Department, Chairman — Miles D. McCarthy 

Chemistry Department, Chairman John H. Brydcn 

Mathematics Department, Chairman Dennis B. Ames 

Physics Department, Chairman ...Raymond V. Adams 

Science and Mathematics Education Department, Chairman George C. Turner 

Social Sciences Division, Chairman.- Giles T. Brown 

Anthropology Department, Chairman Wayne W. Untereiner 

Geography Department, Chairman — Arthur D. Earick 

History Department, Chairman Giles T. Brown 

Political Science Department, Chairman John Brown Mason 

Psychology Department, Chairman Louis G. Schmidt 

Sociology Department, Chairman F. James Davis 

College Librarian Ernest W. Toy, Jr. 

Director of Audio-Visual and Television Service — Raymond E. Denno 


STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES 


Dean of Students Ernest A. Becker 

Associate Dean of Students, Activities and Housing Ronald M. Bristow 

Activities Advisor Mrs. Louise Lee 

Housing Coordinator — Richard Shaner 

Associate Dean of Students, Admissions and Records Emmett T. Long 

Registrar Cecil W. Miller 

Associate Dean of Students, Counseling and Testing Arthur L. Tollefson 

Counselor and Test Officer Arthur W. Lynn 

Counselor Charles W. Buck 

College Physician Helen L. Morton, M.D. 

Director of Placement Services Max W. Burke 

Financial Aids Officer ^ Thomas D. Morris 


BUSINESS SERVICES 

Business Manager 

Accounting Officer 

Personnel Officer 

Purchasing Officer 

Chief of Plant Operations 

Director of Foundation Services 

Bookstore Manager 

Foundation Accountant 

Housing Manager 


J. E. Lyons 

Stan N. Chase 

Mrs. Marie M. Hoffman 

Neale Stoner 

Beryl E. Kempton 

Norman S. Stanley 

Mrs. Eva Jensen 

Donald Dannenbring 


COLLEGE COMMITTEES 1964-65 

President's Cabinet 

W. B. Langsdorf, Chairman J. E. Lyons 

Ernest A. Becker Stuart F. McComb 

Gerhard E. Ehmann Faculty Council Chairman 

Bernard L. Hyink 


15 


California State College at Fullerton 


Faculty Council 
Charles A. Povlovich, Chairman 
Edwin R. Carr, Vice Chairman 
James D. Young, Secretary 
Dorsey E. Wiseman, Treasurer 
Raymond V. Adams 
Rae S. Carlson 
James W. Cusick 
Barbara E. Davis 
Lawrence B. de Graaf 
Arthur D. Earick 
J. Justin Gray 
Barbara A. Hartsig 
Bernard L. Hyink 

Vice President, Academic Affairs 
of the College 

Campus Planning Committee 
William B. Langsdorf, Chairman 
Bernard L. Hyink 
J. E. Lyons 
Stuart F. McComb 
John W. Olsen 

Committee on Relations with Schools 
Emmett T. Long, Chairman 
Gerhard E. Ehmann 
Arthur L. Tollefson 

Foundation Board of Trustees 
W. B. Langsdorf, President 
Charles A. Povlovich, Vice President 
Mr. J. E. Lyons, Treasurer 
Ernest A. Becker 

Health and Safety Committee 
Milton C. Blanchard, Chairman 
Ronald M. Bristow 
Stan N. Chase 
Mrs. Louisa V. Couper 
Mrs. Marie M. Hoffman 


Hazel J. Jones 
William J. Langsdorf 
President of the College 
J. William Maxwell 
Miles D. McCarthy 
James A. McCleary 
Willis E. McNelly 
Paul J. Pastor 
J. Rex Smith 
Ernest W. Toy, Jr. 
Donald S. Tull 
Betty M. Unterberger 


Herbert J. Powell 
Consulting Architect 
Joseph K. Thomas 
College Facility Planner 
Office of the Chancellor 


Bernard L. Hyink, Vice President, 
Academic Affairs of the College 


Gordon S. Fyfe 
Dr. Myrtle M. Imhoff 
Orrington C. Ramsay 


Beryl E. Kempton 
Dr. Helen L. Morton 
Dr. Paul J. Pastor 


STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY COUNCIL 

1964-65 

Academic Standards Committee 
Rae S. Carlson, Chairman Frank L. Roberts 

Emmett T. Long Edsel F. Stiel 

Eugene L. McGarry 


16 


Standing Committees 


Curriculum Committee 

Miles D. McCarthy, Chairman 

F. James Davis 

Kenneth R. Doane 

J. Justin Gray 

Bernard L. Hyink, Vice President, 
Academic Affairs of the College 

Hazel J. Jones 

Orrington C. Ramsay 

Donald S. Tull 

Betty M. Unterberger 

Educational Services Committee 

Khateeb M. Hussain, Chairman 

Barbara E. Davis 

Gerhard E. Ehmann 

Paul T. Kinney 

David L. Walkington 

Faculty Affairs Committee 

Arthur D. Earick, Chairman 

Naomi G. Dietz 

Levern F. Graves 

Emma E. Holmes 

Walter D. Kline 

Nissim Levy 

J. William Maxwell 

Faculty Personnel Committee 

Raymond V. Adams, Chairman 

Barbara A. Hartsig 

Louis G. Schmidt 

Library Committee 

Morton C. Fierman, Chairman 

Joan V. Greenwood 

James A. McCleary 

Gerald D. Samuelson 

Ernest W. Toy, Jr. 

Student Affairs Committee 

Paul J. Pastor, Chairman 

Jean A. Barrett 

Ernest A. Becker 

Eugene A. Brunelle 

Beverly B. Cook 

James W. Cusick 

Lawrence B. de Graaf 

David O. Thorsen 

Allen M. Zeltzer 

PREPROFESSIONAL AND 

PROFESSIONAL COLLEGE 


COMMITTEES 1964-65 

Premedical Committee 


Miles D. McCarthy, Chairman 

Ernest A. Becker 

George Langberg 

Nissim Levy 

Andrew F. Montana 

Helen L. Morton, M.D. 

Donald D. Sutton 

Teacher Education Committee 

Joseph W. Landon, Chairman 

Kenneth R. Doane, Secretary 

Donald C. Bridgman 

James W. Cusick 

Lawrence B. de Graaf 

Barbara A. Hartsig 

C. Elmer Schneider 

John W. Trego 

George C. Turner 


The President of the College and the Chairman of the Facidty Council are 
ex-officio members of all faculty committees. 


17 


California State College at Fullerton 


ADVISORY COUNCILS 


Engineering Advisory Council 
John R. Moore, Chairman 

President— A utonetics Division 
North American Aviation, Inc. 
Nicholas A. Bcgovich 
Vice President— Ground Systems 
Group 

Hughes Aircraft Company 
Willard Key 
Supervisor of Services 
Research and Development Center 
Richfield Oil Corporation 
Joseph W. Lewis 
Vice President 

Beckman Instruments Company 
Paul H. Reedy 
President 

Interstate Electronic Corporation 

Foundation Advisory Council 
E. A. Bryant, III 
Rancho Santa Ana 
Donald S. Burns 
Vice President 
Ekeo Products Company 
Leland M. Cave 
Vice President 
Bank of America 
A. W. Effinger 
President 

A. W. Effinger Enterprises 
J.E. Fields 

Executive V'ice President 
Maple Investments 
Richard L. Gausewitz 
Patent Attorney 

The Honorable Richard T. Hanna 
Congressman, 34th District, California 
John J. Jakosky, Jr. 

Electrophysics Corporation 
Morley M. Kasler 
President 

California Chris Craft Sales, Inc. 


Wendell B. Sell 
President 

Packard-Bell Electronics Corporation 
John L. Sigrist 
Vice President 

Douglas Missile & Space Systems 
Division 

Warren E. Wilson 
Professor of Engineering and 
Chairman of the Department 
Harvey Aludd College 
Frank W. Lynch 
V'ice President and Manager 
Systems Support, Northrup- 
Nortronics 


William J. Phillips 
Chairman, Board of Supervisors 
County of Orange 
Frank M. Reid 
Executive Vice President 
Fullerton Chamber of Commerce 
Jose Rosan 

President, Rosan Company 
Mr. Joseph Rosener, Jr. 

Management Consultant 
Phil N. Schied 
Operations A4anager 
Hughes Aircraft Company 
Lucien D. Truhill 

Manager, Associated Chambers of 
Commerce of Orange County 
Edward W. Smith (ex officio) 
Director of Development 
California State College at Fullerton 


18 


Advisory Committees 


Humanities Advisory Council 
Louise E. Dowlen 

Chairman, Division of Language and 
Literature 

Orange Coast College 
Charles L. Ford 

Chairman, Division of Humanities 
Santa Ana College 
James N. Hines 

Chairman, English Department 
Fullerton Union High School 
Dr. George R. HofT 
Oscar E. Littleton 
Chairman, Division of English 
Cerritos College 

Scholarship Advisory Council 
Dr. Charles C. Blauvelt 
Minister, Universalist Church 
of Costa Mesa (retired) 

Mrs. Dorman L. Commons 
Mrs. Eugene L. Kingsbury 
Daniel L. Stack 
Attorney at Law 
Launer, Chaffee and Hanna 

Science Advisory Council 
Dr. A. L. Antonio 

Vice President and General Manager 
Space-General Corporation 
Dr. Earl A. Coddington 
Department of Mathematics 
University of California, Los Angeles 
Dr. Robert P. Dilworth 
Department of Mathematics 
California Institute of Technology 
Dr. Joseph Kaplan 
Department of Physics 
University of California, Los Angeles 
Dr. Ernst H. Krause 
Vice President and General Manager 
San Bernardino Opr., Aerospace 
Corporation 
Dr. H. W. Magoun 
Dean of Graduate Division 
University of California, Los Angeles 


Fred B. Myers 

Chairman, English Department 
Anaheim High School 
Leland Oliver 

Leland Oliver Company, Inc. 

Mrs. Ruth Snow Putnam 
Dan Russell 
President 

Orange Empire Travel Bureau 
William F. Smith 
Chairman, Division of Humanities 
Fullerton Junior College 


H. Nelson Warren 
Manager 
Bank of America 
Duane Winters 
Assistant Manager 
Dempsey-Tegeler Company, Inc. 


Dr. Thane H. McCulloh 
U. S. Geological Survey 
Pasadena 

Dr. Andreas Rechnitzer 
Project Engineer, Autonetics Division 
North American Aviation, Inc. 

Dr. N. A. Riley 
Laboratory Director, La Habra 
Laboratory 

California Research Corp. 

(of Standard Oil) 

Dr. Lloyd P. Smith 
Vice President— Research 
Philco Corporation (of Ford 
Motor Co.) 

Dr. Howard Steinberg 
Vice President and Director of 
Research 

U. S. Borax Research Corporation 


19 


California State College at Fullerton 


Teacher Education Advisory Council 
Thomas Bymes 
Valencia High School 
Dr. A. Stanley Corey 
Assistant Superintendent for 
Instruction 
Buena Park Schools 
Mrs. Nina Decker 
Principal 

Leroy Doig Intermediate School 
Mr. Francis A. Grunenfelder 
County Superintendent of Schools 
Miss Myra C. Hotchkiss 
Vice Principal 
Magnolia High School 
Mrs. H. D. (June) Joyner 
Dr. Ernest G. Lake 
District Superintendent 
Fullerton Union High School and 
Junior College District 
Kenneth L. Mackay 
Ladera Vista Junior High School 
William E. Montonna 
Principal 

Villa Park High School 


Dr. D. Russell Parks 
District Superintendent 
Fullerton Elementary School District 
William Rickel 

Anaheim Union High School District 
Robert E. Shanks 
Superintendent 
Anaheim City Schools 
Mrs. Harold Sprague 
Mrs. Avery Streech 
Thomas Trawick 
Dean of Students 
Santa Ana College 
Mrs. Mignon Waters 
Susan B. Anthony School 
Garden Grove School District 
Dr. Norman E. Watson 
President 

Orange Coast College 
K. E. Whiteneck 
Corona Del Mar High School 
Dr. Elizabeth V. Wright 
Fullerton Junior College 


20 


PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES OF THE COLLEGE 

The main functions of an institution of higher learning are to disseminate and 
advance knowledge. The philosophy which guides an institution can limit or pro- 
mote the successful achievement of these objectives. Therefore, from its inception, 
the College has directed its educational program toward the fullest possible devel- 
opment of the individuals who participate in it. For both faculty and students this 
entails a commitment to high standards of scholarship, a comprehensive rather than 
a narrow approach to major areas of study, and a concern with research and other 
creative activity. 

The College holds to the belief that an enduring educational experience must be 
founded upon exploration of our cultural heritage, through basic studies in the 
liberal arts and sciences, and that it can and should at the same time prepare for 
success in a chosen occupation or profession. Accordingly, the required General 
Education program has as its objective the development in each student of: 

1. The effective use and interpretation of the written and spoken language. 

2. An understanding of the wide range of human endeavor and accomplishments 
in Liberal Arts and Sciences, their interrelationships, and the various choices 
and values they represent. 

3. An understanding of information and principles in some areas of the Liberal 
Arts and Sciences in sufficient depth to encourage critical and creative thought 
and expression. 

4. A spirit of inquiry into the past and into the future, in order to cope with 
conditions in the continually changing world. 

5. An understanding of the rights, privileges and responsibilities of citizenship 
in the community and nation, and of effective participation in today’s world. 

In addition, the College requires of all students who are candidates for a degree— 
whatever their special purpose— the pursuit of a subject major. 

(For specific details, see page 45.) 


21 


HISTORY OF CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGE 
AT FULLERTON 

Orange County is situated on a coastal plain southeast of the City of Los Angeles. 
A decade ago the county was regarded as being one of rural characteristics, with 
emphasis on the production of oranges and other citrus fruits. Today it is being 
referred to as one of the fastest growing counties in the nation, having multiplied 
its population almost five times in the last fifteen years. Orange County reached 
the one million mark in population in 1963, to make it the third most populous 
county in California. The median age of the population is 26.6 years, and 42 per 
cent are less than 20 years of age. Much of the county is still rural, the county 
having a population density of 1.37 persons per acre. There are sections, however, 
that are as dense as 16.64 persons per acre. Every indication points to continued 
growth, with a predicted population of two million by 1980. Since 1952, over 33,000 
acres of irrigated agricultural land have been converted to subdivisions, business and 
industry, freeways, and schools. The electronics industry is the leader in growth 
among industries and businesses in the county. 

California State College at Fullerton was established by act of the Legislature 
under the terms of Chapter 1681 of the Statutes of 1957. On Alarch 13, 1958, the 
Public Works Board selected the site of the College, located in the northeast section 
of the City of Fullerton. It now consists of 225 acres, and is bounded on the north 
by Yorba Linda Boulevard (formerly Pioneer Avenue), on the west by State 
College Boulevard (formerly Cypress Avenue), on the south by Nutwood Avenue, 
and on the east by the proposed Orange Freeway. The College is located within five 
miles of 60% of the industry and within 10 miles of 70% of the population of 
Orange County. It is also within easy driving range of Orange County beaches and 
mountains, and of the other cultural centers of Southern Cailfornia and their 
recreation and entertainment areas. 

Dr. William B. Langsdorf was appointed president of the College on January 16, 
1959, and with two aides came to Fullerton on Alarch 2, 1959, to begin planning 
for the opening of the new college. Arrangements were made with the Fullerton 
Union High School District to lease quarters for the College administrative offices 
on the Fullerton Union High School campus, and to hold classes at the Sunny Hills 
High School for the 1959-60 school year. During the first six years, the average 
annual enrollment has grown from 466 to 4,900 individuals. Envisioned are average 
annual enrollments of 10,(XX) in 1969-70; 15,000 in 1974-75; and 30,000 individuals 
when the College reaches its Master plan enrollment of 20,000 full time equivalent 
students in the early nineteen eighties. 

In the Fall of 1960, the College opened classes on its own campus where it 
occupied twelve temporary buildings. The first permanent building, the Letters & 
Science Building, was completed in 1963, and the Music-Speech-Drama Building in 
1964. Thereafter, other permanent buildings will be opened in approximately the 
following order: Physical Education Building, 1965; Library and Audio-Visual 
Center, 1966; Cafeteria, 1967; Humanities-Social Sciences Building, 1968; and Art 
Building, 1969. Additional buildings are being planned for the future. 


ACCREDITATION 


The College is fully accredited by the Western Association of Schools and 
Colleges and the California State Board of Education. 


22 


Library, Summer Sessions 


MEMBERSHIP IN ORGANIZATIONS 

The College is a member of the following distinguished educational bodies: 
American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education 
American Association of University Women 
American Council on Education 
Association of State Colleges and Universities 
Western Association of Schools and Colleges 

THE COLLEGE LIBRARY 

The College Library is housed in the basement of the Letters and Science Build- 
ing. It occupies an area of approximately 30,000 square feet. Seating is provided 
for 500 persons. Group study rooms, a typing room, study carrells, and individual 
and group music listening rooms are available. The library has facilities for Xerox 
and Filmac copying. 

The main book collection will contain about 86,000 volumes at the beginning of 
the 1965-66 academic year. During the year about 20,000 volumes will be added 
to it. The library also has about 7,000 volumes of sample elementary and sec- 
ondary textbooks and juvenile literature, and a collection of about 4,000 pam- 
phlets and other ephemera. 

The library is a selective depository for U.S. Government documents. This col- 
lection will reach a total of about 36,000 items in the course of the academic year. 
The library is also a depository for the California Curriculum materials, which 
will reach about 2,000 items during the year. 

In addition to these collections the library has about 5,500 reels of microfilmed 
U.S. Government documents, chiefly State Department records, but also includ- 
ing such things as the Congressional Record and various Presidential Papers; about 
8,000 reels of other microfilmed materials, mostly files of newspapers and periodi- 
cals; and about 5,000 volumes on micro-opaque cards and sheet microfilm. Readers 
for these materials are available in the Periodicals and Documents area. 

The library subscribes to about 1,500 periodicals. In addition to the filmed back- 
files mentioned above, the periodicals collection contains about 6,000 bound 
volumes. 

Besides attempting to build a balanced collection of basic works, the library, as 
a part of its development program, has concentrated its efforts in several subject 
areas. As a result, relatively strong collections are now available in such fields as 
World War II, international relations since 1870, Kant, Shakespeare, Melville, 
Joyce, historiography and historical bibliography, and contemporary music. These 
collections will increase in strength and number during the next several years. 

Library hours are posted at the main entrance. A library handbook is available 
at the Reference Desk. Professional librarians are on duty at all times to aid 
students and faculty in the use of library resources. 

SUMMER SESSIONS 

The College conducts a six-week summer session followed immediately by a 
four-week summer session. There will also be a dozen two-week and three-week 
workshops running concurrently. The six-week session begins June 21 and closes 
July 30, while the four-week session begins August 2 and closes August 27. Day 
and evening classes are scheduled, and credits earned in the summer sessions meet 
degree and credential requirements with the same validity as credits secured in 
the fall and spring semesters. A maximum of one unit of college credit may be 
earned for each week of attendance. 


23 


Calif ornia State College at Fullerton 

In addition to much of the regular curriculum, summer offerings include 
special workshops and seminars for teachers and other professional groups. A 
program of recreational activities is planned to serve a wide variety of interests. 

A tuition fee of $17.00 per unit is charged, plus an associated student member- 
ship fee of $2 per person. The Summer Session Class Schedule announcing all 
courses is published in March or earlier, and may be obtained by writing the Dean 
of Educational Services and Summer Session. 

EXTENSION PROGRAM 

Off-campus classes offered by the College are organized under the Extension 
Program. Such work is given in response to a need from persons who, because 
of distance from the campus, find it difficult to take residence courses. In some 
instances, extension classes may be undertaken at locations nearby because of 
special facilities which are not available on campus. 

Extension courses may be planned for those wishing to earn college credit and 
under certain conditions this credit can be applied toward a degree or a cre- 
dential. Courses may be modified and designed to meet the particular needs of 
certain groups and may be initiated at various times during the year. 

Tuition for extension courses is $10 per unit for lecture courses, $13 per unit 
for activity courses, and $20 per unit for laboratory courses (subject to change). 
For full details concerning extension work, write the Dean of Educational Services 
and Summer Sessions. 

INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS 

The California State Colleges offer academic year programs of study at a number 
of distinguished universities abroad. In 1965-66 the cooperating universities are: 
University of Aix-Marseille, France; Free University of Berlin and University of 
Heidelberg, Germany; Waseda University, Tokyo, Japan; University of Granada 
and University of Aladrid, Spain; University of Stockholm and University of 
Uppsala, Sweden; National University, Taiwan. Academic work successfully com- 
pleted at the cooperating universities abroad may be applied toward the degree 
requirements of the College in accordance with college regulations. 

A selection among applicants from all California State Colleges is made on the 
basis of academic, linguistic and personal qualifications. The criteria are: 

a) Upper division or graduate standing by the beginning of the academic year 
abroad; 

b) Academic achievement; 

c) Proficiency in the language of instruction; 

d) Faculty recommendations. 

Cost to the student includes round trip transportation from San Francisco to 
the host university, room and board for the academic year, and medical insurance. 
In 1965-66 these costs are: France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Spain: $1,670; Sweden, 
$1,870; Taiwan, $1,270. Payments may be scheduled throughout the year. 

Programs in Japan, Sweden and Taiwan do not require previous linguistic 
preparation; applicants for all other programs must demonstrate adequate facility 
in the language of instruction at the host university. 

Application for the 1966-67 academic year should be made early in the fall 
semester, 1965. Detailed information may be obtained at this College or by writing 
to the Office of International Programs, The California State Colleges, 1600 Hollo- 
way Avenue, San Francisco, California 94132. 


24 


College Foundation 


THE CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGE FOUNDATION 

The California State College Foundation was established and incorporated in 
October 1959 to “provide essential student and faculty services which cannot be 
provided for from state appropriations; to supplement the program and activities 
of the College in appropriate ways; and to otherwise assist the College in fulfilling 
its purposes and in serving the people of the State of California— especially those 
of the area in which the school is located. 

Services provided by the Foundation include the operation of various College 
auxiliary organizations, administration of scholarship and student loan funds, 
sponsored research programs and certain institutes. 

The Foundation’s over-all policies are administered by a Board of Trustees 
made up of members of the College faculty and administration. An advisory 
council to the Foundation composed of leading industrial, scientific, business and 
civic leaders has also been established to provide the Board with counsel and advice. 


25 


STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES 


Student Personnel Services at the College are centered in the Office of Admis- 
sions and Records, the Counseling and Testing Center, the Activities and Housing 
Office, the Office of Placement Services, and the Student Health Center. Colla- 
teral responsibilities include foreign student counseling, the state college overseas 
program, veterans’ affairs, and financial aids. Coordination of this general program 
rests with the Dean of Students. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

The College recognizes the important role of student activities in education. 
The activities program represents a variety of areas intended to serve every student 
according to his interest, ability and available time. 

All registered students are members of Associated Students of California State 
College at Fullerton. The Associated Students are governed through the executive, 
legislative, and judicial branches of the Associated Students organization. The 
president and commissioners constitute the executive branch which has the responsi- 
bility for the development and administration of the program, including such 
activities as publications, drama, religious clubs, intercollegiate athletics, intramural 
athletics, forensics, and music. The Associated Students Senate has full responsi- 
bility for legislation by which this program is directed and for the allocation of 
student funds for the program. The judicial branch serves as the legal body for 
interpretation of the constitution and enforcement of Associated Student policies. 

Student Organizations 

Student organizations are encouraged and aided by the College whenever stu- 
dents express a desire for activities which add to their educational opportunities. 
As a relatively young institution, the development of new organizations to serve 
the needs of a growing student population is rapid. Organizations currently exist 
with their major emphasis on service, social activities, special interests, religious 
interests, professional interests, and academic honors. Several instructional depart- 
ments sponsor honor societies in recognition and encouragement of excellence in 
scholarship. 

Student Publications 

The weekly College newspaper, the Titan “Times,” is a product of the journal- 
ism classes and financed by the Associated Students. In addition, a handbook is 
available for use by organizations in the development and operation of their pro- 
gram. The “Promethean,” a literary magazine, is also published by students. The 
yearbook, the “Titan,” published annually by the Associated Students, records the 
year’s activities. 

Student News Bureau 

The Student News Bureau was organized in 1960 to provide the outside press 
with news of student activities on the campus. It is financed by a budgeted alloca- 
tion from Associated Students and is supervised by the College Publications 
Manager. 


26 


AthleticSf Housing, Health 


Athletics 

A year-round program of intramural athletics includes flag-football, softball, 
tennis, golf, volleyball, basketball, and other sports. Participation by students and 
faculty is encouraged. Intercollegiate athletics consist of teams in cross-country, 
gymnastics, basketball, tennis, golf, baseball, and track. New sports will be added 
to the program as facilities and staff become available. 

Beginning with the 1965-1966 season, home games will be played in the California 
State College at Fullerton gymnasium. As an independent in athletics, the College 
is afforded flexibility in scheduling athletic contests with many colleges and uni- 
versities on the West Coast. 

In the Spring of 1960, a group of Orange County citizens organized a Booster 
Club to help foster wholesome intercollegiate athletic competition at California 
State College at Fullerton. Its members are dedicated to the encouragement of a 
sound program of athletics and are contributing financially and by way of en- 
thusiasm to helping to develop a first-rate athletic program based on a well- 
rounded concept of the relationship between sports and academic achievement. All 
athletic teams compete under rules of the National Collegiate Athletic Association 
(NCAA). Membership is also held in the National Association of Intercollegiate 
Athletics (NAIA). 

Intramural Activities 

In cooperation with the Office of the Associate Dean of Students, Activities, the 
intramural program is conducted on a seasonal basis and involves a variety of 
athletic and recreational activities for both men and women. Rules and regulations 
which govern participation in the intramural program are available in the Office 
of the Director of the Intramural Program or in the Office of Student Activities. 

Housing 

The College provides housing for unmarried students in its two modem resi- 
dence halls. Designed for educational living, the halls have study areas for each 
student, plus lounge areas for speakers and discussion groups or meetings. Ample 
social and recreational facilities are available. 

Each room has its own private bath. The buildings are fully air-conditioned and 
carpeted. The dining hall is between and attached to the two residence halls. 

The head resident and resident assistants of each hall promote a program which 
supports and expands the classroom experience. The resident has the opportunity 
to study, assume responsibility through hall government, and discuss serious topics 
of the day with guest speakers while in a healthful living situation. 

Because of the importance of the living arrangements to educational achieve- 
ment, California State College at Fullerton requires that all students under 21 
years of age, who are not married, must live either at home or in college-approved 
housing. Approved housing is at present limited to the residence halls. 

STUDENT HEALTH SERVICES 

The Student Health Center is open to students during the day, Monday through 
Friday, for consultation and limited treatment. Under the direction of the College 
Physician, emergency treatment is available, and health examinations for credential 
purposes are given. A panel of consulting specialists has been established and its 
members utilized according to specific needs. At the time of application for ad- 
mission, a health history form is completed which is filed in the Health Center 
where all student health records are kept. Students requiring credential examina- 


27 


California State College at Fullerton 


tions may have them completed by their own physicians if desired. Otherwise, 
appointments for this purpose may be made in the Student Health Center. 

All undergraduates, regardless of the number of units to be taken, must, upon 
admission, submit completed Health History and Physical Examination forms. 
In addition, evidence of a negative chest X-ray, taken within 12 months prior to 
the opening of College, must be presented. The tuberculin skin test may be ob- 
tained in lieu of an X-ray without cost at the Student Health Center. Evidence of 
a smallpox vaccination within the past five years is also required. 

Purpose 

The purpose of the Student Health Center is to help keep the student in class 
by providing high quality medical service early in the course of an illness, to 
provide a healthy and a sanitary environment on campus in which to live and 
study, to stimulate better health awareness among the students, and to educate 
them to the high standards of good therapeutic and preventative care. 

Location and Hours 

The Student Health Center is located in the Letters and Science Building, Suite 
#580. It is open from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. each week day that classes are in session. 
No staff is available for night or weekend services of any kind, and there are no 
off-campus calls made at any time. 

Services offered 

1. Diagnosis and treatment of the usual medical and surgical problems. 

2. Physical examinations for: (a) teacher’s credential purposes, (b) varsity ath- 
letics, and (c) student food handlers. 

3. Emergency care. 

4. All routine immunizations. 

5. Laboratory facilities. 

6. Follow-up care as may be recommended by the student’s private physician 
within the scope of available facilities. 

7. Electrocardiograms. 

8. Physical therapy treatment. 

9. Medical counseling. 

10. Psychiatric counseling and diagnosis. 

11. Specialist’s care for all types of skin problems. 

Fees for Service 

All fees for care in the Student Health Center, unless otherwise specifically 
stated, have been prepaid by the State of California and by the student’s registration 
fee. All undergraduates and all graduates registering for more than 6 units of 
credit are eligible for any or all of the health services offered. Emergency service 
is available to everyone on campus. 

Health, Accident, Hospital Insurance 

All students are urged to carry this type of insurance. An excellent policy at a 
low premium is available to all students through the Associated Students’ Business 
Office. 

ALL students living in college sponsored residence housing are required to be 
covered by an acceptable policy of this type. 


28 


Health, Placements 


Health Requirements for Admission of Graduate Students 

Graduate students taking more than six units in any semester must meet the same 
health requirements as those for undergraduate students, including a complete 
physical examination by a private physician. 

Graduate students taking six units or less in any semester must comply with the 
following: 

1. Filing a minimum informational form with the health center. 

2. Presenting evidence of a negative chest X-ray or a negative tuberculin skin 
test, signed by a physician, nurse, or public health department official and 
dated not more than twelve months prior to the date of registration at Cali- 
fornia State College at Fullerton. 

3. Evidence of a smallpox vaccination within the past five years. 

Graduate students are urged to meet the application deadline as announced in 
the College Calendar, and to have all health requirements completed well in advance 
of registration. However, students who are unable to accomplish this may be 
admitted provisionally at a date specified by the College and given 90 days there- 
after to complete the requirements. Failure to do so will result in dismissal from 
the College. 

PLACEMENT SERVICES 

A centralized Placement Office is maintained with responsibilities for assisting 
students in finding both part-time and career employment. The College believes 
that it best serves both the student and employers only when its graduates have 
been placed in the professions for which they prepared and trained. 

Part-time Placement 

Students wishing part-time jobs either on or off campus are eligible to receive 
the assistance of the office if they are taking seven (7) units or more. New students 
may receive service as soon as they have notice of their admission to the College. 
Secretarial skills are in great demand; but calls for school bus drivers, custodians, 
teacher aids, draftsmen, waiters, clerks, youth and recreation leaders, sitters, gar- 
deners, etc., are received. If students must augment their resources while going to 
school they are encouraged to limit their work hours to approximately ten (10) 
per week. 

Educational Placement 

Students in the teacher education, pupil personnel services, supervision, or admin- 
istration curriculum of the College, who are in the final semester of a credential 
program, or who are in student teaching or directed field work, are eligible to 
register and receive the services of the Placement Office, chief of which is help in 
establishing a professional employment file. Such registrants are supplied informa- 
tion on openings and helped to establish their candidacies in the school districts 
and educational institutions. 

Business, Industry, and Government Placement 

The Placement Office’s assistance to students seeking career employment in busi- 
ness, industry, or public service involves help in defining occupational preference, 
providing active job leads, making up resumes, and arranging interviews on and 
off campus. 


29 


California State College at Fullerton 


COUNSELING SERVICES 

Counseling 

Students who need assistance with such problems as choosing an academic major 
or vocational goal, with study skills, or with personal problems affecting their 
academic progress may obtain help through the Counseling Center. The staff con- 
sists of professionally trained counseling psychologists who have available a variety 
of resources including occupational information files, special testing materials, col- 
lege catalogs, and directories of various kinds which may be used to assist the 
student. 

The Counseling Center also maintains contact with agencies and professional 
persons in the community to whom students may be referred. 

Testing 

Testing programs are designed to serve a variety of purposes: 

1. The primary purpose is that of giving instructional faculty and Counseling 
Center personnel supplementary information to use in helping the individual 
student. 

2. Test results are also used to aid in the selection of students who are applicants 
for admission to the College, and to various programs within the College. 

3. A third use is that of identifying students who have deficiencies in specific 
skills, such as English usage and mathematics. 

Testing requirements for students seeking admission are listed in the Admissions 
section of the catalog. Students seeking information about testing requirements for 
specific programs should inquire in the appropriate instructional division or the 
Counseling Center. 

Orientation 

An orientation program for new students is conducted at the beginning of the 
registration period each semester. At this time, information relating to academic 
planning, student services and activities, and other aspects of college life as well 
as opportunities for student questions are provided. 

Foreign Students 

Special services for foreign students are coordinated by the Foreign Student 
Adviser. These services include legal problems concerning visa status and em- 
ployment; orientation to academic procedures and requirements; advisement re- 
lated to finances, to social standards and customs; and to resources and oppor- 
tunities offered by campus and community. 

International Programs 

Information concerning study opportunities for American students in foreign 
universities is available in the Counseling Center. The Foreign Student Adviser 
coordinates the selection of students applying for admission to one of the Inter- 
national Programs operated by the California State Colleges in seven foreign 
countries. 

FINANCIAL AIDS 

Scholarships 

A limited number of scholarships are available for outstanding students. Qualified 
students should obtain scholarship applications from the Financial Aids Officer 
and return by April 15 for the Fall semester and December 15 for the Spring 


30 


Admission to the College 


semester. Scholarship applications are carefully evaluated by the Financial Aids 
Review Committee, and awards are based on previous scholastic record, per- 
sonal qualifications, and financial need. Some scholarships are awarded to students 
majoring in specified fields; departmental recommendations are heavily weighted 
in such instances. 

Emergency Loans 

As a result of the generosity of individuals and groups interested in California 
State College at Fullerton, an Emergency Loan Fund has been established to pro- 
vide temporary assistance to students in financial need. Applications should be 
made to the Financial Aids Officer. 

National Defense Education Act 

California State College at Fullerton participates with the Federal Government 
and the State of California in making loans available to students under the pro- 
visions of the National Defense Education Act. Details and applications are avail- 
able at the Financial Aids Office. Deadlines for submission of applications are 
December 10 for the Spring semester, April 1 for the summer session and August 
15 for the Fall semester. 

United Student Aid Funds 

Long term loans to help finance college expenses are also available to deserving 
students who have completed the freshman year. USA Funds, a private, non-profit 
corporation, will endorse low-cost, long-term bank loans upon recommendation 
of the College. The College also participates through contributions to the USA 
Funds reserve. 

A maximum of $1,000 a year— or a combined total of $3,000— may be borrowed 
for undergraduate and/or graduate education. The student repays the loan in 36 
installments beginning four months after he leaves school. Interest maximum is 
6 percent simple. Applications and information are also available from the Finan- 
cid Aids Officer. 

ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE 

Admission standards in the California State Colleges are prescribed by the 
Trustees of California State Colleges and are stated in the California Administra- 
tive Code, Title 5,* Education, which provides a uniform pattern of admissions 
regulations for all the colleges. As the result of an extensive study, California State 
Colleges Trustees are expected to revise admission requirements for entering fresh- 
men in the Fall of 196S, High School students who are planning to apply for 
admission to a state college at that time should consult with their high school 
counselors about the new freshmen admission standards during the Spring 1965 
semester. Counselors will be informed of these new requirements and all develop- 
ments concerning them as the year goes on, 

j Admission of Freshmen 

A high school graduate must meet one of the following requirements, (a) or 
(b). All freshmen applicants must also complete the required entrance examination 
in order that their applications be considered. The College requires students to 
submit the results of either the American College Test (ACT) or the Scholastic 
Aptitude Test (SAT). 

(a) The applicant must have earned 14 or more semester grades of A or B in 
subjects, taken during the last three years of high school, other than physical 

* The detailed and legal statement of the requirements for admission to the state colleges is to 
be found in the California Administrative Code, Title 5, Education, section 40600-41200. 


31 


California State College at Fullerton 

education, military science and remedial courses. Ten of the 14 grades must 
be in college preparatory subjects selected from one or more of the fol- 
lowing fields (no specific course pattern is required) : 

(1) English, including speech, drama, and journalism, other than activity 
courses. 

(2) Foreign languages. 

(3) Mathematics. 

(4) Natural Sciences. 

(5) Social Sciences. 

(b) The applicant must have earned 10 or more semester grades of A or B in 
subjects, taken during the last three years of high school, other than physical 
education, military science, and remedial courses, and have achieved a score 
at or above the fortieth percentile on national college freshmen norms of a 
standard college aptitude test. State College requires students to submit the 
results of the American College Test (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test 
(SAT). 

The Admission of Undergraduate Transfers 

An applicant who meets the requirements for admission with freshmen standing 
and who has earned credit in one or more accredited junior colleges, colleges, or 
universities may be admitted if he has a grade point average of 2.0 (grade C on a 
five-point scale) or better in the total program attempted at such colleges or uni- 
versities and is in good standing at the last degree-granting college or university 
attended. 

An applicant who does not meet the requirements for admission with freshmen 
standing must as a condition for admission have earned 60 or more units of college 
credit with a grade point average of 2.0 (grade C on a five-point scale) or better 
in the total program attempted and must be in good standing as noted above. 

Procedures for Admission (All Undergraduate Students) 

All students, both full-time and part-time, will be required to matriculate. 

(1) Submit a completed Application for Admission accompanied by the $5 
required application fee. 

(2) Have the high school of graduation send directly to the College a transcript 
of record. 

(3) Have each college attended (if any) send directly to the College a transcript 
of record. 

(4) Submit the scores from one of the tv^o national testing programs described 
below. 

(5) Submit health history and physical examination forms to the Student Health 
Center. Complete other requirements. 

UNDERGRADUATE ENTRANCE TESTING REQUIREMENTS 

ALL new undergraduates applying for admission to Cal State-Fullerton for Spring 
1965 and Fall 1965 are required to submit scores from one of two national testing 
programs before permission to enroll in classes will be granted. This requirement 
DOES NOT affect: 

(a) Students who have a bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution at the 
time of entrance. 

(b) Undergraduate students who have previously attended Cal State-Fullerton 
and who have completed the entrance tests required at the time of their 
first admission. 


32 


Testing Requirements 

Tests will be administered at established test centers on the dates shown below: 


OR 


* Special administration at Cal State-FuUerton only. Register through Sacramento office. Scores 
will be reported to Cal State-Fullerton only. 

5 Test NOT administered on Cal State-Fullerton campus. (See Bulletin of Information.) 

To take one of these tests: 

1. Obtain a registration form and a Student Information Bulletin from your 
high school or junior college counselor, from one of the addresses above, 
or from the Cal State-Fullerton Testing Center (Room 264). Select a test 
center near your home from the list printed in the Bulletin. 

2. Send the completed registration form and the appropriate test fee to the 
address shown in the box above. DO NOT SEND TO THE FULLERTON 
CAMPUS. 

3. Have your ACT or SAT scores reported to the Testing Center, California 
State CoUege-Fullerton. Use the appropriate Code Number for Score Reports 
on your registration form. 

If you have already taken either ACT or SAT, send $1.00 to the appropriate 
testing agency and request that scores be reported to the Cal State-Fullerton Test- 
ing Center. Use appropriate code number when requesting such reports, and 
provide complete information concerning Test Date, Test Center, Name and Ad- 
dress changes, etc. 

Additional tests may be required for placement in freshman classes and are 
required for admission to public school credential and graduate programs. In- 
formation about the specific requirements may be obtained from the Division 
Offices concerned, or from the CSCF Testing Center. 

Admission of Graduate Students 

All graduate students will be admitted in Unclassified Status. This requires sub- 
mission of proof of an acceptable bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or 
university; or equivalent academic preparation, as determined by the College. 


AMERICAN COLLEGE 
TESTING PROGRAM 

(ACT) 

Registration 

T est Date 

Deadline 

Fall ’65 Feb. 20, 1965 

Jan. 23 

April 24 

April 3 

June 19 

June 5 

Aug. 7 # 

July 5 

Sept. 3 * 

Aug. 21 

Spr. ’66 Nov. 13 

Oct. 16 

Jan. 29, 1966* 

Jan. 15 

SEND REGISTRATION FORM 

TO: 


American College Testing Program 

P. O. Box 21-4127 


Sacramento, California 95821 

Enclose $4.00 Fee 


Cal State-Fullerton Code No. for 

Score Reports=0355 



SCHOLASTIC APTITUDE TEST 
(SAT) OF THE COLLEGE 
ENTRANCE EXAMINATION 
BOARD 

Registration 


T est Date Deadline 

Fall ’65 Mar. 6, 1965# Feb. 6 

May 1 # April 3 

July 14 # June 16 

Spr. ’66 Dec. 4 Nov. 6 

Jan. 8, 1966 Dec. 4 


SEND REGISTRATION FORM 
TO: 

College Entrance Examination Board 
Box 1025 

Berkeley, California 94701 
Enclose $4.50 Fee 

Cal State-Fullerton Code No. for 
Score Reports=4589 


33 


California State College at Fullerton 


Admission with Unclassified Status does not constitute admission to graduate 
degree or credential curricula. Students seeking master’s degrees should consult 
“Procedures in Graduate Study,” page 49, and students seeking credentials should 
refer to the Education Division section of this Catalog. It is essential that students 
determine their degree or credential objectives as soon as possible, even though 
they are taking prerequisite courses. 

Procedures for Admission — Graduate Students 

A. Students planning to work toward a master’s degree or credential at California 
State College at Fullerton will follow the procedure shown below: 

1. Submit a completed Application for Admission, accompanied by the required 
$5 application fee, stating the degree or credential desired, even though pre- 
requisites may not be completed. This should be accomplished prior to the 
deadline for applications appearing in the College Calendar. 

2. Have each college attended send directly to the College duplicate (two) 
transcripts of record. 

3. Complete appropriate health requirements (see page 51). 

(Students unable to meet all of the above requirements prior to registration 
will be permitted to file application materials and register at a date to be speci- 
fied by the College on a provisional basis. Such students must be fully matricu- 
lated within 90 days after registration. Failure to do so will result in designation 
as a graduate student without a degree or credential objective.) 

B. Students not planning to work toward a degree or credential at California State 
College at Fullerton and wishing to take a maximum of 6 units any semester will 
submit the following: 

1. A completed Application for Admission, accompanied by the required $5 
application fee. 

2. Satisfactory proof of degree; e.g., college diploma. 

3. Complete appropriate health requirements (see page 51). 

Such students receive no regular advisement and place their master’s degree or 
credential programs, and credit for course work taken (as applicable to a 
master’s degree or credential) in jeopardy. 

Admission of Foreign Students 

At the present, the College does not accept foreign student applicants directly 
from foreign countries, with certain rare exceptions. Only two categories of foreign 
students will normally be accepted: 

(1) Those who have completed a nvo year transfer program in a junior college 
in the United States with a good academic record. 

(2) Those who have completed a bachelor’s degree in an accredited college in 
the United States and wish to enroll as graduate students. 

Application procedures are the same as for other students, except that foreign 
language transcripts must be accompanied by certified English translations. 

Admission From Non-Accredited Colleges 
An applicant who has attended a non-accredited college or university may be 
considered for admission to a state college if he meets the standards listed for trans- 
fers from accredited colleges anrf universities. 


34 


Admission Regulations 


Admission on Academic Probation 

An applicant who does not meet the requirements set forth above is eligible for 
admission with advanced undergraduate standing on probation, if in the opinion 
of the proper college authorities, he is likely to succeed in college. 

Ordinarily, consideration for probationary admission is granted only to the 
mature applicant who, while his total college record does not meet the admission 
requirements, has demonstrated good academic ability through recently completed 
college work elsewhere. 

Applicants who are admitted with a grade point deficiency are given proba- 
tionary status and are expected to remove the entrance deficiency during the first 
year at the College. A student admitted on probationary status may be restricted 
by his adviser to a limited program. 

Admission of Auditors 

A properly qualified student may register in classes as an auditor without credit, 
provided there is room. An auditor need not meet the regular standards for admis- 
sion, but must pay the same fees as other students. An auditor may not change his 
registration to obtain credit after the last date to add courses to the study list. An 
auditor is not permitted to take examinations in the course. No credit will be 
granted toward a degree or credential for such courses. 

Admission to Credential Programs 

Admission to the College as a student does not constitute admission to the 
teaching credential program. Students who intend to work toward credentials must 
make application to the Division of Education during their first semester of attend- 
ance. Details are available from the Division of Education. 

Cancellation of Admission 

A student who is admitted to the College for a given semester but who does not 
register in the specified semester will have his admission cancelled. The student 
must file a new application form when he again seeks admission and must meet the 
current admission requirements. 

Readmission 

Students in “good standing” may be readmitted to the College after an absence 
of one or more semesters by filing a new Application for Admission. Unless the 
student has applied for and been granted a formal leave of absence, the catalog 
requirements in effect at the time of readmission will be ruling. Students who have 
attended another institution since their last attendance at California State College 
at Fullerton must have a transcript of record from that institution sent directly 
to the Office of Admissions. 

Readmission After Academic Dismissal 

A student may apply to the Office of Admissions for readmissicn after academic 
dismissal upon completion of the period of dismissal. 

The Summer Session Student 

The college does not require an advance application or transcripts from all stu- 
dents registering for credit courses in the Summer Session. However, students must 
be high school graduates and are expected to have satisfied the prerequisites for 
the courses in which they register. Admission to Summer Session does not grant 
admission to the regular session. 


3—34730 


35 


California State College at Fullerton 


EVALUATIONS 

Evaluation of Transfer Credits 

The Office of Admissions will evaluate previous college work in terms of its 
relationship to the requirements of California State College at Fullerton. All degree 
and credential candidates will be issued a Credit Summary, which serves as a basis 
for determining specific remaining requirements for the student’s specific objectives. 
Once issued to a student, the evaluation remains valid as long as the student ma- 
triculates at the date specified, pursues the objective specified, and remains in 
continuous attendance. The student will not be held to additional graduation re- 
quirements unless such requirements become mandatory as a result of changes in 
the California Administrative Code or the California Education Code. If the 
student does not remain in continuous attendance and has not applied for and been 
granted a formal leave of absence, the evaluation issued upon readmission will 
specify the remaining requirements for the student’s specific objectives. 

In view of the foregoing regulations, the student should notify the Office of 
Admissions immediately if he changes the objective specified in his evaluation. 
While the evaluation for a student remains valid, the student is held responsible 
for complying with all changes in regulations and procedures which may appear 
in subsequent catalogs. 

Acceptance of Credit 

Credit for work completed at accredited institutions will be accepted toward 
the satisfaction of degree and credential requirements at the College within limi- 
tations of residence requirements, junior college transfer maximums, and course 
applicability. 

General Policy 

Transfer credit is not limited to those courses which precisely parallel the 
courses offered at the College. Credit is normally granted for all courses completed 
at other accredited institutions which reasonably correspond to one of the various 
curricula described in this Catalog. Courses which do not appear to correspond 
with offerings at the College are ordinarily not granted transfer credit. Courses 
in vocational or shop-type courses, and remedial courses are examples of courses 
not accepted for transfer credit. Students who have completed work at professional 
schools in the field of art or music or similar fields may expect a reduction in credit 
if the work completed carries a credit value in excess of that normally allowed for 
corresponding courses or areas at the College. 

Transfer of Credit From a Junior College 

Upper division credit is not allowed for courses taken in a junior college. Cre- 
dential credit is not allowed for courses in professional education taken in a junior 
college. This does not invalidate credit for pre-professional courses taken at a 
junior college, such as introduction to education, art or design, arithmetic and/or 
music for classroom teachers. After a student has completed 70 units of college 
credit, whether at a junior college or a four-year institution, or at both, no further 
junior college units will be accepted for unit credit. 

Credit for Military Service 

Students who have been in military service for at least a year may be granted six 
units of credit. Courses taken in service schools may be given credit on the basis 
of an evaluation which determines that they are of college level. Any credit for 
military experience will be given only upon request. Records verifying such experi- 
ence must be filed with the Office of Admissions. 


36 


Credit, Advisement 


Credit for Extension and Correspondence Courses 
The maximum amount of credit through correspondence and extension courses 
which may be allowed toward the bachelor’s degree is 24 units, of which not more 
than 12 may be transferred from another college or university. 

Credit by Advanced Placement 

Students who have successfully completed courses in the Advanced Placement 
Program shall be granted credit toward graduation, advanced placement in the 
College’s sequence courses, and credit for curriculum requirements upon the ap- 
proval of the major adviser and the chairman of the department (s) affected. 

Credit by Examination Policy 

Students may be granted credit for a course toward graduation and to meet cur- 
riculum requirements by the satisfactory completion of a “Challenge Examination” 
in that course requirement. The examinations are to be comprehensive and admin- 
istered by the department in which the course is offered. Well in advance of the 
“Challenge Examination” for a Course, the student will secure the written approval 
of his major adviser, the chairman of the department in which the course is offered, 
and the business office to indicate that an appropriate fee has been paid. Upon the 
successful completion of the examination the notation on the permanent record of 
the student will be made as “CR” for the course. Upon failure of the examination, 
the notation on the permanent record of the student will be made as “F” for the 
course. (CR is to indicate credit for the course with a passing grade.) Credit by 
examination may not be used to fulfill the minimum residence requirements. The 
“Challenge Examination” for any course may be attempted only once. 

Academic Advisement 

All undergraduate students working toward a degree or credential are assigned 
an adviser in the major field. Those seeking a credential will also be assigned a 
professional adviser in the Division of Education. 

Graduate students in all divisions except Education will be assigned a major 
adviser. In Education, all will have a professional adviser. Those students seeking 
a credential for teaching in secondary schools will be assigned both a professional 
adviser and a major adviser. 

Advisers are assigned by division chairmen. The adviser is basically a resource 
i person who will help the student plan his academic program so that he meets the 
requirements of the major or credential objective in the most desirable manner. 
While the adviser can provide valuable information and suggestions to the student, 
the ultimate responsibility for the program the student plans and the courses he 
chooses lies with the student himself. 

Premedical Preparation 

Medical schools are currently seeking applicants with as broad and liberal an 
educational experience as possible. They recommend that applicants pursue collegi- 
ate major programs which are of vital interest to the student. However, all medical 
schools require a basic minimal training in the natural sciences which includes 
the following course work; 

one year of general biology or zoology with laboratory 
one semester of embryology 

one year of inorganic college chemistry including qualitative analysis with lab- 
oratory 

one semester of quantitative analytical chemistry with laboratory 
one semester of organic chemistry with laboratory 
one year of college physics with laboratory 


i 


37 


California State College at Fullerton 

Most medical school applicants complete a baccalaureate degree program prior 
to beginning their medical training. However, applications to medical school are 
processed normally at the termination of the sixth semester (junior year). The 
medical college admission test, required of all medical school applicants, is taken 
normally during the Spring of the sixth semester (junior year). The prospective 
medical school applicant should therefore normally plan to complete the above 
natural science minimal requirements by the end of the junior year. Thus he should 
begin inorganic chemistry in his freshman year in order to satisfy the prerequisite 
requirements for the advanced courses in chemistry. 

Since medical school admissions are limited, the best prepared applicants are 
likely to have an advantage. Many medical schools recommend certain courses in 
the natural sciences in addition to those listed above in the minimal requirement. 
The prospective applicant is advised to consult the catalogs of those medical schools 
to which he anticipates applying for additional recommended preparatory subjects. 
He is further advised to consult a member of the Premedical Committee for assist- 
ance in planning his total collegiate program and to obtain copies of optimal 
programs from the Chairman of the Premcdical Committee. 

REGISTRATION 

Registration is the final step in the matriculation process. When a student has 
been admitted by the Office of Admissions and has decided in a conference with 
his assigned adviser which subjects he wishes to take, he is ready for registration. 

A Class Schedule containing details regarding courses offered and procedures 
to be followed for registration is made available prior to the beginning of each 
semester and summer session. 

At the time of registration, every student is required to file a program card with 
the Office of the Registrar. The filing of a program card by the student and its 
acceptance by the College is evidence of an obligation by the student to perform 
the designated work to the best of his ability. It is strongly recommended that all 
undergraduates declare a major at the earliest practicable time and not later 
than at the time they have completed 60 units of college work. Withdrawal from, 
or neglect of, any course entered on the program card, or a change of program 
(including a change of section of the same course) without the formal permission 
of the Office of the Registrar, will result in a grade of F. 

A student may not receive credit in any courses in which he is not registered. 

FEES AND EXPENSES 

Application Fee (non-ref undable) $5.00 

Registration Fees 
Regular Students 

Materials and service fee $38.00 

Associated Students fee 9.00 


Total per semester $47.00 

Limited Students (1-6 units) 

Materials and service fee $19.50 

Associated Students fee — 4.00 


Total per semester $23.50 

Music Studio Lesson Fee 

Per semester — $70.00 


38 


Fees 


Summer Session Fees 

Per unit or fraction of unit $17.00 

Associated Students fee 2.00 

Extension Fees 

Per unit or fraction of unit $10.00-$20.00 

Other Fees or Charges 

Non-Resident tuition fee (in addition to fees required of resident students, 
except for enrollment in extension or summer session) : 

15 units or more per semester $250.00 

Less than 15 units, per unit or fraction of unit 16.50 

Non-Resident Foreign Students 

15 units or more per semester $127.50 

Less than 15 units, per unit or fraction of unit 8.50 

Late registration fee (in addition to other fees listed above) 5.00 

Check returned from bank for any cause — . 2.00 

Change of program fee - 1.00 

Transcript fee (no charge for first copy) — 1.00 

Failure to meet administrative required appointment or time limit (Special 
aptitude examinations, failure to keep appointments for health exam- 
ination, special final examinations) 2.00 

Auditors Pay the Same Fees as Others 


Fees are subject to change by the Trustees of the California State (Alleges 
Refund of Fees 

Upon withdrawal from College, the Materials and Service Fee may be refunded 
if written Application for Refund, on forms provided by the College, is submitted 
to the Registrar not later than 14 days following the day of the term that instruction 
begins; provided that the amount of $2.00 shall be retained to cover the cost of 
registration. Late registration fees, change of program fees and application fees are 
not refundable. 

The entire fee may be refunded in the event a student is unable to continue his 
registration because of a college regulation or because of compulsory military 
service. Application for refund under such circumstances may be made at any time 
prior to the date when the student receives any academic credit for the courses 
for which he is registered. 

The difference between the applicable materials and service fee, less $2.00, may 
be refunded if the unit load of the student is reduced to a lower materials and 
service fee category within the 14 days following the day of the term that instruc- 
tion begins. 


Parking Fees 

Per Semester (Non-Reserved Spaces) : 

Students taking more than 6 units $13.00 

Students taking 6 units or less 6.00 

Extra vehicle LOO 

Coin Operated Parking Gate— per admission .25 

Two Wheeled Vehicle, 25% of above schedule of fees. 

Summer Session 

6 Week Period 5.00 

4 Week Period 3.00 


Typical Student Expenses 

Although each student must determine his own budget in keeping with his 
individual needs and resources, the College does provide an estimate for what is 


39 


California State College at Fullerton 

considered one semester’s minimum expenses for a single student. Not included 
are transportation costs, since distance from home varies with each student. 


Mflteriak and sp.rvirp! fee * 

Students living 
in Cainpus 
Residence Halls 

__ 

Coim^tuting 

Students 

$38 

9 

Assnriafed Sfndenrs Fee 

9 

Parking and FTealfh Tn^nranre fee«? 

71 

21 

Room and Board (17 meals per week) 


Books and Supplies ** __ _ 

dO 

60 

Clothing ____ __ __ 

50 

50 

Miseellaneons 

100 

100 


$778 

$278 


* Out-of-state students add $250. Music students add $70 for music lesson fee. 
** Art students should budget additional funds for supplies. 


RECORDS 

Grade Reports to Students 

A report of the final grades assigned in classes is sent to each student at the end 
of each semester. 

Transcripts 

Upon request to the Office of the Registrar, each student will be provided with 
one official copy of his college record without charge. A charge of $1 will be made 
for each additional transcript requested by the student. No transcript will be 
supplied for college work taken in other institutions. 

VETERANS 

California State College at Fullerton is approved by the Bureau of Readjustment 
Education, State Department of Education, to offer programs to veterans seeking 
benefits under state and federal legislation. All students seeking veterans benefits 
must have a degree or credential objective. 

Applications for benefits should be filed well in advance of the semester in which 
the veteran plans to use these benefits in order to have the authorization at the time 
of registration. 

P.L. 550 

Application 

If the veteran has attended an institution under P.L. 550 benefits before, the 
veteran must file an Application for Change of Place of Training (VA form 1992) 
through the Office of Veterans Affairs at the institution last attended under P.L. 550 
benefits. 

If the veteran has not attended an institution under P.L. 550 benefits before, 
application forms may be obtained from the Veterans Adviser at California State 
College at Fullerton. 

Monthly Certification 

Each month, the veteran must obtain an Attendance Report Form from the 
veterans adviser. This form must be signed by each of the veteran’s instructors on 
the last class meeting of the month. This signature will verify satisfactory attendance 
for the month. When completed, the Attendance Report Form must be returned to 
the veterans adviser and the veteran must sign the IBM certification card that is 


40 


Academic Regulations 


forwarded to the VA. The Attendance Report Form must be returned to the 
veterans adviser on or before the 5th of the month to ensure receiving the 
subsistence check on time. 

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 

Students who have been admitted to the College are required to register each 
term at announced times and locations. Registration is not official until fees have 
been paid, and no student is allowed to attend classes until all steps in the regis- 
tration process have been completed. 

A number of Academic Regulations related to registration are listed below, and 
all students are expected to be familiar with them as well as other pertinent portions 
of the college catalog. 

Sfafement of Residence 

A Statement of Residence must be completed prior to registration for each 
student, day or evening. No student in continuous attendance during successive 
semesters is required to file a Statement of Residence after the initial filing. Any 
break in attendance, however, does require a new Statement of Residence. 

Late Registration 

The last day to register late each semester will be announced in the Class Schedule. 
The College Calendar in the front of this catalog contains 1964-1965 registration 
dates. Late registrants will find themselves handicapped in arranging their programs 
and must by state law pay a $5 late registration fee in addition to regular fees. 

Change of Program 

Each student is responsible for the program of courses listed at the time of reg- 
istration. Changes may not be made thereafter without the filing of a Change of 
Program form in the Office of the Registrar. All applications for courses dropped 
or added incur a $1 Change of Program fee. 

Withdrawal from College 

Students who wish to withdraw from the College must complete a Withdrawal 
From College card. See section on Refund of Fees for possible refunds. No student 
may withdraw after the date shown on the College Calendar as the last day of 
instruction. 

Grades for Withdrawal 

Through the 6th week of instruction in the semester, the grade for withdrawal 
will be an automatic “W.” Beginning with the 7th week, grades assigned will be 
“W” if the student is passing at the time he withdraws, or “F” if the student is 
failing at the time he withdraws. 

Concurrent Enrollment 

A student enrolled at the College may enroll concurrently for additional courses 
at another institution only with advance written approval from the student’s 
academic adviser. Permission will not be granted when the study load in the pro- 
posed combined program exceeds the units authorized at this College. 

Physical Education 

Students under 25 years of age who have not completed 4 semesters of physical 
education activity courses in a junior or 4-year college are required to do so to 
fulfill graduation requirements. 


41 


California State College at Fullerton 

Leave of Absence 

When circumstances beyond the student’s control, such as illness or military 
service, make it impossible to remain in continuous attendance at the College, a 
leave of absence can be given upon approval of a petition for such a leave. This 
action protects the student’s rights in effect at the time he ceases attendance. It is 
the responsibility of the student to file the required form in the Office of 
Admissions and Records. 

Election of Regulations 

A student remaining in continuous attendance in regular sessions and continuing 
on the same curriculum in a state college may, for purposes of meeting graduation 
requirements, elect to meet the graduation requirements in effect either at the time 
of his entering the curriculum or at the time of his graduation therefrom, except 
that substitutions for discontinued courses may be authorized or required by the 
proper College authorities. 

OTHER DEFINITIONS AND REGULATIONS 

Unit of Credit 

Each college semester unit represents three hours of college work per week for 
one semester. Courses are of three types: 

(1) Lecture— one hour in class plus two hours of study. 

(2) Activity— two hours of class plus one hour of study. 

(3) Laboratory— three hours in class. 

Some courses may combine two or more of these types. 

Classification in College 

Undergraduate students who have completed 0-29 units of work are classified 
as freshmen, 30-59 units as sophomores, 60-89 units as juniors, and 90 or more as 
seniors. 

Study List Limits 

A student is normally permitted to enroll in a maximum of 16 units each semester. 
However, upon written approval of his adviser, the student may carry additional 
units. The foregoing limits apply to students who are attending college on a full- 
time basis. Students with outside responsibilities are strongly advised to reduce their 
study load. 


Grading System 

Satisfactory Grade Grade Point Value 

C 2 

B 3 

A 4 

Cr None assigned 

Unsatisfactory Grade 

D 1 

F 0 

Special Grade 

E (Incomplete) 0 

AU (Auditor) (no credit toward degree or credential) None assigned 

W (Passing withdrawal) None assigned 


With the exception of the grades of E, AU, W, and CTL, all units attempted are 
computed in the student’s grade point average. 


42 


Other Regulations 


Incomplete Work 

A grade of E may be given only when, in the opinion of the instructor, a stu- 
dent cannot complete a course during the semester of enrollment for reasons 
beyond his control. Such reasons are assumed to include illness of the student, of 
members of his immediate family, extraordinary financial problems, loss of outside 
position, and other such exigencies. A student may remove a grade of E (incom- 
plete work) by satisfactory completion of course requirements with the instructor 
and the grade will be changed on the student’s permanent record card to that 
designated by the instructor. If the grade of E is not removed within one semester, 
unless this period is extended by proper College authority, the grade of E will be 
considered a permanent grade of F. 

Repetition of Courses 

When a course is repeated, the units and grade points of the repetition are 
included in the grade point average in addition to the units and grade points of 
the original course. When a course is repeated, where the original grade was 
passing, the repetition will carry no subject or unit credit toward a degree or cre- 
dential. Grade point deficiencies incurred by courses completed at the College 
may not be made up by courses taken at other colleges. 

Examinations 

Final examinations are required in all courses and are given at times scheduled 
by the College. Any exception to this schedule must be approved by the office of 
the Dean of Instruction. No make-up final examination will be given except for 
reason of illness or other emergencies verified by an authorized College office and 
by written permission of the instructor and division chairman. 

Student Writing 

Students will be required to demonstrate, in all classes where written expression 
is appropriate, their ability to write clearly and correctly about the materials of 
the course. Ability of a student to demonstrate writing proficiency shall be used 
as a part of the final grade determination in any course. 

Student Conduct 

The College properly assumes that all students are in attendance for the purpose 
of securing a sound education and that they will conduct themselves as mature 
citizens of the campus community. Compliance with not only the common law but 
with all regulations of the College is therefore expected. If, however, on any occa- 
sion a student or an organization is known to have compromised accepted standards 
of conduct and good taste, appropriate disciplinary action must be taken by 
authorities of the College. Conduct which is prejudicial to the good name of the 
institution by any student or student group will not under any circumstances be 
tolerated or overlooked. Every effort will be made to encourage and support the 
development of self-discipline and control by students and student organizations. 
The Dean of Students, aided by all members of the faculty and advised by the 
Student Affairs (Committee of the faculty, is responsible to the President of the Col- 
lege for the behavior of students in their relationships to the College. The Presi- 
dent in turn is responsible to the Chancellor and the Trustees of the California 
State Colleges who themselves are governed by specific laws of the State of Cali- 
fornia. 

Honors-at-Entrance 

Honors-at-Entrance are awarded to both freshman and transfer students who 
have demonstrated outstanding acliievement in past academic work. For freshmen. 


43 


California State College at Fullerton 

it is given when the student has earned at least ten semester grades of A and ten 
semester grades of B in college preparatory courses which were taken in high 
school between entrance into the tenth grade and the time of admission to the 
college. Transfer students are eligible if a grade point average of 3.5 is earned in 
courses accepted by the college as degree credit. Unless the transfer student pre- 
sents at least 60 college transfer units, he must also meet the freshman criterion. 
A Certificate of Honors-at-En trance is awarded and a notation of such an award 
is made on the student’s permanent record card. 

Honors At Graduation 

Honors at graduation have been defined by the Faculty Council in three classi- 


fications: 

With Honors GPA 3.5 

With High Honors GPA 3.85 

With Highest Honors GPA 4.0 

Dean's Usf 


Academic achievement is recognized with the publication each semester of a list 
of students whose grade point average for the previous term has been 3.5 or 
better. Students are notified in writing by the Dean of Students when they have 
earned this distinction. Eligibility is based on a minimum of 12 units of course 
work. 

Academic Probation 

It is the purpose of academic probation to identify and to bring to the attention 
of appropriate authorities the student who is experiencing academic difficulties. 
Therefore, students whose records fall into any one of the following categories 
are placed on academic probation: 

(1) Where the cumulative grade point average on all work attempted at all 
institutions attended is below a C (2.0). 

(2) Where the cumulative grade point average on all work attempted at the 
College falls below a C (2.0) . 

Academic Dismissal 

It is the purpose of academic dismissal to give the student an opportunity to 
review carefully his educational experiences away from the college environment. 
This “break” will normally be imposed before the student’s record has reached 
the point where it will preclude a continuation of his educational program at a 
later date. Therefore, students whose records fall into the following categories 
will be subject to dismissal: 

(1) Where the record shows below a C (2.0) average in a regular semester or 
summer session when the student is already on academic probation. (This 
category does not apply to students admitted on probation.) 

(2) Where after two semesters on probation a student has not attained a grade 
point average of C (2.0) on all work attempted at the College and on all 
work attempted at all collegiate institutions attended. 

(3) Where the academic record of the student indicates serious academic dif- 
ficulty. 

Removal of Probation 

A student will be automatically removed from academic probation when all the 
following conditions are met: 

(1) The student’s cumulative grade point average on all work attempted at 
State College is a C (2.0) or above. 


44 


Petition, Bachelor's Degree 


(2) The student’s cumulative grade point average on all work attempted at all 
collegiate institutions attended is a C (2.0) or above. 

Good Standing 

“Good standing” indicates that a student is eligible to continue or to return, and 
is free from financial obligation to the College and from disciplinary action. A 
student under academic or disciplinary dismissal is not eligible to receive a state- 
ment of “good standing” on transcripts issued by the College. 

RIGHT OF PETITION 

Students have the right to petition any academic action taken by the College in 
accordance with established regulations. When a problem arises where this petition 
right should be exercised, the student should be referred to the Office of Admis- 
sions and Records. He will be permitted to file a petition on a form designated 
for this purpose. All petitions must first be reviewed by the student’s adviser and 
initialed by him. The Petitions Committee will then take action on the petition 
and the student will be notified of this decision. A copy of the action will also be 
placed in the student’s folder in the Office of the Registrar. 

Students also have the right to appeal any disciplinary action taken by appro- 
priate College authority. This may be done by requesting a hearing before a Spe- 
cial Review Committee appointed by the Chairman of the Faculty Committee on 
Student Affairs. Such requests should be filed in the Office of the Dean of Students 
who will schedule a hearing at the earliest possible time. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACHELOR'S DEGREE 

A candidate for graduation should file an application for a Graduation Require- 
ment Check in the Office of the Registrar by the end of the fifth week of the 
semester prior to the semester in which he expects to graduate. No graduation 
requirement check should be requested unless and until the senior has completed 
100 semester hours (including the current work in progress) . If the candidate does 
not complete the requirements in the semester indicated, he must request a second 
graduation check indicating the new date, A student is eligible for graduation if 
he is in good standing and fulfills the following requirements: 

(1) General Education 

General Education Program for Students Entering with Freshman Status 
(For the philosophy and objectives of the College, including the required 
General Education program, see pp. 20, 40 in the introductory pages.) 

To be eligible for the bachelor’s degree at the College, the candidate 
shall have completed 50 semester units of general education including at least 6 
units in upper division courses. It is strongly recommended that English 101 and 
102 be completed during the freshman year. The courses in general education shall 
be distributed in the following manner: 

Minimum 

Units 

(a) Social Sciences 12 

Courses in the Social Sciences shall include the following: 

1. History 170A (3) or History 170B (3)— meets the state requirement 
in U.S. History. 

2. Political Science 100 (3) or a combination of Political Science 101 
(3) and Political Science 311 (3)— meets the state requirements in 
U.S. Constitution and California State and Local Government. 


45 


California State College at Fullerton 

3. A minimum of 6 additional units required with at least one course 
from each of the following two groups: 

a. Anthropology 201B (3), Geography 121 (3), Sociology 201 (3) 

b. Anthropology 201 B (3) and Anthropology 301 (3), Geography 
121 (3), Geography 131 (3), Geography 333 (3), History IlOA 
(3), History IlOB (3), History 170A (3), History 170B (3), 
Political Science 101 (3), Political Science 331 (3), Political Science 
340 (3), Political Science 351 (3), Sociology 201 (3), or Sociology 
202 (3). 

(b) Natural Sciences — 9 

Courses in the Natural Sciences shall include: 

1. A minimum of 5 units from the following: 

Biological Science 100 (2) and either Biological Science 140 (3) or 
Biological Science 160 (3) 

2. A minimum of 4 units from the following: Physical Science 201 
(4-5), Chemistry 100 (5), Chemistry 101 A3» (5,5), Geology 100A,B 
(4,4), Physics 221 A (5). 

(c) Humanities 12 

Courses in the Humanities shall include: 

1. English 101 (3) and English 102 (3) 

2. A minimum of 6 additional units required, consisting of three units 
each from the two groupings below. 

a. Philosophy 110 (3), Philosophy 210 (3), Philosophy 310 (3), Phi- 
losophy 311 (3), Philosophy 451 (3) 

b. English 202 (3), English 212 (3), English 321 (3), English 334 (3), 
English 423 0), English 451 (3), English 463 (3), Comp. Lit. 315 
(3), Comp. Lit. 425 (3), or any upper division course in French, 
German or Spanish. 

(d) Fine and Applied Arts 9 

Courses in the Fine and Applied Arts shall include: 

1. A minimum of 3 units from the following: 

Speech 101 (3) or Speech 23 lA (3), 

2. A minimum of 6 additional units required which shall include at 
least one course from two of the following groups: 

a. Art 100 (3), Art 101 (3), Art 103 (3), Art 104 (3), Art 107AB, 
(3,3), Art 111 (3), Art 401 (3), Art 402 (3) 

b. Drama 271 (3), Drama 272 (3) 

c. Music 100 (3), Music 101 (3), Music 151A (2), Music 151B (2), 
Music 161a,361a (1,1), Music 161b,361b (1,1), Music 161c,361c 
(1,1), Music 220 (2), Music 350 (3). 

(e) Psychology 3 

Psychology 101 (3) 

(f) Economics or Mathematics 3 

A minimum of 3 units from the following: 

Economics 200 (5), Economics 201 (3), Economics 200A (3), Eco- 
nomics 200B (3), Mathematics 120 (3), Mathematics 150A (4), Mathe- 
matics Educ. lOOA (3), Mathematics 250A (3), or any upper division 
mathematics course. 

(g) Health and Physical Education — - — 2 

A minimum of 2 units required by completing four semesters of activity 
courses which include instruction in health education. A physical educa- 
tion activity course taken in the summer session may not be counted in 


46 


Bachelor's Degree 


lieu of a semester. Not more than one activity course within any one 
semester may be counted toward general education. Credit in intercollegi- 
ate athletics courses may meet not more than two semesters of the College 
general education requirement in physical education. Not more than six 
units of credit in physical education activities courses, including inter- 
collegiate athletics, may be applied toward credit for graduation. (Persons 
who are over 25 years of age are not required to enroll for courses in 
physical education.) 

Total 50 

(The above requirements apply to all students who began college-level 
work in any institution in the Fall semester^ 1963,) 

General Education Program for Transfer Students 

(For students transferring to the College after completion of 30 or more college 
transfer units.) 

To be eligible for the bachelor’s degree from the College, the candidate 
shall have completed a minimum of 50 semester units of general education including 
at least 6 units in upper division courses. This program, while providing for the 
same breadth as required for students entering as freshmen, allows for the necessary 
flexibility for the transfer student. The courses in general education shall be dis- 
tributed in the following manner: 

(a) Social Sciences 12 

The social sciences shall include required instruction in U.S. History, 

U.S. Constitution, California State and Local Government and American 
ideals, and courses in the subject fields of: anthropology, economics, 
geography, history, political science, sociology, and similar fields. Courses 
must be selected from two or more of these fields. 

(b) Natural Sciences 9 

The natural sciences shall include at least one course selected from the 
physical sciences and at least one from the biological sciences. The 
physical sciences include astronomy, chemistry, geology and physics. 

The biological sciences include botany, physiology and zoology. 

(c) Humanities 12 

The humanities shall include a year of instruction in college-level 
English composition and literature. The remaining units may be chosen 
from the following subject fields: comparative literature, English, philoso- 
phy, and advanced courses in French, German, Spanish, or other foreign 
languages. 


(d) Fine and Applied Arts 9 

The fine and applied arts shall include a course in oral communication. 
Additional courses shall be chosen from the following subject areas: art, 
drama and music. 

(e) Psychology — 3 

This should be the standard introductory course in psychology. 

(f) Economics or Mathematics 3 


Either a course in college mathematics which would have as its pre- 
requisite a minimum of two years of high school mathematics or its 
equivalent, or a college-level introductory course in economics will meet 
this requirement. 


47 


California State College at Fullerton 

(g) Health and Physical Education 2 

In addition to physical education activity, instruction in health educa- 
tion is required. 

Total 50 

(The above requirements apply to all students who began college-level 
work in any institution in the Fall semester ^ 1963,) 

(2) Units 

(a) Total Units 

A minimum of 124 semester units is required for graduation with a Bachelor 
of Arts degree. 

(b) Upper Division Units 

Completion of a minimum of 40 units of upper division credit is required. 

(c) Resident Units 

Completion of a minimum of 24 semester units in residence is required. At 
least one-half of these units must be completed among the last 20 semester 
units counted toward the degree. Extension credit, or credit by examination, 
may not be used to fulfill the minimum residence requirement. 

(3) Scholarship 

(a) A grade point average of 2.0 or better is required on all units attempted, 
including those accepted by transfer from another institution. 

(b) A grade point average of 2.0 or better is required on all units in the major. 

(c) A grade point average of 2.0 or better is required on all units attempted 
at the college granting the degree. 

(4) Major 

Completion of all requirements for a major as specified by appropriate college 
authority is required. 

(5) Minor 

Completion of a minor field is not required for the B.A. at this time. 

C6) Approval and Recommendation of the Faculty of the College 

THE PROGRAM OF GRADUATE DEGREES 

California State College at Fullerton has been authorized to grant the following 
graduate degrees: 

Master of Arts in Art 
Master of Arts in Biology 
Master of Arts in English 
Master of Arts in History 
Master of Arts in Political Science 
Master of Arts in Social Sciences 
Master of Business Administration 
Master of Science in Education 

(Concentrations in School Administration and School Counseling only) 

Master’s degrees in other areas are under consideration, in accordance with an 
Academic Master Plan for California State College at Fullerton, as approved by 
the Board of Trustees of the California State Colleges. Public announcement will 
be made of such added degrees as they are approved. 


48 


Graduate Degrees 


Procedures in Graduate Study 

Graduate students who intend to earn a master’s degree must follow the pro- 
cedures as stated below. It is the responsibility of the student to ascertain and to 
comply with all requirements^ College-wide and departmental or divisional, of the 
graduate program of the College. 

1. Admission to Unclassified Graduate Status 

a. For admission with graduate standing as an Unclassified Graduate student, 
a student shall have completed a four-year course and hold an acceptable 
baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution; or shall have completed 
an equivalent academic preparation as determined by the College. 

b. Graduate students admitted in Unclassified Graduate Status, with a master’s 
degree objective, must comply with the requirements for full matriculation. 
(See “Procedures for Admission— Graduate Students,” page 34, and “Spe- 
cial Responsibilities of Students on xMaster’s Degree Programs,” beginning 
on page 50.) 

c. Admission to the College in Unclassified Graduate Status does not consti- 
tute admission to graduate degree curricula. (See No. 2, “Admission to 
Graduate Degree Curricula: Classified Graduate Status,” below.) 

d. Admission to the College Summer Session does not constitute admission to 
the College or to Unclassified Graduate Status. 

2. Admission to Graduate Degree Curricula: Classified Graduate Status 

a. A student who has been admitted in Unclassified Graduate Status may, 
upon application, be admitted to an authorized master’s degree curriculum 
of the College in Classified Graduate Status, upon completion of the re- 
quirements as specifed by the College and in the particular master’s degree 
program. 

b. Only those applicants who show promise of success and fimess will be 
admitted to graduate degree curricula, and only those who continue to 
demonstrate a satisfactory level of scholastic competence and fitness shall 
be eligible to continue in master’s degree programs. 

c. In addition to scholastic competence, applicants will be required to meet 
professional and personal standards, attain satisfactory scores on prescribed 
examinations, and other qualifications as the College may prescribe. 

d. For details concerning admission to graduate degree curricula in Classified 
Graduate Status, consult No. 3, “Completion of Master’s Degree Require- 
ments,” below, “Special Responsibilities of Students on Master’s Degree 
Programs,” page 50, and descriptions of specific degree programs elsewhere 
in this Catalog. 

3. Completion of Master’s Degree Requirements following are the basic gen- 
eral requirements for all master^s degrees. For information concerning specific 

degree requirements, see descriptions elsewhere in this Catalog.) 

a. Thirty semester units of approved graduate work completed within seven 
years of the date when all the requirements of the degree are completed, 
except that the College, at its option, may extend the time for students 
who pass a comprehensive examination in the relevant course or subject 
field. Of the Study Plan 30 semester units: 

(1) Not less than 24 shall be completed in residence. 

(2) Not less than 12 shall be in courses organized primarily for graduate 

students. 

(3) Not more than 6 shall be in extension or transfer credit. 

(4) Not more than 6 shall be allowed for a thesis, but the requirement of 

a thesis is optional with the College. 


49 


California State College at Fullerton 


(5) Not less than 15 shall be completed after advancement to Classified 
Graduate Status. (An exception may be authorized for students well 
advanced when new programs are initiated.) 

b. A grade point average of 3.0 (grade of B on a five-point scale) or better 
in all courses taken to satisfy the requirements for the degree. 

c. Satisfactory competence and fitness, scholastically, professionally and per- 
sonally, and other qualifications as the College may prescribe, including 
specified examinations. 

d. (Completion of a satisfactory pattern of study in the department or division 
of the field of concentration, as approved by the student’s graduate advisor 
and committee. 

e. A satisfactory terminal evaluation, at the conclusion of the program, to 
demonstrate ability and to assure depth of scholarship and that elements 
of the program have been appropriately integrated. This terminal evalua- 
tion, depending on the master’s degree pursued by the student, may be by 
means of a thesis, a project, and/or a comprehensive examination. Adequate 
adaptations may be made for creative endeavors, providing that a creative 
thesis or project must include an appropriate written exposition or analysis 
thereof. 

f. Recommendation of the faculty of the College that the appropriate degree 
shall be granted. 

Within these general requirements for all CSCF master’s degrees there are other, 
specific, detailed requirements of a quantitative and qualitative nature for each 
specific degree, both as concerns prerequisites and program. These will be found 
in the descriptions of master’s degree programs, in each of the Divisions offering 
such degrees, later in this Catalog. 

Special Responsibilities of Students on Master's Degree Programs 

In addition to the academic and other requirements for the master’s degree, 
each student must take responsibility for initiating action at several points. Failure 
to initiate these actions will place his program in jeopardy. These specific student 
responsibilities are as follows: 

1. Apply for admission to the College in Unclassified Graduate Status, at the 
Office of Admissions and Records, prior to the admissions application deadline 
indicated in the College calendar. (Students unable to meet the admissions 
deadline may be permitted to file application materials and register at a date 
to be specified by the College, on a provisional matriculation basis. Full ma- 
triculation must be achieved within 90 days after registration. Concerning full 
matriculation see “Procedures for Admission— Graduate Students,” page 34.) 

2. State the specific master’s degree objective (with concentration, if applicable) 
on the Application for Admission. The student who has previously pursued 
graduate studies at (DSCF, and who has not indicated a master’s degree ob- 
jective, or who changes objective, must file a Change of Objective card in 
the Office of Admissions and Records. The master’s degree objective should 
be stated, as above, even though the graduate student is presently working 
only on degree prerequisites. It is urgent that graduate students declare their 
degree objective as early as possible. Students may have single or dual ob- 
jectives (such as credential and master’s degree). 

3. Provide evidence of an acceptable baccalaureate degree, from an accredited 
institution (diploma, transcript, etc.). 

4. Arrange to have two copies of transcripts of all previous undergraduate or 
graduate studies undertaken sent to the Office of Admissions and Records 


50 


Graduate Degrees 


directly from the colleges or universities where these studies have been pur- 
sued. (The second copy, in each case, will be sent to the division advisor of 
the student.) For previous studies taken at CSCT, the student will file a re- 
quest in the Office of Admissions and Records for one copy of the CSCF 
transcript to be duplicated and forwarded to the division advisor. 

5. Obtain health clearance from the Health Center, including: 

a. Submission of Health History form (completed by the student) and the 
Physical Examination form (completed by a private physician) to the 
Health Center. (See p. 29 for applicability.) 

b. Submission to the Health Center of evidence of a negative chest X-ray (or 
a negative tuberculin skin test), signed by a physician, nurse, or public 
health department official, and dated not more than twelve months prior to 
the date of registration at CSCF. 

c. Submission to the Health Center of evidence of a smallpox vaccination 
within the past five years. 

6. Comply with all requirements for full matriculation, as announced by the 
Colletre. (See admission information, beginning on page 31 of this Catalog; 
also Class Schedule and instructions furnished by the Office of Admissions 
and Records.) Graduate students who cannot meet all requirements for full 
matriculation prior to the registration deadline, due to delay of arrival of 

; transcripts or other factors, may be permitted to file application materials and 
register at a date to be specified by the College, on a provisional matriculation 
basis. Students admitted on this basis must, however, show proof of an ac- 
ceptable bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution. Full matriculation 
must be achieved within 90 days after registration. Students who fail to com- 
plete full matriculation requirements within 90 days after registration will be 
designated as without a degree objective. Such students receive no regular 
advisement and place their master’s degree programs and credit for course 
work taken (as applicable to a master’s degree) in jeopardy. 

7. Consult with an advisor in the area of the desired master’s degree program, 
at registration time or before, concerning prerequisites, courses to be taken, 
and to develop an informal program and Study Plan. (Students are urged to 
maintain a personal file of transcripts and other records of all undergraduate 
and graduate work undertaken, and to make this file available whenever 
seeking advisement.) 

8. Complete prerequisites as specified in the informal program. 

9. Take the standardized tests required in the area of the master’s degree objec- 
tive (normally during the first semester of study), on dates as announced by 
the Test Center of the College. These must be applied for at designated dates, 
well in advance of the testing dates, on registration forms supplied by the 
department of the master’s degree or the Test Center, and fees must accom- 
pany the form. If the specific tests required in the student’s master’s degree 
program have been taken elsewhere, consult with the Test Center well in 
advance for transfer of results to the Center, and arrange with the Center 
for subsequent transfer of test results to the department concerned. 

10. If a full-time student, four weeks before the end of the first semester of study 
(or, if a part-time student, upon completion of from eight to twelve units of 
course work on the informal Study Plan), complete a request for Classified 
Graduate Status at the Office of Admissions and Records. Only students who 
achieve this status are candidates jor the degree. 


California State College at Fullerton 


11. A week thereafter make an appointment with the advisor to complete the] 
formal Study Plan for the master’s degree, determine thesis or project title] 
(if required), and determine if all requirements for Classified Graduate Status] 
have been met. 

12. File an Application for Graduation Check in the Office of Admissions and| 
Records according to the dates indicated in the College Calendar. 

13. Five weeks prior to the end of the semester or summer session when the! 
program is completed, arrange an appointment with the advisor, to assure 
that all requirements will be met. 

14. Consult with the Registrar relative to the awarding of the degree. 

Advisement and Approvals 

Basic responsibility for advisement of master’s degree students is with depart- 1 
mental advisors, and it is essential that students periodically consult with advisors. 
In addition, major approvals regarding a student’s acceptance for, advancement to,| 
and completion of a master’s degree program are made by divisional or depart- 1 
mental graduate study committees, on recommendation of advisors. 

Prerequisites 

Each master’s degree program has specific prerequisites, both in courses and in 
grade point average. Deficiencies in prerequisites must be removed prior to ad- 
vancement to Classified Graduate Status, and courses for this purpose may not be| 
a part of the 30-unit Study Plan for the degree. Students otherwise well qualified] 
for Classified Graduate Status, who have minor prerequisite deficiencies, in either! 
grade point average or courses, may, with the approval of the advisor, petition to 
the divisional or departmental graduate study committee for waiver of such minor I 
deficiencies. 

Declassification 

Graduate students in Classified Graduate Status shall be declassified for failure] 
to maintain the required grade point average of the master’s degree program, for' 
other unsatisfactory performance in respect to scholastic or professional standards, 
or for failure actively to continue in the program during a tu'elve-month period. 
Such students shall revert to Unclassified Graduate Status. Students whose perform- 
ance is found to be seriously below the quality required of graduate students may 
be required to withdraw from all graduate courses. 

Readmission to the College 

Graduate students who fail to register at CSCF during any semester must apply! 
for readmission to the College prior to the dates for admission as indicated in the] 
College Calendar. 

Master's Degree Theses and Projects 

When a thesis is required in a master’s degree program, the approved original 
copy, bound in accordance with College specifications, must be filed with the; 
College Library. Arrangements may be made at the College Foundation Office forj 
binding, with a binding fee of $5.50 per copy payable at that Office. This must be 
done before the degree can be awarded. 

When a project is required in a master’s degree program, it will be filed with 
the department or division in which the degree is taken. 

Appropriate adaptations will be made for creative theses or projects. 

All theses and projects will conform in style and format to accepted standards 
as specified by the advisor and the Coordinator of Graduate Studies. 


52 


Graduate Degrees 


Graduate Assistants 

There are a limited number of appointments as graduate assistants available to 
outstanding graduate students who are working on graduate degree programs. 
These may pay up to $1100 per semester. If interested, consult with the Chairman 
of the Division in which degree study is being taken. 

Waiver of Tuition for Non-Resident Graduate Students 
Worthy graduate students who are not residents of California may, under certain 
circumstances, obtain a waiver of the non-resident tuition fee. Inquiries should be 
directed to the Coordinator of Graduate Studies. 

Minimum Full-time Load for Graduate Students 
Twelve (12) hours of course work per semester shall constitute a minimum 
full-time load for graduate students. 

International Study 

The College participates in the California State Colleges’ program of study 
abroad. Under this program, limited studies taken at designated foreign universities, 
when arranged in advance, may be applied toward the requirements of a degree 
awarded by the College. It is important that plans be completed several months in 
advance of starting such a program. For details consult the Coordinator of Gradu- 
ate Studies or the Foreign Student Advisor. 

Late Afternoon and Evening Graduate Course Work 
The educational program of the College is offered continuously from 8:00 a. m. 
an til 10:00 p. m., Monday through Friday. In many of the master’s degree areas 
it is possible for matriculated graduate students to complete course work between 
the hours of 4:00 p. m. and 10:00 p. m. 


For further information regarding the program of master’s degrees of California 
State College at Fullerton, please refer to the Office of the Coordinator of Grad- 
aate Studies. 


53 




.?iniKT^ari i^uohtj^ no ’yiiK/fiov;^ Ofi'W 

/iiimwO orb :![ij<:no;o .boX'0?OJjii M .:?oipnp?. aH;' ; ; pi .r;?; x^tri o^rb 

‘ ' , .iioi/ix ^U^. y^ro^ols 'A:(ioo 

- ^tDU.fcmO tnsblflt'ofi'floH; '»o^ ootA wT W 'i^vhdW 

nhrm -■^- ^ra iwinbtHfeO id oil:// ^ntvfxrrjg 3)i:ijb)^XTa -^AhTOW 

£»v! btadfb ririiTiapnl' uohtu-1 ^noidrn -non lib la rrnr.\fJ c nbii^k' 

' ■ • ’ '■ . ,ioiibi;?6 ^J^b-nO' ^0 *jih oi 

cn'^^^bu^S '^taabolO loV bdoJ erruiii-t^ rytufnix^ 
iTibirrAnM « on> Ui.ixa W^OTS^-I^JCI' la -JiVL/A:! v A>v/r 

. ' b ■> . .’ '.irOA.^loivAIr 

.^ • , vbal^ tenoitc>^t9t|?l:,.'. .:. ■ , 

1,0 D?ri3a fiirfolnc:> 05 ^^ 

n^hiot'hwni^id^b 1 $ xioiGt K5ibrii;i hoduti: lohn'J brtox 

ooni ,!, ,, \o ?M\'!r{vjuup^‘i orii bifvO.’td k>>;qrpfe dd \sis\i .ojnuvb;; ni ho^A-ai/ii/; n/fi 

ai ?nK -nft A»o^-o^ bi^07,irr<o:> ^ airjsfrpfcriJ )X. '>dr vd 

^c> tv^rjmdioorVorfrjtoori vfi3ijgb 10 ^ ,con^Ci'^<; dbtt-i ^nd'aov*' la 
. - . • ■' /icdvbA f:)^ic^a'^;^ixb :w <:0jL»xjii8 » 

^ . , „>JioW f>3i-.!L:l'> eTS>ubD'tO .90v/xdv.3 bnp ^JOOfnst^A ats»J 

.<n '.£ 0(?A~ a." ri vb'joor.ro'ioi boiolko/r_5-|^it:o3o3ftx la A 

Tr'^ /T^: ^::>l•:■;Jj, odf io fit' /{vlbix'i x-;^/^^ -/r/br^dv.. ,.(ir . .. t’ikOi Itlrf. 

ivyyr’Lt^i rj^iU/Ov oj- icoaoo 01 ymobim at 70 ! -^Uji/iiCKj 

rk,..0 70- ■• !. ■ inxvtr Oikdl haia.'O O0:-r if) -fjad 0. 

rin'a,Au;:0:-’ta nfR-iw^iq - -varrtoA.rp -ivv 

-di;:k.>^'io.' •?t5jRT<!ba:ocO 3o^ ?':;■ ovoUiO oj?' 

■■ : ' .,. ' - ■ - ■ , -a, ; ’ ' • ■ ' ••.—'■'' .;" U-fa? :0.. 


COLLEGE 

CURRICULA 



:OLLEGE CURRICULA 


California State College at Fullerton has been authorized to offer the following 
degree programs which are described on the pages listed: 

Page 

Anthropology 112 

Art 80 


3.A. 

d.A. 

d.A. 

dA. 

d.A. 

d.A. 

i.A. 

lA. 

d.A. 

d.A. 

d.A. 

I.A. 


Biological Science 102 

Business Administration 60 

Chemistry - - 105 

Communications 94 

Drama 83 

Economics - 64 

English 96 

French 98 

Geography 114 

German 98 


B.A. 

B.A. 

B.A. 

B.A. 

B.A. 

B.A. 

B.A. 

B.A. 

B.A. 

B.A. 

B.A. 


History 

Humanities 


Afathematics . 

Music 

Philosophy _ 
Physics . 


Page 
^ 115 
. 93 
.. 105 
_ 87 
_ 99 
- 108 


Political Science - 116 

Psychology - - - 119 

Sociology 120 

Spanish 98 

Speech 91 


The following master’s degree programs have also been authorized: 


H.A. 

Art 

M.A. 

English 

V1.A. 

Biology 

M.A. 

History 

vI.B.A. Business Administration 

M.A. 

Political Science 

^.S. 

Education (with emphasis in 

M.A. 

Social Sciences 


School Administration or 
School Counseling) 

Courses of study are organized into six instructional divisions/schools of the 
ollege: Business Administration and Economics, Education, Fine and Apphed 
^rts. Humanities, Science, Mathematics, and Engineering and Social Sciences. 
These courses are listed below by subject-matter field and instructional divisions: 


Accounting 

Anthropology 

Ai r 


Courses 


Art Education- 


Divisions/Schools 

-Business Administration and Economics 

Social Sciences 

-Fine and Applied Arts 


hological Science 

business Education 

'hemistry 

-ommunication — 


-Fine and Applied Arts, Education 


-omparative Literature 

)rama 

Irama Education 

conomics- 


Science, Mathematics, and Engineering 

-Business Administration and Economics, Education 

Science, Mathematics, and Engineering 

- - -Humanities 

Humanities 

Fine and Applied Arts 

-Fine and Applied Arts, Education 


-ducation— Elementary 

ducation— Foundations 

ducation— School Services 

ducadon— Secondary 

^glish 


-Business Administration and Economics 

Education 

Education 

Education 

Education 

Humanities 


California State College at Fullerton 


Courses Divisions/Schools 


Rnglish Rdiirarion 

Humanities, Rdpeation 

Rinanre 

Bnsiness Administration and Economics 

Poreign Languages Education .. 

_ Humanitie.s, Rducatinn 

Rrenrh 

Humanities 

Oeography 

Social Sciencp*! 

Oenlogy 

.Science, Mathematics, and Engineering 

Oerman 

Hnmanitic': 

Hpalrh Rdnratinn 

Rducation 

History 

Social Science.s 

Journalism Rdnrafion 

__ Humanitie.s, Rducatinn 

Management 

Business Administration and Rconomics 

Marketing 

_ Business Administration and Rconomics 

Marherpatic^ 

Science, Mathematics, and Rngineering 

Mi>rhematirs Rdnr^itinn 

Science, Mathematics, and Rngineering* Rducatinn 

Music 

-- - Rine and Applied Arts 

Music Rdnration 

Pine and Applied Arts, Rducatinn 

Philosophy 

Humanities 

Physical RHncatinn 

Rducatinn 

Physical Science 

Science, Mathematics, and Engineering 

Physics _ 

Science, Mathematics, and Rngineering 

Political Science 

Social Sciences! 

Portuguese 

Humanities 

Psycholop^ _ . _ __ 

Social Sciences 

Oiiflptirarive Methods 

Business Administration and Rconomio 

Recreatiofi 

Rducatior 

Russian 

Humanitiei 

Science Rducation 

Science, Mathematics, and Engineering; Educatior 

Social Sciences Rduc^»tir»n 

Educatior 

Social Welfare 

- . - Social Sciences: 

Sociology 

Social Science 1 

Spanish 

__ .. ___ Humanitie . 

Speech 

Rine and Applied Arc 

Speech Education 

„ .Fine and Applied Arts, Educatior 


PREPROFESSIONAL STUDIES 

Studies which may qualify students for admission to professional schools i' 
architecture, dentistry, law, medicine, social welfare and theology are available 
Interested students are advised to consult the Office of Counseling conceminj 
professional objectives. 


58 


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 


1964-65 Staff 

Dean of the School: Theodore H. Smith 
Department of Accounting and Finance 
Professors: Li, Wiseman (Chairman) 

Associate Professor: Kinney 
Assistant Professor: Woo 
Department of Economics 
Professor: Townshend-Zellner (Chairman) 

Associate Professor: Graves 

Assistant Professors: Fitzpatrick, Lafky, Pontney, Schick 
Department of Management 

Associate Professors: Barres (Chairman), Goodell, McCloud, Trego 
Assistant Professors: Ellery, McKee, Shaul 
Department of Marketing and Quantitative Methods 
Professors: Roberts, Smith, Tull (Chairman) 

Associate Professor: Hussain 
Assistant Professors: Beaton, Fyfe 

THE UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM IN BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 

Through a study of the various theoretical and practical business policies and 
procedures, the School of Business Administration and Economics seeks to afford 
a basic education for managerial and professional positions in business, government, 
and education. Although emphasis is given to theory, factual content which is essen- 
tial in specific vocations such as accounting, economics, finance, marketing, manage- 
nient, and business education is provided to enable students to enter apprenticeships 
in these fields with the expectation that their education should expedite their prog- 
ress, either to managerial positions or to staff positions as professional accountants, 
economists, educators, and marketing and business consultants. 

In our ever-expanding, complex society, the managers of tomorrow must be men 
and women with breadth of understanding and vision. Students who concentrate 
in a special area are encouraged to elect courses in other divisions of the college, 
particularly in the areas of the behavioral, social, and political sciences, and foreign 
languages. It is assumed that the first half of their college work toward a bachelor’s 
degree represents a required basic education in communication, mathematics, a 
laboratory science, social science, and the humanities. With the broadening of our 
cultural and business horizons, it is desirable to become increasingly better versed in 
the language of our neighbors, Spanish, and in such languages as French, German, 
and Russian. Since the understanding of mathematics is becoming increasingly 
important in business and the social sciences, students who contemplate enrollment 
In either business administration or economics are encouraged to take four years of 
high school mathematics. College algebra, or three years of high school mathematics 


59 


California State College at Fullerton 


including a second course in algebra, will be a minimum prerequisite for entrance 
to the program. 

If credits for either or both elementary accounting and principles of economics 
have not been earned, it will be necessary to enroll in these courses the first semes- 
ter of the junior year. 

Students enrolled in the school and working toward a college degree are subject 
to the general requirements of the College as to courses and credit hours required 
for graduation. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

The degree requirements are as follows: 

1. Completion of a minimum of 50 semester credit hours in business administra- 
tion and economics courses in the School of Business Administration and 
Economics, of which 35 semester credit hours must be upper division courses. 

2. Completion of at least 15 semester credit hours in the School of Business 
Administration and Economics at the College. 

3. Completion of the required core courses in the School of Business Adminis- 
tration and Economics. Students in Business Administration are required to 
take Mathematics 120 (Finite Mathematics) or equivalent as prerequisite to 
Quantitative Methods 361. 

4. Completion of 12 semester credit hours of required courses in an area of 
concentration to be selected by the student. 

5. Completion of at least 62 semester credit hours in areas other than Business 
Administration and Economics. 

6. Students must attain at least a 2.0 grade point average (C average) in all 
college work attempted, in all courses taken in the School of Business Admin- 
istration and Economics, and in his area of concentration. 

CORE: The business administration and economics courses listed below are re- 
quired of all students majoring in business administration: 


Course Units 

Economics 100 American Economic History 3 

Economics 200 or 200A-B Principles of Economics 5-6 

Quantitative Methods 264 Computer Programming 1 

Accounting lOlA-B, or 200 Elementary Accounting 6-5 

Finance 330 Business Finance 3 

Management 341 Principles of Management 3 

Management 346 Business Law 3 

Management 449 Business Policies • 3 

Marketing 351 Principles of Marketing 3 

Quantitative Methods 361 Business and Economic Statistics 3 


32-34 

* Those students taking Business Economics as their area of concentration will take Econ. 401 — 
Government and Business — in lieu of Mgmt. 449 — Business Policies. 

AREAS OF CONCENTRATION FOR MAJORS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

A student in business administration should select an area of concentration by the 
second semester of the junior year and take the required courses in the area. 


Accounting Units 

301A-301B Intermediate Accounting 6 

302 Cost Accounting 3 


60 


Business Administration 


And at least one of the following courses: 

303 Governmental Accounting 3 

308 Federal Income Tax. 3 

401 Advanced Accounting 3 

402 Auditing 3 

Economics 

302 Intermediate Economic Analysis 3 

303 Intermediate Economic Analysis 3 

402 Monetary and Fiscal Policy 3 

Management 446 Managerial Economics 3 

Finance 

324 Money and Banking 3 

331 Financial Analysis 3 

And at least two of the following courses: 

337 Real Estate Finance 3 

431 Capital and Money Markets 3 

432 Investment Principles and Practices 3 

433 Problems in Business Finance 3 

Management 

342 Production Management 3 

343 Personnel Management and Human Relations — 3 

444 Management of Systems 3 

446 Managerial Economics 3 

Marketing 

353 Marketing Administration 3 

452 Marketing Research 3 

459 Marketing Problems 3 

A minimum of one of the following courses: 

307 Distribution Costs 3 

354 Principles of Advertising 3 

355 Credit and Credit Administration 3 

356 Creative Motivation in Marketing 3 

358 Physical Distribution 3 

Quantitative Methods 

362 Introduction to Econometrics 3 

461 Advanced Statistics 3 

462 Mathematical Models in Business and Economics 3 

At least one of the following two courses: 

364 Computer Logic and Programming 3 

463 Statistical Decision Theory ^ — 3 

BUSINESS EDUCATION 

Students who wish to major in Business Administration in preparation for a 
career as a secondary school teacher in business subjects must meet the require- 
nients of the School of Business Administration and Economics and the secondary 
school teacher education program including the requirements for the proper cre- 
dential as outlined in the catalog. 

The requirements for a major in this area are as follows: 

1. The core requirements as set forth for all Business Administration Majors, 
Page 60. 


61 


California State College at Fullerton 


2. Twelve hours of advanced work in one of the six areas of concentration: 

a. Accounting 

b. Economics 

c. Finance 

d. Management 

e. Marketing 

f. Quantitative Methods 

3. Completion of 5-7 credit hours of electives which may include secretarial 
studies • to meet the School of Business minimum requirement of 50 credit 
hours in business administration and economics courses. 

4. A maximum of 12 credit hours in the secretarial field, including those applied 
as electives, may count toward the degree in Business Administration and 
Economics.* 

5. Completion of at least 62 credit hours in areas other than Business Administra- 
tion and Economics are required for the degree. 

Education courses required for a credential will be detailed by the Division of 
Education. 


MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE 

Applicants and continuing students should read carefully the College require- 
ments for master’s degree programs, page 48. 

The procedural steps for admission to and the completion of the Master of 
Business Administration Degree are as follows; 

Admission Requirements 

Apply for admission to the College in Unclassified Graduate Status and declare 
as objective a Master of Business Administration. Proof of a degree from an 
accredited college or university must be supplied. This must be done at the Office 
of Admissions prior to the dates indicated in the College Calendar. 

Prerequisites 

Admission to the program requires the completion of the following prerequisites 
or equivalent with a grade point average of not less than 2.5. 

Units 


Mathematics 

Mflt'hf'rn'ifirs 

120 

250A 

Finite Mathematics, or 

Calrnlns 

3 

Quantitative Methods 

- 264 

rinmpnffir Programming 

1 

/^('/^nnnringr 

300 

ArronnHng Fiindamenfak 

3 

jpr-nnnmirQ 

300 

Rai^ir F.ronnmirs 

3 

pinonr#* 

330 

Rn<;ine<:« Finanre; 

3 

M a r» r 

. 341 

Prinriplps of Management ___ 

3 

]Vt^^nflgpmpnr 

346 

Rn<;ine«s T,aw _ _ _ 

3 

morlrpringr 

351 

Prinriples of Marketing 

3 

Quantitative Methods 

361 

Business and Economic Statistics 

3 



Total 

25 


Take the Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business during the first 
semester of residence or at the earliest possible date. This test is given each year 
on a specified Saturday in November, February, April and July, and is administered 
at the College. 

* The College does not ofiFer work in secretarial training, typewriting, or business machines. Con- 
sult the Dean of the School of Business Administration and Economics to arrange for 
transfer of approved courses to satisfy these requirements. 


62 


Business Administration 


Advancement to Classified Graduate Status 
Achievement of this status requires the following: 

1. Completion of all prerequisites; 

2. Making a satisfactory score in the Admission Test for Graduate Study in 
Business; 

3. Have prepared and have approved a program in consultation with an advisor; 

4. Apply to the Registrar for Classified Graduate Status upon completion of 
8 to 12 units of graduate work; 

5. Receive approval by the Business Administration and Economics faculty and 
the Coordinator of Graduate Studies. 

The Program for the M.B.A. Degree Is Outlined As Follows: 

Completion of 30 credit hours in courses approved for Graduate work of which 
not less than 15 credit hours must be in the 500 course level with an over-all point 
average of not less than 3.0. 

This can be achieved in three ways: 

a. 30 credit hours of course work; 

b. 27 credit hours of course work and an approved project; 

c. 24 credit hours of course work and an approved thesis. 

1. Course work required of all candidates for the degree (24 units) 

CURRICULUM 

Accounting 

Required Units 

405 Industrial Accounting 3 

501 Administrative Accounting 3 

Recommended Electives 

406 Cost Control 3 

407 Integrated Data Processing Systems 3 

Other Electives 

Other 400 level accounting courses 
Economics 
Required 

403 Comparative Economic Systems - 3 

510 Competition, Monopoly, and Public Policy 3 

Recommended Electives 

511 Economic Problems and Public Policy 3 

Other Electives 

Other 400 level economics courses 

Management 

Required 

544 Organizational Behavior, Theory, and Administration 3 

Recommended Electives 

442 Labor Law ^ 

445 Production Control Analysis 3 

446 Managerial Economics — 3 

449 Business Policies ^ 

Other Electives 

Other 400 level management courses 


63 


California State College at Fullerton 


Marketing 

Required Units 

459 Marketing Problems 3 

Recommended Electives 

452 Marketing Research 3 

552 Seminar in Product Planning and Price Policy 3 

553 Marketing to the Government - 3 

Other Electives 

Other 400 level Marketing courses 


Finance 

Required 

532 Corporate Financial Management 3 

Recommended Electives 

431 Capital and Money Markets 3 

432 Investment Principles and Practices - 3 

Qaantitative Methods 

Required 

560 Operations Research, or 

463 Statistical Decision Theory 3 

Recommended Electives 

461 Advanced Statistics - 3 

462 Mathematical Models in Business and Economics — 3 


2. Satisfactorily pass a comprehensive examination. 

3. Receive the endorsement of the School Faculty and the College Coordinator of 

Graduate work. 

See also Procedures in Graduate Study, beginning on page 49. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN ECONOMICS 

The economics major is designed to prepare students for positions in business 
education, and government, and for graduate work in economics and related dis- 
ciplines. 

Required of all students for the degree: 

1. Completion of 37 semester credit hours of courses in business administration 
and economics in the School of Business Administration and Economics, of 
which 24 semester credit hours must be in upper division courses. 

2. Completion of at least 15 semester hours in the School of Business Admin- 
istration and Economics at the College. 

3. Completion of the Major course requirements for Economics majors, in the 
School of Business Administration and Economics. Students in Economics 
are required to take Mathematics 120 (Finite Mathematics) or equivalent as 
prerequisite to Quantitative Methods 361. 

4. Completion of at least 62 semester credit hours in areas other than Business 
Administration and Economics. 

5. Students must attain at least 2.0 grade point average (C average) in all college 
work attempted, in all courses in the School of Business Administration and 
Economics. 

Business Administration and Economics courses required of all students majoring 
in economics are listed below: 


64 


Business Administration 


Lower Division 

Course Uiuts 

Economics 100 American Economic History 3 

Economics 200 or 200A-B Principles of Economics S-6 

Accounting lOlA-B or 200 Elementary Accounting 6-5 


Total 13-15 

Upper Division 

Course Units 

Economics 302 Intermediate Economic Analysis 3 

Exonomics 303 Intermediate Economic Analysis 3 

Economics 324 Money and Banking 3 

Economics 401 Government and Business 3 

Economics 402 Monetary and Fiscal Policy 3 

Quantitative Methods 361 Business and Economic Statistics 3 

Six hours of electives in the School of Business Administration and 
Economics approved by the student’s major adviser 6 


Total ^ — : 24 

MINOR IN ECONOMICS 

A minor in Economics may be achieved by taking the following courses: 
Economics Units 

100 American Economic History 3 

200 Principles of Economics 5 

302 or 303 Intermediate Economic Analysis 3 

401 or 402 Government and Business or Monetary and Fiscal Policy 3 

403 Comparative Economic Systems 3 

Elective 3 


Total 20 


65 



DIVISION OF EDUCATION 


1964-65 Staff 

Division Chairman: Kenneth R. Doane 
Department of Foundations of Education: 

Professors: Bridgman (Acting Chairman), Carr, Doane, Ehmann * Imhoff 
Associate Professors: Coppolino, Fierman 
Department of Elementary Education: 

Professor: Hartsig (Chairman) 

Associate Professors: Croy, Kravitz 

Assistant Professors: Donoghue, Golden, Holmes, Lance, Lemmon 
Department of Secondary Education: 

Associate Professor: Cusick (Chairman) 

Assistant Professor: McGarry, Sica 
Department of School Services: 

Professors: Brockmann (Acting Chairman), Allen*, Denno *, McComb * 
Associate Professors: Lynn *, Tollefson * 

Assistant Professors: Bleecker, Burke *, Preble, A. Smith 
Instructor: Bristow * 

Department of Health Education, Physical Education, and Recreation: 

Professor: E. Johnson (Chairman) 

Associate Professors: Omalev, Pastor 
Assistant Professors: Barrett, Kindel 

The courses, programs, and services of the Division are directed toward the 
following objectives of students: 

1. Master of Sciences in Education with concentration in School Administration 
or School Counseling 

2. Pre-service teacher education (elementary school, secondary school, junior 
college) 

3. In-service teacher education 

4. Professional preparation of administrative and counseling personnel for the 
public schools 

5. The portion of the general education requirements in physical education and 
health. 

Instruction concentrates on the central principles of human behavior, human 
development, human learning, physical activity, the school as a basic institution 
^f our culture, the methods and materials associated with effective teaching, school 
administration, school counseling, and the current and persistent problems that 
-onfront administrators, teachers, counselors and other professional workers in 
-ducational institutions. In addition to using published source materials and attend- 
ng class sessions for presentations and discussions, many of the Division’s courses 
‘equire field work in schools and other educational agencies. 

^ College Administrative Officers. 


4—34730 


67 


California State College at Fullerton 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

General Characteristics: 

This degree is reserved for professionally qualified graduate students who desire 
to prepare for or advance their careers in either School Counseling or School 
Administration. Most students can meet credential requirements in either counseling 
or administration (including supervision) while completing the degree. 

Prerequisites: 

Only students who have a teaching credential, successful teaching experience, an 
approved academic major,* acceptable scores on The Graduate Record Examina- 
tion (Area tests), 30 units of advisor-approved study past the baccalaureate degree, 
a 2.5 GPA on previous academic and related work, and who have been screened 
into the program on these and professional leadership criteria, may proceed to 
the last 30 units of study on the program. Credit will be given for previous post- 
baccalaureate studies when possible. While otherwise well-qualified students may 
be admitted with limited subject or grade deficiencies, these may often be removed 
in the first 30 units of post-baccalaureate study. 

Program of Study: 

Students concentrating in School Counseling will take Educ., Sch. Serv. 452 
(Counseling Theories and Processses— prerequisite Educ., Sch. Serv. 351, Principles 
of Guidance), and in School Administration will take Educ. Found. 503 (Founda- 
tions for Educational Leadership), as soon as they identify their interest in this 
M. S. degree. Detailed evaluations and M. S. study plans will be developed for 
each student at this time. 

The final advisor-approved 30 units (minimum) of study for the degree will 
include the course of the above paragraph, 5 units of degree “core” studies (in 
survey of educational research, and social, historical or philosophical aspects of 
education), 6 units of advisor approved supporting courses from other disciplines, 
and an added 16 units in the area of concentration. The latter will include a cul- 
minating project, designed to assure depth of scholarship and integration of ele- 
ments of the program. 

The sixteen additional units in the concentration in School Administration (re- 
ferred to above) are as follows: 

Units 


Educ., Found. 505 Foundations for Improving Instruction 4 

Educ., Sch. Serv. 561 Organization of School Systems 3 

Educ., Sch. Serv. 563 Principles of School Personnel Administration.— 2 
Educ., Sch. Serv. 567 A,B Field Work and Seminar in School Administra- 
tion 2,2 


One of the following: 

Educ., Sch. Serv. 566 The Elementary School Principal and Supervisor 3 

Educ., Sch. Serv. 586 The Secondary School Principal and Supervisor 3 

The sixteen additional units in the concentration in School Counseling (referred 
to above) are as follows: 

Units ■ 


Educ., Sch. Serv. 551 Educational and Career Orientation 3 

Educ., Sch. Serv. 552 Group Processes in Guidance 3 

Educ., Sch. Serv. 553 Administration and Organization of Pupil Per- 
sonnel Services — — 3 


* May be waived for students holding or obtaining old counseling or administration credentials 
prior to September 14, 1966. 


68 


Education 


Units 

Educ., Sch. Serv. 557A,B Seminar in School Counseling 1, 1 

Educ., Sch. Serv. 559A,B Field Work in Pupil Personnel Services 2-3 

Also see Procedures in Graduate Study, beginning on p. 49. 


TEACHER EDUCATION CURRICULA 

Leading to Credentials 

The programs in teacher education operate under policies established by the 
Teacher Education Committee, a college-wide committee of faculty members. The 
Departments of Elementary and Secondary Education have administrative responsi- 
bility for the respective programs. Details of the programs are provided in special 
brochures available from the Division of Education or the Credentials Office, 
Room 154. 

The College offers teacher education curricula leading to the Standard Teaching 
Credential with Specialization in Elementary School Teaching, with Specialization 
in Secondary School l eaching, and with Specialization in Junior College Teaching. 
All curricula provide for completing the requirements for graduation with the 
Bachelor of Arts degree at the end of the usual four collegiate years and an addi- 
tional year of work to satisfy requirements for a teaching credential. The credential 
for teaching in a Junior college includes the master’s degree. 

CURRICULUM IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHER EDUCATION 

The suggested program leading to the recommendation for the Standard Teach- 
ing Credential with Specialization in Elementary School Teaching includes the 
following: 

1. A bachelor’s degree from an approved institution. 

2. A fifth year of college or university postgraduate education taken at the upper 
division or graduate level. (If the student does not complete all requirements, 
the credential may be awarded on the basis of partial fulfillment at the end 
of four or more years of work if he has a bachelor’s degree from an approved 
institution, has an approved major, has completed the student teaching re- 
quirement, has an affidavit of a teaching position, and has the acceptance of a 
proposed program to complete all requirements within the first five years of 
teaching.) 

3. Courses in General Education 50 units 

To satisfy credential requirements and to prepare himself to meet profes- 
sional responsibilities, an elementary school teacher education candidate should 
meet the requirements of the College on page 31 and should include in his 
general education program Art 100, Music 101, P. E. 123, P. E. 142, and Speech 
101 or Speech 231. To satisfy requirements for a credential, students must 
have a course in mathematics. Math. Ed. lOOA meets this requirement. 

Not more than six hours of course work taken to satisfy requirements in 
general education shall apply toward the fulfillment of the requirements for 
either a major or a minor. 

(NOTE: Graduate students must present 45 units to meet a minimum general 
education requirement. These units must be in five of the following six areas: 
(1) Social Sciences, (2) Natural Sciences, (3) Humanities (excluding foreign 
languages), (4) Fine Arts, (5) Mathematics, and (6) Foreign Languages. 
The Humanities requirement must include a year of English, and, in addition, 
the applicant for the credential must demonstrate competence in composition 
either by passing a course in composition or by passing an examination given 
by the institution in lieu thereof.) 


69 


California State College at Fullerton 

4. A major consisting of at least 24 semester hours of upper division or graduate 
level courses. Majors must be in subjects and areas normally taught in the 
public schools. These majors are currently available for this specialization at 
the College: anthropology, art, biological science, business administration, 
chemistry, communications with journalism emphasis, drama, economics, En- 
glish, French, geography, German, history, humanities with comparative litera- 
ture emphasis, mathematics, music, philosophy, physics, political science, 
psychology, sociology, Spanish, speech. (Note: the specifications above are 
state minima, and do not necessarily satisfy requirements for a major for 
graduation from the College.) 

5. A minor consisting of 20 semester hours of work in a single subject. If the 
candidate’s major is not in an academic area, the minor must consist of at 
least 20 semester hours in a single academic subject, and at least 12 semseter 
hours of upper division or graduate work must be included. Minors must be 
in subjects normally taught in public schools. These minors are currently 
available for this specialization at the College: anthropology, art, biological 
science, chemistry, communications with journalism emphasis, drama, eco- 
nomics, English, French, geography, German, history, humanities with com- 
parative literature emphasis, mathematics, music, philosophy, physics, political 
science, sociology, Spanish, speech. (Note: a minor is not required for gradu- 
ation from the College.) 

Units 

6. Courses in Allied Studies 12 

These courses supplement the general education and academic special- 
ization of the elementary school teacher. They are offered by the aca- 
demic departments as a pan of the basic preparation of the teacher. 
Engl. 433. Children’s Literature (3 units) 

Art 380. Art and Child Development (3 units) 

Music 333. Music and Child Development (3 units) 

P.E. 333. Physical Education and Human Development (3 units) 

7. Professional education requirements which are currently met by the fol- 

lowing program at the College 24 

Educ. Found. 311. Psychological Foundations of Education (4 units) 

Educ.Elem. 331. Elementary School Principles, Curricula, and Methods 
(8 units) 

Educ. Elem. 339 or 739. Student Teaching in the Elementary School (8 
units) 

Educ. Found. 301. Social, Historical, and Philosophical Foundations of 
Education (4 units) 

COMPOSITE LOWER DIVISION, UPPER DIVISION, AND FIFTH YEAR WORK 

Students seeking recommendation for the Standard Teaching Credential with 
Specialization in Elementary School Teaching after five years of pre-service 
teacher education should follow this schedule: 

Lower Division 62 umts 

General Education (44 units) 

Courses in the major (12 units) 

Courses in minor (6 units) 


70 


Education 


Upper Division 62 units 

General Education (6 units) 

Courses in the major (24 units) 

Courses in the minor (2-4 units) 

Courses in Allied Studies (12 units) 

Courses in Professional Education (12 units) 

Junior year, Educ. Found. 311 (4) 

Senior year, second semester, Educ. Elem. 331 (8) 

Electives (4-6 units) 

Fifth Year - 30 units 

Courses in the minor (10-12 units) 

Courses in Professional Education (12 units) 

First semester, Educ. Elem. 739 (8) 

Second semester, Educ. Found. 301 (4) 

Electives (6-8 units) 

Students seeking recommendation for the Standard Teaching Credential with 
Specialization in Elementary School Teaching on partial fulfillment of require- 
ments should follow this schedule: 


Lower Division 62 units 

General Education (44 units) 

Courses in the major (12 units) 

Electives (6 units) 

Upper Division 62 units 

General Education (6 units) 

Courses in the major (24 units) 


Courses in Allied Studies (12 units) 

Courses in Professional Education (20 units) 

Junior year, Educ. Found. 311 (4) 

Senior year, first semester, Educ. Elem, 331 (8) 

Senior year, second semester, Educ. Elem. 339 (8) 

Fifth Year 30 units 

(To be completed during the first five years of teaching) 

Courses in the minor (20 units) 

Courses in Professional Education (4 units) 

Educ. Found. 301 (4) 

Electives (6 units) 

CURRICULUM IN SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHER EDUCATION * 

Composite Lower Division, Upper Division, and Graduate Work 

Courses for Distribution in Liberal Arts - 50 units 

Courses for the Major 

Major requirements vary, but must include at least 24 upper division and graduate 
units. At least 6 units in the major must be taken at the post-graduate level. See the 
appropriate sections of this Catalog for descriptions of requirements in specific 
uiajors. 

Each student will complete a major planned with and approved by his major ad- 
viser and his professional adviser. Majors presently available are: Anthropology, 
art, biology, business administration, chemistry, communications with journalism 

* This is the curriculum for the Standard Teaching Credential with Specialization in Secondary 
School Teaching. Requirements for the General Secondary Credential will be found in the 
1965-66 Catalog. This program may be subject to changes. Any such changes will be avail- 
able in later couege publications. 

71 


California State College at Fullerton 

emphasis, drama, economics, English, French, geography, German, history, humani- 
ties with comparative literature emphasis, mathematics, music, philosophy, physics, 
political science, psychology, sociology, Spanish, speech. 

Courses for the Minor 

Major requirements vary, but must include at least 20 units in a single subject. If 
the major is non-academic, the minor must include at least 12 units of upper di- 
vision and/or graduate work. See the appropriate sections of this Catalog for 
descriptions of requirements in specific minors. 

Each student will complete a minor planned with and approved by his major 
adviser and his professional adviser. Minors presently available are: Anthropology, 
art, biology, chemistry, communications with journalism emphasis, drama, econom- 
ics, English, French, geography, German, history, humanities with comparative 
literature emphasis, mathematics, music, philosophy, physics, political science, so- 
ciology, Spanish, speech. 

N.B. Requirements specified above for majors and minors are credential minima. 
College requirements for majors for graduation are generally higher. A minor is 
not required for graduation from the College, but is required for a credential. Stu- 
dents should select majors and minors carefully. Some majors and minors, though 
legitimate for graduation, are not practical in terms of job placement, and students 
with impractical majors and minors will not be admitted to student teaching. 
Students in doubt regarding the selection of a major or minor should consult 
with professional and academic advisers. 

Courses for the Pre-service Professional Education 18 units 

Elective Courses 

These should be sufficient in number to complete the curriculum leading to the 
Credential. 

Total units required for the credential (five years) 154 

The Bachelor of Arts degree may be conferred at the end of four years if 
graduation requirements have been satisfied. 

N.B. The applicant for the Standard Teaching Credential with specialization in 
Secondary School Teaching must complete 30 units of upper division and/or 
graduate work after he has completed all requirements for the bachelor’s degree. 

THREE-YEAR PROGRAM IN PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION 

Professional education requirements for the credential are met through comple- 


tion of the following program; 

Educ. Sec. 340. Principles and Curricula of Secondary Education 3 units 

Educ. Found. 301. Social, Historical, and Philosophical Foundations 

of Education 4 units 

Educ. Found. 311. Psychological Foundations of Education 4 units 

Educ. Sec. 442. Teaching (Art, English, Music, etc.) in the Second- 
ary School - 3 units 

Educ. Sec. 749. Student Teaching in the Secondary School 6 units 


Students will normally begin their work in professional education in the junior 
year, and it is expected that, with the exception of Educ. Found. 301, the courses 
listed above will be taken in the sequence indicated. Students who begin their 
work in professional education as seniors or as graduate students will follow a 
somewhat different sequence, and should consult professional advisers w'hen plan- 
ning their programs. In all cases, however, students are required to take Educ. 
Sec. 340 the first semester they are enrolled in professional education. 


72 


Education 


CURRICULUM IN JUNIOR COLLEGE TEACHER EDUCATION 

The program requirements leading to the College Recommended Standard Teach- 
ing Credential With A Specialization In Junior College Teaching are: 

1. A master’s or higher degree from CSCF or from an accredited institution 
whose standards are comparable. 

2. Completion of the General Education requirements, or their equivalent, for 
the bachelor’s degree at CSCF. 

3. A major in a single subject normally taught in a junior college. 

(Course work in which subject a master’s degree has been granted constitutes 
a major in that subject.) 

4. A minor consisting of a minimum of tw'enty semester hours of work in a 
single subject normally taught in a junior college, twelve of which must be 
upper division or graduate level. 

5. Professional education: 

Educ. Found. 721. Philosophy and Objectives of Junior College Education 
(2 units) 

Educ. Sec. 744. Principles of Junior College Teaching (2 units) 

Educ. Sec. 799. Junior College Student Teaching and Seminar (4 units) 

Admission to the Program 

Admission requirements to the program leading to The Standard Teaching Cre- 
dential With A Specialization in Junior College Teaching are: 

1. Possession of an earned master’s or higher degree from a fully accredited 
institution in a field in which CSCF offers a major 

or 

Classified graduate status at CSCF (master’s degree candidacy) and possession 
of a baccalaureate degree. 

2. Approval of the appropriate academic department. 

3. Admission to junior college teacher education. 

STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS FOR CREDENTIALS FOR TEACHING 

The curricular requirements for credentials for teaching in California elementary 
schools and secondary schools are included in the above curricula. In addition, an 
applicant for a credential for teaching is asked questions about his citizenship, and 
about his ethical and moral character. The applicant must sign an oath of allegiance, 
must present a certificate of health from a qualified physician, and present official 
transcripts of collegiate studies. The applicant must present two sets of personal 
identification cards, including fingerprints. He must present evidence of having 
passed a course or suitable examination on the United States Constitution. Each 
application for a credential must be accompanied with a fee of $8 in the form of 
a money order, cashier’s check, or certified check. 

Students with a bachelor’s degree and teaching experience who wish to mfeet 
specific requirements for the former General Elementary Credential may do so 
through the following courses at California State College at Fullerton: 

California State College at Fullerton Courses 
California State Requirements Which Meet These Requirements 

1. Principles and Curricula of Elemen- 
tary Education Educ. Elem. 331, 431 

2. Elementary methods in basic sub- 
jects Educ. Elem. 331, For. Lang. Ed. 432, Educ. 

Elem. 432R, Eng. Ed. 432, Math. Ed. 432, 
Sci. Ed. 432, Soc. Sci. Ed. 432 

L Child Growth and Development Educ. Found. 311, 312 

4. Audio-Visual Education Educ. Elem. 331, Educ. Sch. Serv. 491 


73 


California State College at Fullerton j 

PERSONNEL SERVICES FOR TEACHER EDUCATION STUDENTS 

Advisement is available to any student seeking a public school credential and a 
Bachelor of Arts degree. Prior to registration, the student should consult an adviser 
in the division in which he expects to major and an adviser in the Division of 
Education who will help him select courses and build his program. A student 
from another institution should bring transcripts of previous work and a tentative 
selection of courses. Each student is responsible for meeting all requirements set 
forth in the catalog and supplements. 

During the student’s first semester after matriculation, he will receive from the 
Office of Admissions an evaluation of his credits which will list the requirements 
he must meet in earning the credential and the degree he has listed as his objective. 
If a student changes his degree or credential objective, he must have an evaluation 
for each new credential. The evaluation will serve as a guide for the student and 
the advisers in planning a complete program. Any deviation from this evaluation 
must be approved through written petitions submitted to the Chairman of the 
Division of Education. Transferred courses must be of upper division level and 
taken within the past fifteen years to be applicable to upper division credential i 
requirements.* j 

ADMISSION TO TEACHER EDUCATION j 

Admission to CSCF does not constitute admission to teacher education curricula. ! 
To become a candidate for a teaching credential, the student must be matriculated, 
in good standing, and must file the “Application for Admission to Teacher Edu- 
cation” in the Office of the Division of Education. This application should be filed 
during the first semester that the student takes courses at the College. 

Admission to teacher education is required of all students prior to seeking ad- ■ 
mission to student teaching. 

A faculty committee will review information concerning the applicant’s intel- 
lectual resources and mastery of important concepts in the common curricular 
areas of higher education, command of fundamental skills of communication 
(English language usage, written composition, speech, hearing, reading compre- 
hension, handwriting, mathematical skills), scholarship, personality and character, 
interest in teaching, and health. Data related to these criteria are gathered from 
transcripts and records from other schools and colleges, group and individual 
tests, personality inventories, estimates of the potential of the applicant, and from 
the Student Health Center. Students should normally qualify for admission and i 
be advised of their status during the second semester of the junior year or their ! 
first semester of attendance if they enter with advanced standing with degrees from 
accredited colleges. 

Students who show weaknesses in any of the fundamental skills of communication 
are advised of their standing. If there are weaknesses in only one or two of the 
areas noted above, the student will be advised of refresher courses and given a i 
specified time to meet the standard. 1 

If the applicant has serious deficiencies in communication skills or does not meet 
the standards of mastery in the common curricular areas, personality and character, ; 
scholarship, interest in teaching, or health, the faculty committee will deny ad- ! 
mission to teacher education. j 

The student must arrange to take the required battery of group and individual | 
tests and inventories necessary to provide information needed by the faculty ; 
committee. The test of general aptitude is included in the College admissions j 
procedure. The tests of breadth of understanding, reading, English usage, number 

* Selected courses completed in lower division at institutions outside of the State of California 
may be applied to professional education credential requirements. j 


74 


Education 


skills, composirion, handwriting, and personality are given by the Testing Office 
for admission to teacher education; consult the Testing Office for dates. 

The Student who comes to CSCF to work toward a credential for teaching in a 
secondary school and who already has a bachelor’s degree must, before he is ad- 
mitted to teacher education, consult with an adviser in the major and must submit 
a statement, signed by the adviser, which indicates the following: 

1. that the student’s undergraduate preparation in his major is considered to be 
adequate for the credential sought, or 

2. that the specific courses which the student must complete in order to have 
a major adequate for the credential sought, and which he must complete 
before he will be admitted to student teaching. These may be in addition 
to the minimum of the six upper division or graduate units required in the 
major in the post graduate year, or may, in part or in whole, satisfy this 
six unit minimum requirement. 

Full details on standards and procedures for admission to teacher education are 
described in “Instructions and Standards for Admission to Teacher Education” 
which is available from the Division of Education. 

ADMISSION TO STUDENT TEACHING 

Admission to teacher education as described above is the first step in a cumu- 
lative and continuing evaluation of a candidate’s fitness to teach. The applicant 
for admission to student teaching must have a grade point average of 2.5 in the 
major, 2.5 in the minor, and 2.5 in professional education. Marks of C, or better, 
are required in all professional education courses. Applicants for admission to 
elementary school student teaching must be classified as postgraduate students or 
be within 15 units of the baccalaureate degree. Applicants for admission to sec- 
ondary school student teaching or to junior college student teaching must be 
classified as postgraduate students. All applicants must have completed at least 
twelve units at California State College at Fullerton. The applicant must present a 
favorable report on health status and history. He must present evidence of readi- 
ness for student teaching responsibility as testified by the major adviser, the 
professional adviser, and other college faculty. This evidence relates to scholarship, 
breadth of understanding, command of the subjects to be taught, fundamental skills 
of communication, personality and character, interest and potential for teaching, 
and health. 

Competence is required in all subjects and skills for which the candidate is 
seeking a credential. For the elementary school teacher education student, this 
includes all subjects and skills commonly taught in the first eight grades of the 
public schools. Secondary school and junior college teacher education students 
must meet the requirements for major and minor (s) as specified by the academic 
divisions. 

All instructors of the college are asked to participate in the continuing evaluation 
^f students in relation to those aptitude, personality and character traits which are 
considered essential to admission to the teaching profession. Dependability in ful- 
SUing ssignments, class attendance, ability to get along with people, industry, and 
emotional stability are representative criteria. In addition to the evaluations by 
^tructors, the applicants may be interviewed by a faculty committee, and atten- 
ion will be directed to general appearance, dress, vitality, poise, temperament, in- 
:egrity, and social attitudes. 

The application for admission to student teaching is submitted to the Coordinator 
Elementary Education or the Coordinator of Secondary Education. The ap- 
plication must be submitted by October 15 or March 1 of the semester preceding 


75 


California State College at Fullerton 

the semester in which the student teaching assignment is expected. A faculty 
committee will gather the information described above and report to the student 
in time to do planning for the following semester. 

Except for graduate students who are in their first seiiiester of study at the College, 
applications will be accepted only from those who have completed all requirements 
for admission to teacher education. 

Full details on standards and procedures are described in “Instructions and 
Standards for Admission to Student Teaching” available in the Office of the Divi- 
sion of Education. 

STUDENT TEACHING 

Each candidate for the Standard Teaching Credential with Specialization in 
Elementary School Teaching will do his student teaching in the last semester he 
is in the teacher education curriculum or in his post-graduate year at the College. 
Each candidate for the Standard Teaching Credential with Specialization in Sec- 
ondary School Teaching or for the Standard Teaching Credential with Specializa- 
tion in Junior College Teaching will do his student teaching during a postgraduate 
year. Student teaching assignments are made in the elementary and secondary 
schools of districts geographically accessible to the College. Junior college student 
teaching assignments are made in nearby junior colleges or in lower division 
classes at the College. Students will be assigned to work under the supervision of 
carefully selected supervising teachers; a college supervisor makes frequent visits 
to the student teacher and the supervising teacher. Student teachers meet in a 
weekly seminar under the leadership of the college supervisor to discuss per- 
formance and problems. 

STUDY LIMITS OF STUDENT TEACHERS 

Students who enroll in Educ. Elem. 339 or 739, Student Teaching in the Ele- 
mentary School, will be limited to one additional course for that semester. Stu- 
dents who enroll in Educ. Sec. 749, Student Teaching in the Secondary School, 
will be limited to two additional courses for that semester. It is expected that 
students will not carry out-of-college work responsibilities during the semester 
of the student teaching assignment. 

If a student is under hardship because of these limitations, he may submit a 
petition to the Coordinator of Elementary Education or to the Coordinator of 
Secondary Education, as appropriate, requesting permission to carry not more than 
13 units, including student teaching. The petition must set forth, in full, the 
circumstances necessitating the petition. 

PERMISSION TO SUBSTITUTE TEACHING EXPERIENCE 

FOR STUDENT TEACHING ! 

A candidate for a teaching credential who has had two years of successful, | 
regular teaching experience must petition the Division of Education, through his ' 
professional adviser, for permission to substitute such experience for the student ^ 
teaching requirement. Substitution of teaching experience for student teaching will ’ 
be considered only if the applicant: 

1. Has been admitted to teacher education at the college. ] 

2. Has submitted an official verification from his former supervisor, principal, j 
or superintendent to the Division of Education certifying at least two years | 
of successful, regular teaching experience at the appropriate level. A form i 
for this verification is available in the Office of the Division of Education. 


Education 


PROVISIONAL CREDENTIAL RENEWAL 

The College is prepared to cooperate with students seeking renewal of pro- 
visional credentials awarded by the State Department of Education. However, a 
letter of recommendation to the State Department of Education for renewal of 
the provisional credential will be written for the student only if the following 
conditions have been fulfilled: 

1. The applicant has been admitted to teacher education at the College. 

2. The applicant has completed the six semester unit requirement established by 
the State Department of Education at the College. 

Detailed statements of requirements for credentials and degrees are available in 
the Office of the Division of Education. 

OTHER CREDENTIAL PROGRAMS 
Administration and Supervision 

Students must take Educ. Found. 503, Foundations for Educational Leadership, 
during their first registration in these fields. To continue in the program beyond 
this course, the student must be granted a “Letter of Admission to the Program” 
and possess an official CSCF program evaluation. The program is an integrated 
whole. Thus, students who desire only isolated courses from the program are 
normally denied admission to such courses. Details of this program are contained 
in a brochure available from the Division of Education. Students with previous 
successful administrative experience are exempt from these requirements. 

Pupil Personnel Services 

Students must take Educ. Sch. Serv. 452, Counseling Theories and Processes 
(Prerequisite: Educ. Sch. Serv. 351, Principles of Guidance) during their first 
registration in this field. To continue in the program beyond this course, the stu- 
dent must be granted a “Letter of Admission to the Program” and possess an 
official CSCF program evaluation. Details of this program are contained in a 
brochure available from the Division of Education. 

PUBLICATIONS AVAILABLE FROM THE DIVISION OF EDUCATION 

1. Master of Science in Education with concentration in School Administration 
and School Counseling. 

2. Principles underlying pre-service teacher education at California State College. 

3. Admission to teacher education-standards, instructions, application. 

4. Admission to student teaching-standards, instructions, application. 

5. Program in elementary school teacher education. 

6. Program in secondary school teacher education. 

7. Program in junior college teacher education. 

8. Program in school administration and supervision. 

9. Program in pupil personnel services. 


77 








.) ,•:.?. r:V' 

• - ' ;/! ■ 


\[\\ ii'./l'{|'';i^i^-, ■>' ,-r; 'i^ ■ 


5 ;.y:.xiVi.]‘ argofifv) 3 H 
' • ^Ji:yri vch ii}ijyiuyh^'i':j^ juii 

t^fh to t nSVjn' // ’ 'fliv/ li;iiu-/ 0 '^^r, or.; 

' ' ■; . Ji^iiyrrV D M 

: ■ '■ •• 7)^1 r^'} ‘ 'V , ?n iiiyA ;a'..l'vV* il.H M;’'-’ *'*' ’'' ' 

'■•■1 vi.o? T 01 ?: )ra 7 > I o {..■'i<V^’'/'> > 7 ^ ^i; '' 

•- -ty ' -x-'r 


a] o1,Ii-|ir.i: o:.^ 


-! innobo ia 1/v i '■-“ /■’•; 

^’' ■' -lA jr ■ -’ 1 


■ fvV' ;■: 


■ : ' ' 4 di-ru> 


■,(itrl,n'jlii:^ 't li :r’"-;'.';'i;.'' t ■(■.■i: ■•'ioi;-?.^''.M! 

or-J ;fi'v ,;ry'j> 

' 7 ? *• •;■■?.(■•'’/.'/. 'll' .'iv* :■ 
''frr: •;' ' r-'^ '.' 

f: ; 1 , 7 “ i ;-.7 i 0 ,; , ^: i ■ ’ : • o; ■' ‘ O- ' L " 7 ; ^ ' 

■rijohy/c' .no; C ;? 

■ ' ;r 7 Jrr:o{Ti'ir 7 iy 7 ; i. 7 <;.f i* 'y; -■ •- 


.V 1 ■■ 

. • ‘/f »■■•'. . r -ihi '.-^ 

:’fOv ou ■:*-' 

..•':-^-V:f; 'KMaT' li’;r;nU 

■j •:*.*// I ' '/ !;’i'jL:;;. 


j ■; 1 i. 't;o:un C‘- 


^oymsZ V©nooti 9 ^ 


■. t':- -ji-j.'li Ufinii' !.r.r',i..<j:.,f, 'lo. 1 ,. ■ ■ ■ . ’ 

:sr,^ yi'lnai-'X- ewyl'-r-.n,..! ■» .J>;t.".v:. . f, .S.ji;:!. 

' ■."ii! (i'ji-y-.j.'Tf-.j 'n‘.- ■;o-.'.;.">'t'i 'idi -Ht. ir!i,»n.a!f;'y .tasvMOJfl --i.>;^Ji .,-' 

■ ■ V: k' ;v.i;v^KT: 'W' 3 W^ 


^'' : MOrirAi«ifts )-?o.i';r/:a ,jHt 2Via<?A3y8M4 , 


fuodf’ir! 


.?iaur 7 vk! 7 ' 

k'k. 


r,/ fVKMa- Hf 

• , 4 r.' - ^ • .■'-•.■• ■■■.:• ‘:.U"k- 777 D i-OOd! 38 .bW 

iTiv i. , ' !'•' f-- fiob^ifijb'y 

• :i.yj: /‘.••r.oft : i oi 

' :,v.j.(bo 

'•V j\nt>nicViLkv”>s'-.::'.-'< ^'70:’}*^' ai nii-uMn- 

■ '■ ' '’ > T -ii '^'' ov>':n-i -loiriJ: n:.- n:;.’- 7 H'^ 

- ■■ .itoiVwwiM- {. •? 'mi'.rirr 


'j’V; 0 ;'>-- 


V i trw-o ' 7 ? • tir -m rrin ; .O’"'!" 


DIVISION OF FINE 
AND APPLIED ARTS 


Division Chairman: John W. Olsen 

The Division of Fine and Applied Arts includes academic offerings in the Depart- 
ments of Art, Drama, Music, and Speech. Programs in these disciplines are pro- 
vided both in breadth and depth; i.e., they are intended both for the major as 
well as the non-major. The broad areas of Fine and Applied Arts are conceived of 
as the study of those practical and aesthetic experiences necessary to the education 
of all persons in our modern society. Persons may elect to take courses leading 
toward a liberal arts degree, teaching credentials or for professional preparation in 
art, drama, music, speech, or speech and hearing therapy. 

Academic programs in the Division of Fine and Applied Arts include the areas 
of theory, history, and practice. Departmental majors within the Division are 
encouraged by this means to become widely acquainted with the broad contribu- 
tions to society made by their major field, as well as the concentrated application 
of this area of study. Students are encouraged to stimluate their intellectual curiosity 
and to synthesize many areas of knowledge by means of careful planning of 
electives in various subject matter areas. To this end, the major adviser will assist 
each student in planning his major and minor programs and in the selection of 
appropriate interdisciplinary course. 

AAAJOR PROGRAMS 

The curriculum in the Division of Fine and Applied Arts enables the college to 
offer the Bachelor of Arts degree with majors in Art, Drama, Music, and Speech 
and the Master of Arts degree with a major in Art. Graduate level courses also 
are provided for qualified students in the Departments of Music and Speech. 

Courses leading toward clinical certification by the American Speech and Hearing 
Association are included in the speech therapy curriculum. Minors are offered in 
art, drama, music and speech. 

DEPARTMENT OF ART 

Professors: Olsen (Chairman) 

Associate Professors: Dietz, Hein, V. Smith 
Assistant Professors: Kerciu, Samuelson 
Instructors: Evjenth 
Lecturer: Kuni 

The Department of Art offers a program which includes the several fields of 
art history, theory, and appreciation, the fine arts (drawing, painting, and sculp- 
ture), the applied arts (general and specialized design and crafts), and art educa- 
tion. The broadest objective of the program is to contribute to the intellectual, 
social, and creative development of the learner as he prepares himself for citizen- 
ship in a democratic society. More specifically, the art program provides opportu- 
nities for students: (1) to develop a knowledge and understanding of those general 
principles of visual organization and expression basic to all forms and fields of art; 
(2) to develop a critical appreciation and understanding of historical and con- 


79 


California State College at Fullerton 


temporary art forms through a study of these principles as they relate to the range 
of artistic production of mankind; (3) to use these general principles as a means 
to express more clearly their ideas, thoughts, and feelings in the creation of visual 
forms; (4) to develop those understandings and skills needed to pursue graduate 
studies in the field, to teach art in the schools, or to qualify for a position in 
business and industry as an art specialist. 

Undergraduate curricula leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree have been 
designed to meet the specialized needs of the following groups: (1) students who 
wish to study art as an essential part of their personal and cultural development; 
(2) students seeking vocational competence in art; (3) students planning to teach 
art at the secondary level who wish either a teaching major or minor in art; and 
(4) students planning to teach in the elementary schools who wish to have art as 
either an academic major or minor. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree with a major in art, students must have 
a C average in all courses required for the degree. No credit toward the major 
will be allowed for specific major courses in which a grade of D is obtained. As 
is customary, the Art Department reserves the right to hold projects completed by 
a student for class credit for a period of three years. 

MAJOR IN ART FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

Four course programs have been planned to meet the individual needs and in- 
terests of students working for the bachelor of arts degree with a major in art. 

In the development of specific course offerings which make up these programs, 
it has been the concern of the art faculty to see that each program contains: (1) 
basic courses in art history, theory, appreciation, and studio practice which have 
as their primary focus the study of those general principles of visual organization 
and expression underlying all fields of art; (2) more specialized courses which pro- 
vide for adequate preparation in depth in a single field of art. The teaching of art 
history, theory, and criticism is not confined to those courses bearing that title. 
Rather, each studio course involves theory as well as the practice of art, includes 
as part of its content the study and reference to related historical art forms, and 
has as part of its purpose the development of those critical abilities which are neces- 
sary to a valid evaluation and appreciation of the art expressions of man. 

Plan I provides for an emphasis in the area of art history, theory, and apprecia- 
tion and is particuarly recommended for those students who wish to pursue gradu- 
ate studies in art history or museology. 

Plan II is designed for those students who prefer a studio-type program with an 
area of specialization selected from the following: (1) design; (2) crafts; (3) draw- 
ing and painting, or (4) sculpture. 

Plan III is for those students who wish to meet the requirements of the standard 
teaching credential with specialization in secondary or junior college teaching; and 

Plan IV is for those students who wish to meet the requirements of the standard 
teaching credential with specialization in elementary teaching. 

All four plans require a minimum of 48 units in art or approved related courses 
with a minimum of 24 units of upper division in art except for Plan IV which re- 
quires a minimum of 36 units of art including a minimum of 24 units of upper 
division in art. 

In addition to the requirements listed below for the major, students must meet 
the other college requirements for a bachelor of arts degree (see page 45). Stu- 
dents following Plans III and IV also must meet any specific requirements for the 
desired teaching credential (see section in catalog for Division of Education). 
Graduate students who plan to meet the requirement for a standard teaching cre- 
dential with specialization in secondary school teaching with a major in art must 


80 


Fine and Applied Arts 


complete or be enrolled in 6 units in art as approved by the major adviser on and 
beyond the specific course requirements listed in Plan III before they can be 
recommended by the Art Department for student teaching. 

Beginning with the fall semester, 1965, students following Plan III will divide 
their student teaching between two semesters and will register for three units of 
credit each semester. (See prerequisites and course description for Art Educa- 
tion 549) . 

PLAN I: ART HISTORY AND APPRECIATION EMPHASIS 

Lower Division: Art history and appreciation (9 units) ; Art Structure (3 
units); approved electives (12 units) in: art, anthropology, drama, 
foreign languages, history, literature, music or philosophy 24 units 

Upper Division: Art history and appreciation (24 units), including a mini- 
mum of 3 units in special studies and coverage of four of the following 
fields: primitive, classical, medieval, renaissance, baroque, modern, 

Oriental, American 24 units 

Reading knowledge of one modern foreign language 
Comprehensive examination in art history 

PLAN II: STUDIO EMPHASIS 

Lower Division: Art history and appreciation (9 units); drawing and 

painting including life drawing (9 units); design and crafts (6 units)-. 24 units 

Upper Division: Art history and appreciation (6 units) ; area of specialisa- 


tion (12 units); art electives (6 units) 24 units 

PLAN III: TEACHING EMPHASIS 
(Secondary or Junior College) 

Lower Division: Same as Plan II above 24 units 


Upper Division: Contemporary art (3 units); drawing and painting (3 
units); display and exhibition design (2 units); crafts (3 units); 
sculpture or ceramics (3 units); 6 units selected from advertising de- 
sign, industrial design, costume design, interior design, or fabric design; 


electives (4 units) - 24 units 

PLAN IV: TEACHING EMPHASIS 
(Elementary) 

Lower Division: Basic course in art history and appreciation, drawing 

and painting, design, and crafts 12 units 

Upper Division: Art history and appreciation (6 units); drawing and 
painting, (3 units); design (3 units); crafts (3 units); electives (9 
units) - 24 units 


MINOR IN ART FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

A minimum of 24 units is required for a minor in art for the bachelor of arts 
degree of which a minimum of 10 units must be in upper division courses. In- 
cluded in the program must be a basic course in each of the following areas: (1) 
an history and appreciation; (2) design; (3) drawing and painting; and (4) crafts. 
Those students planning to qualify for a standard teaching credential with special- 
ization in elementary or secondary teaching and art for a minor must obtain ap- 
proval from the Art Department for the courses selected to meet the upper divi- 
sion requirements for a minor in an. 


81 


California State College at Fullerton 


MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN ART 

The program of studies leading to the Master of Arts degree in Art provides a 
balance of theory and practice for those who desire to teach art or wish to develop 
a sound basis for continued advanced work in this field. The program offers each 
student the opportunity to expand his intellectual and technical resources and to 
acquire greater richness and depth in terms of creative understanding and achieve- 
ment in one of the following areas of concentration: (1) Art History and Appre- 
ciation; (2) Drawing and Painting; (3) Crafts; (4) Design; and (5) Sculpture. 

Prerequisites for the Program 
Prerequisites to the program include: 

(1) an undergraduate major in art or 24 units of upper division art including at 
least 12 units of upper division study in the elected area of concentration with 
a GPA of 3.0 or better; 

(2) a committee evaluation of the student’s background and record in art, in- 
cluding the presentation of a portfolio of representative work by the student; 

(3) completion during the first semester of the Aptitude Test of the Graduate 
Record Examination 

Program of Studies 

The degree program requires 30 units of graduate study approved by the student’s 
graduate committee of which 18 must be 500 level courses. The 30 units are dis- 
tributed as follows: 

1. 500 level courses in Art 18-21 units 

A. Core courses in Art, History, Philosophy, Analysis and 

Criticism 9 units 

(1) Art 500: Graduate Seminar in Art (3 units) 

(2) Art 501: Graduate Seminar in Art History and 

Appreciation (6 units) 

(On the recommendation of the adviser, the stu- 
dent may substitute 3 units in Philosophy 311, 

Philosophy of Aesthetics, or a 400 number art 
history course as partial fulfillment of this require- 
ment.) 

B. Course work in the area of concentration selected 

from one of the following areas 6 units 

(1) Art History and Appreciation 

(2) Drawing and Painting 

(3) Crafts 

(4) Design 

(5) Sculpture 

C. Project or Thesis 3-6 units 

2. Additional Courses 9-12 units 

A. 500 and/or 400 level courses in art so as to extend the 

student’s field in depth 3-6 units 

B. 500, 400, and/or 300 level courses either in courses out- 

side the art department related to the student’s special 
area of interest or in courses within the art department 
outside the area of concentration so as to expand the 
student’s field in breadth 3-6 units 

Total 30 units 


82 


Fine and Applied Arts 

All courses must be completed with a B average, and all courses in the area of 
concentration must be graded B or better. 

Also see Procedures in Graduate Study, beginning on p. 49. 

DEPARTMENT OF DRAMA 

Professor: Young (Chairman) 

Assistant Professors: Brown, Zeltzer 
Instructor: McColgan 
Lecturer: Duerr 

The Department of Drama offers a program which includes the several fields of 
Theatre History and Theory, Playwriting, Acting-Directing, Technical Theatre, 
Interpretation, and Radio-Television. The primary purpose of the program is to 
bring the student into contact with one of man’s major cultural institutions, the 
Theatre, which has been a vital factor in shaping the attitudes, ideas, mores, and 
points of view of oncoming generations. More specifically, the course work in the 
drama program provides opportunities for students: (1) to develop an appreciation 
for the theatre as a cultural heritage of man; (2) to become sensitive and respon- 
sive to the theatre experience in contemporary society; (3) to develop the skills 
and understandings necessary to pursue theatre as a profession; (4) to teach drama 
and television in the schools; and (5) to pursue graduate studies in drama and 
television. 

Undergraduate curricula leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree have been de- 
signed to meet the specialized needs of the following groups: (1) students who 
wish to participate in drama and television as an essential part of their personal 
and cultural development; (2) students seeking professional vocational compe- 
tence in Interpretation, Acting and Directing, Technical Theatre, Radio and Tele- 
vision, or Playwriting; (3) students planning to teach drama and television at the 
secondary level who wish either a teaching major or minor in drama and tele- 
vision; and (4) students planning to teach in the elementary schools who wish to 
have drama as either an academic major or minor. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree with a major in drama, students must have 
a C average in all courses required for the degree. No credit toward the major will 
be allowed for required major courses in which a grade of D is obtained. 

In addition to specific course requirements, students majoring in drama must 
participate in a minimum of eight theatre or television productions prior to gradu- 
ation. The productions chosen for credit will be selected with the aid of the 
departmental adviser. 

MAJOR IN DRAMA FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

Four course programs have been planned to meet the individual needs and 
interests of students working for the bachelor of arts degree with a major in 
drama. 

Plan I is for those students who wish to study drama as a cultural contribution 
or who wish to pursue graduate degrees in drama with emphasis in theatre history 
and theory. It is strongly recommended that students electing this plan support the 
major with approved electives from art, drama, music, foreign languages, litera- 
ture, philosophy or speech. 

Plan II is designed for those students who wish to develop the necessary com- 
petence in drama for either pursuing drama as a profession or for pursuing grad- 
uate degrees in drama with an emphasis in an area of concentration other than 
history of the theatre. Areas of concentration are: Playwriting; Acting-Directing; 
Interpretation; Radio-Television and Technical Theatre. 


83 


California State College at Fullerton 

Plan III is for those students who wish to meet the requirements of the standard 
teaching credential with specialization in secondary or junior college teaching; and 

Plan IV is for those students who wish to meet the requirements of the standard 
teaching credential with specialization in elementary teaching. 

All four plans require a minimum of thirty-six (36) units in drama with a mini- 
mum of twenty-four (24) units of upper division in drama. The lower division 
requirements are the same for all four plans. 

In addition to the requirements listed below for the major, students must meet 
the other college requirements for a bachelor of arts degree (see page 45). Stu- 
dents following Plans III and IV also must meet any specific requirements for the 
desired teaching credential (see section in catalog for Division of Education). 
Graduate students who plan to meet the requirements for a standard teaching 
credential with specialization in secondary teaching and a major in drama must 
complete or be enrolled in six (6) units in drama as approved by the major 
adviser on and beyond the specific course requirements listed in Plan III before 
they can be recommended by the Drama Department for student teaching. 


PLAN I: THEATRE HISTORY AND THEORY EMPHASIS 

Lower Division: Oral Interpretation (3 units) ; Acting or Stage Movement 

(3 units); Technical Theatre (6 units) 12 units 

Upper Division: Theatre History and Analysis (12 units); area of concen- 
tration other than Theatre History, (6 units); Electives (6 units) 24 units 


PLAN II: PROFESSIONAL EMPHASIS IN AN AREA OF CONCENTRATION 

Lower Division: Same as Plan I. 

Upper Division: History of the Theatre (6 units); area of concentration 
in either Playwriting, Acting-Directing, Interpretation, Radio-Tele- 
vision, or Technical Theatre (12 units); Electives (6 units) — - 24 units 

PLAN III: TEACHING EMPHASIS 

(Secondary or Junior College) 

Lower Division: Same as in Plan I 

Upper Division: History of the Theatre (6 units), Acting-Directing (6 

units). Technical Theatre (6 units), and Electives (6 units) 24 units 

PLAN IV: TEACHING EMPHASIS 
(Elementary) 

Lower Division: Same as in Plan I 

Upper Division: History of the Theatre (3 units); Oral Interpretation (3 
units); Dramatic Activities for Children (3 units); Reading Theatre 
(3 units); Dance Theatre (4 units); Radio-Television (3 units); Elec- 
tives (5 units) 24 units 


MINOR IN DRAMA 

The minor in drama consists of twenty-four units, fourteen of which must be 
in upper division. Included in the program must be a basic course in each of the 
following areas: (1) Oral Interpretation, (2) Stagecraft, (3) Acting, (4) History 
of the Theatre, and (5) Television. Those students planning to qualify for 3 
standard teaching credential with specialization in secondary teaching and drams 
for a minor must obtain approval from the Drama Department for the courses 
selected to meet the upper division requirements for a minor in Drama. 

In addition to course requirements, students minoring in drama must participate 
in a minimum of four theatre or television productions prior to graduation. The 


84 


Fine and Applied Arts 

productions chosen to meet this requirement are selected with the approval of 
the departmental adviser. 

DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC 

Professor: Landon (Chairman) 

Associate Professors: Gray, Lewis, Michalsky, Thorsen 
Assistant Professors: Fuszek, Lampl 

Lecturers in Applied Music (Part-time): Boelter (Voice), Caudill (String Bass), 
Eddy (Voice), James (Viola), Johnson (Baritone-Tuba), Juda (Piano), Kelley 
(String Bass), Lustgarten (’cello), Muggeridge (Oboe), Nowlin (Bassoon), 
Peebles (Trombone), Pyle (French Horn),Remsen (Trumpet), Roberts (Voice), 
Schoenfeld, A. (Violin, Viola), Schoenfeld, E. (’cello), Shaffer (Organ), Voorhies 
(Piano), Wade (Flute), Wicks (Violin). 

The Department of Music offers courses in music for both majors and non- 
majors. The fundamental purpose of the music major curriculum leading toward 
the baccalaureate degree is to provide the necessary training in each of the related 
aspects of music such as its history and literature, theoretical studies, and musical 
performance. Such a program of studies is based on the need to provide serious 
students with a core curriculum which will prepare the individual in such areas 
as (a) the knowledge of the history and relationships of music as an art form, 
(b) a comprehensive and analytical understanding of musical literature, (c) a 
working knowledge of music theory and structure, (d) a high degree of competence 
in a performing field, and (e) a specialization within the major. 

The music program is designed to educate: 

1. Students in general, in terms of composite minors, music minors, or broad 
offerings in the humanities or liberal arts. 

2. Students preparing to teach in the elementary and/or secondary schools, with 
a major field concentration in music (special music teachers). 

3. Students preparing to teach in the elementary schools with a major field con- 
centration in music (classroom teachers). 

4. Students preparing to teach in the junior colleges and four-year colleges with 
a major field concentration in music. 

5. Students other than music majors preparing to teach as classroom teachers in 
the elementary schools. 

6. Students wishing to prepare for various vocations in music, such as: 

a. Church music directors and organists 

b. Teachers of music in private studios 

c. Music librarians 

d. Professional performers of music 

e. Composers and arrangers 

f. Industrial and recreational music directors 

REQUIREMENTS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC 

1. Entrance examinations in basic piano, voice, theory, and music history will 
be given all music majors at the time of entrance to the College and to lower 
division students prior to acceptance in upper division music-major sequence. 
These examinations plus auditions in the major performance areas are for 
placement and to satisfy credential requirements in the minor performance 
fields. Students who are deficient in any of these areas will be expected to 
take additional work as suggested by the faculty adviser. 


85 


California State College at Fullerton 


2. Music majors will be expected to declare a principal area of performance with 
the approval of the Department Chairman and faculty adviser, no later than 
the beginning of the junior year. It will be expected that each student will 
prepare for suitable development within this major area of performance, 
culminating in the successful presentation of a senior recital before he may be 
approved for graduation. The following steps should be taken as a part of 
this preparation: 

a. Declaration of an area of performance concentration (voice, piano, instru- 
ment, or combination solo instrument or voice and conducting) at the 
time of entrance to the College. 

b. Demonstration of performance progress before a faculty jury each se- 
mester. 

c. Appearance in at least one minor recital or an assisting performer at 
least once each semester. 

3. All music majors are required to participate in a major performance group 
(band, orchestra, or chorus) each semester of the regular school year. Students 
who are wind or percussion instrument majors in their applied field must 
register for band (or orchestra if designated by instrumental faculty) every 
semester; string majors must register for orchestra every semester; voice majors 
must register for chorus every semester. Music Education majors whose per- 
formance area is piano or organ should be assigned to one major performance 
group by academic advisor. Exceptions to this requirement may be made only 
by action of the music faculty. 

4. Instrumental and piano majors are required to take part in small ensembles 
for a minimum of two semesters. 

5. The major area of performance concentration for major in music requires 
work in applied music, as follows: 

a. Piano, Voice and Instrumental majors— must complete a minimum of 8 
semesters of applied music in the major field of concentration, leading 
toward the successful presentation of a senior recital in the major per- 
formance field. 

b. Choral or Instrumental Conducting majors— must complete a minimum 
of 8 semesters of applied music in the major field of performance con- 
centration, in addition to a minimum of 6 units in conducting, leading 
toward the successful presentation of a joint recital in the major per- 
forming field and/or a conducting recital. 

c. A credential proficiency examination in both piano and voice must be 
satisfactorily passed before music majors may begin student teaching. 
These tests are usually given at the end of the junior year. 

6. Senior transfer students entering the College with a major in music, or grad- 
uate students in music entering to complete credential requirements will be 
expected to complete a minimum of one semester of successful upper division 
work in music before they may be approved for directed teaching. Required 
courses and competencies expected of all the College music majors must be 
satisfied prior to endorsement by the faculty committee for acceptance in the 
credential program. 

7. All music majors will be expected to attend a weekly departmental organiza- 
tion class (MU 400) each semester of enrollment. 

FEES FOR APPLIED MUSIC 

Applied Music (private instruction in voice or major instrument), per lesson 

$ 1 . 00 -$ 6 . 00 . 


86 


Fine and Applied Arts 

Studio fee, including 14 half-hour lessons and examination, per semester $70.00- 
$96.00. 


MUSIC DEGREE PROGRAMS 

The Department of Music offers a variety of courses and programs leading to 
baccalaureate and graduate degrees in teaching and the professions. These degrees 
may be earned in one of three degree patterns; i.e., specializations in elementary 
or secondary music teaching or for non-credential objectives. It is possible to elect 
suitable concentrations within these specializations in such areas as composition, 
conducting, vocal or instrumental music. 

Advanced study through upper-division and graduate courses is offered in many 
fields of music. Although the masters degree program is not yet available it is 
anticipated that several of these courses soon will be applicable for graduate degree 
preparation. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MUSIC 
(Non-Teaching Objectives) 

The program of studies leading toward the B.A. in music is designed to provide 
suitable preparation in such professional areas as (1) theory and composition, (2) 
performance, (3) non-teaching professions in music, (4) musicology, and (5) 
advanced degrees in music. The music major, professional degree program shall 
consist of no fewer than 60 semester units, of which at least 36 shall be in the 
upper division. In addition, students are required to take MU. 151A,B or the 
equivalent as partial fulfillment of the general education requirement in Fine and 
Applied Arts. The following minimum requirements are basic to this degree 
objective. 

Lower Division 

Theory of Music Units 

(including musicianship, sight-singing, dictation, diatonic and chromatic 
harmony and keyboard) — 12 

Applied Techniques 

(including ensemble, principal instrument or voice, basic piano and voice) 12 


Total, Lower Division 24 

Upper Division 

Theory of Music 

(including counterpoint, composition, analytic techniques and 

orchestration) 8 

Music History and Literature 4 

Applied Techniques 

(including ensemble, principal instrument or voice) 8 

Specialization in the Major 

(courses required for area of specialization, to include composition, con- 
ducting, instrumental techniques, music education and theory) 14 

Electives, music 2 

Total, Upper Division 36 

Total Units, Lower-Upper Division 60 


Note: All candidates for the B.A. Degree with the music major must complete 
specific requirements for the area of performance concentration in addition 
to the core of studies indicated above. 


87 


California State College at Fullerton 


RECOMMENDED PROGRAM OF STUDIES FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS 
IN MUSIC (MUSIC EDUCATION SPECIALIZATION) 

Five-year Program Leading Toward the Standard Teaching 
Credential, Secondary Specialization 

Refer to credential requirements, Division of Education, 1965-66 Catalog. 

In addition to the major field requirements, candidates for the standard teaching 
credential with specialization in secondary school teaching must complete a mini- 
mum of 20 units in another field for a liberal arts or academic minor. Courses in 
the major may be distributed to include the fifth year in order that the student 
may complete all requirements for general education, the academic minor and pro- 
fessional education (except Mu. Ed. 549) by the end of the fourth year and prior 
to beginning student teaching. 

The following is an example of a modified program for the secondary credential: 


Lower Division 

Fres1m?an Year: 

Mu 111A,B Music Theory 6 units 

Mu 151A,B Sur\xy of Musical Literature - 4 units 

Mu 161 Performance Ensemble 2 units 

Mu 170—176 Principal Instrument or Voice 2 units 

Mu 182A,B Piano Class for Mus. Majors 2 units 

College requirements, including general education - 16 units 


Total 3? units 

Sophomore Year: 

Mu 211A,B Music Theory 6 units 

Mu 161 Performance Ensemble 2 units 

Mu 170—176 Principal Instrument or Voice 2 units 

Mu 183A,B Voice, Class for Mus. Majors 2 units 

College requirements, including general education 20 units 


Total 32 units 


Pass Proficiency Examination in (1) Theory, (2) History and Literature, (3) Piano, 
(4) Voice, (5) Principal Instrument or Voice. 


Upper Division 

Junior Year: 

General Education (to complete 50) 5-10 units 

Academic Minor (to complete 20 minimum) 5-10 units ; 

Professional Education (Ed. 340 and Ed. 311) 7 units i 

Music Courses, to include: ! 


17-7 units 


Mu 3 12 A Counterpoint 2 units ' 

Mu 321 A Form and Analysis 2 units 

Mu 3 22 A Composition 2 units 

Mu 351A,B Music History and Literature 6 units 

Mu 361 Performance Ensemble - 2 units 

Mu 371-376 Principal Instrument or Voice 2 units 

Mu 381A,B Orchestral Instruments „..2-4 units 

Mu 39lA,B Choral Conducting 4 units 


Total 


34 units 


88 


Fine and Applied Arts 


Senior Year: 

General Education (to complete 50) 

Academic Minor (to complete 20 minimum) 

Professional Education, to include: 

Ed. 301 - 

Music Education, to include: 

Mu Ed. 441 Teaching Music Theory and Apprecia- 


tion in the Public Schools 2-3* units 

Mu Ed. 442 Teaching Vocal Music in the Public 

Schools 2-3* units 

Mu Ed. 443 Teaching Instrumental Music in the Pub- 
lic Schools 2-3* units 

Music Courses, to include: 

Music Theory Electives — 2 units 

MU 361 Performance Ensemble ^ 2 units 

MU 370-378 Principal Instrument or Voice 2 units 

MU 381c, d Orchestral Instruments 2-4 units 

MU 392A Instrumental Conducting 2 units 

Approved Music Electives 3 units 

MU 498 Senior Recital 


5-10 units 
5-10 units 

4 units 


7 units 


13-3 units 


Total 34 units 

Postgraduate Year: 

Professional Education, to include: 

Mu. Ed. 749 Student Teaching in Music in Sec. School 6 units 

Music Courses, to include: 

MU 361 Performance Ensemble 2 units 

MU 370-378 Principal Instrument or Voice 2 units 

Approved Music Electives 2 units - 24 units 

Courses to complete major or toward 
higher degree specialization. 18 units. 


Total 


30 units 


BACHELOR OF ARTS, WITH CONCENTRATION IN MUSIC 
(FOR ELEMENTARY CLASSROOM TEACHERS) 

This degree program is designed for persons interested in a non-professional 
liberal arts emphasis in music. It is a suitable concentration for persons preparing 
as general elementary classroom teachers. It should be emphasized that this degree 
program is not designed for the music specialist in public schools, nor does it 
prepare for advanced degrees in music or for most music professions. This major 
consists of no fewer than 36 semester units, of which at least 24 units must be taken 
in the upper division. In addition, students are required to take Mu. 100 or 151A,B 
or the equivalent as partial fulfillment of the general education requirement in 
Fine and Applied Arts. The following distribution of subject matter and com- 
petencies shall be considered to be the core of this major: 

Lower Division 

Theory of Music Units 

(including music fundamentals, musicianship, sight-singing, dictation, and 
harmony) 8-9 

* Students without teaching experience must register for three units credit in one of the follow- 
ing: MU 441, 442, or 443. 


89 


California State College at Fullerton 


Units 


Applied T echniques 

(including ensemble, principal instrument or voice, basic piano and voice) 3-4 

Total, Lower Division 12 

Upper Division 

Theory of Music 2-4 

Music History and Literature 4 

Applied T echniques • 

(including ensemble, orchestral instruments, conducting, piano and voice) 16 

Total, Upper Division 24 

Total Units, Lower-Upper Division 36 

MINOR IN MUSIC 


The Minor in Music may be used as an appropriate area of study by persons 
whose majors are in other fields, or may be used to satisfy minor field requirements 
for elementary or secondary teaching credentials. A maximum of 12 units from 
the lower division may be included in work counted toward the music minor. The 
music minor requires a minimum preparation of 20 units. 

Composite of Lower Division and Upper Division 
Theory of Music Units 

(Selected from MU 101, 111A,B, 211 A3 or any 300 or 400 level theory 

classes for which student is qualified) 6 

Music History and Literature (MU 100, 151 A, B, 350 or courses at the 300 or 
400 level for which student is qualified) 4^ 

Applied T echniques 

(Including ensemble, conducting, piano or voice, orchestral instruments, 

and principal instrument or voice) 8-10 

Note: Students expecting to use the minor for teaching must complete MU 
181a-d and/or 381a-d, Orchestral Instruments (4 units) and a minimum 
of two units in an ensemble appropriate to their area of specialization. 

Total Units 20 

DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH 

Professors: Anderson, Fessenden (Chairman) 

Associate Professors: Long ** 

Assistant Professors: Granell, Kaplan 
Instructors: Good 

Course work in the Department of Speech is directed toward four goals: (1) to 
provide an understanding and appreciation of the importance of oral communica- 
tion in our society; (2) to provide professional training in such areas as teaching, 
business, law, and others where the ability to speak well and to communicate 
effectively is basic; (3) to prepare specialists in public address and speech therapy 
and audiology; and (4) to correlate such activities as intercollegiate forensics and 

» Elementary credential candidates must take a minimum of 2 units each of piano and voice 
rnon-pnncipal) and pass satisfactorily the junior level proficiency in each. 

** College Administrative Officer. 


90 


Fine and Applied Arts 


school and community clinic experiences with the theory, principle, and history 
taught in the courses in the areas of rhetoric and speech therapy and audiology. 

MAJOR IN SPEECH FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

Four course programs have been planned to meet the individual needs and 
interests of students working toward the bachelor of arts degree with a major in 
speech and for a teaching credential with specialization in elementary, secondary, 
or to serve as a teacher of exceptional children in the area of the speech and 
hearing handicapped. 

Each of these plans requires a total of 36 units beyond the General Education 
requirements, 24 of which must be in the upper division. Each also has a i^asic 
core requirement as follows: 

Lower Division: Drama 211 and Speech 231 A. 

Upper Division: Speech 334, 341, 403, 424, and either 434 or 436. 

Specific course requirements are as follows: 

Plan I provides for emphasis in rhetoric and public address and is particularly 
recommended for students who plan to pursue graduate study in this area. 

Lower Division: Additional requirement of either Speech 138 or 202, and 23 IB. 

Upper Division: Additional requirement of 335. 

Plan II is designed for students who wish to work toward a teaching major in 
speech with specialization in secondary teaching. 

Lower Division: Additional requirement of Speech 138 and 23 IB. 

Upper Division: Additional requirement of Speech 335 and 338. 

Plan III is planned for students who wish to work toward a major in speech 
with specialization in elementary teaching. 

Lower Division: Additional requirement of Speech 202. 

Upper Division: Additional requirement of Speech 301 and 441. 

Electives in each of these plans to complete the minimum of 36 units should be 
chosen after consultation with a departmental advisor. 

Plan IV IS designed to provide the student with specialized preparation to serve 
as a teacher of exceptional children in the area of the speech and hearing handi- 
capped. This program leads toward fulfilling the requirements for certification in 
the American Speech and Hearing Association and the California State Credential. 

Students following this plan should select as early as possible one of at least two 
appropriate paths toward the state credential. The first includes the addition of 
the specialized preparation to the Standard Teaching Credential. With this pro- 
cedure, the student may be employed either as a regular classroom teacher or as 
a public school speech and hearing therapist. 

The second precludes employment as a regular classroom teacher by substituting 
for the minor and certain professional education courses the specialized prepara- 
tion to serve as teacher of exceptional children in the area of speech and hearing. 

The specialized preparation in both instances includes the following: 

(1) Education 452 and 471 

(2) Speech 403 

(3) Speech 458 (6 units) and Speech Ed. 459 

(4) Twenty-four units selected from Speech 341, 351, 404, 441, 443, 451, 452, 557, 
Psychology 341, 342 

(5) Speech 461, 462, 463 

For details on hours of clinical practice, student teaching, substitution possibili- 
ties, candidates for the old credential, and partial fulfillment of requirements, the 
student should consult with the Director of the Speech and Hearing Clinic. 


91 


California State College at Fullerton 

MINOR IN SPEECH 

The minor in Speech is twenty units of approved course work. Eight units 
may be in the lower division and normally are the same as those required for the 
major: Speech 138 or 202, Drama 211, and Speech 231A or their equivalents. Twelve 
units must be in the upper division level and should be chosen in consultation with 
a departmental advisor. In general, the student seeking speech as a minor for the 
Standard Teaching Credential will be recommended to include Speech 301 and 
Speech 403; the student seeking to teach Speech on the secondary level will be 
recommended to include Speech 334 and Speech 335. The six units of electives 
should be determined according to the student’s major interests and goal. 


92 


DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 


Division Chairman: Orrington C. Ramsay 

The Division of Humanities includes the departments of English, Foreign Lan- 
guages and Literatures, Communications, Philosophy, and an inter-departmental 
program in Comparative Literature. Students having majors in the division develop 
facility in verbal communication, critical appreciation of man’s imaginative achieve- 
ments, and the exploration of ideas and values. 

The offerings in the Humanities contribute significantly to a general, liberal 
education, in addition to preparing for the teaching profession, graduate study, 
and other occupational pursuits. 

The Humanities recognize that to be humane is at once the most difficult and 
the most precious achievement of man. It requires not only an understanding of 
the things that are, but a vision of things that ought to be. So conceived, human- 
istic studies attempt to develop an enlarged sensibility as to the possibilities of 
human experience. 

Majors and Minors: 

Communication: News Communication (Journalism) Emphasis 

English 

French 

German 

Humanities: Comparative Literature Emphasis 

Philosophy 

Spanish 

The Division also offers a Master of Arts degree in English. 

The instructional program of the Division is strengthened by the Humanities 
Series of visiting lecturers, rapidly expanding library resources, and a divisional 
collection of literary recordings. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

HUMANITIES MAJOR: COMPARATIVE LITERATURE EMPHASIS 

The program in Comparative Literature is governed jointly by the Departments 
of English and of Foreign Languages and Literatures, with the chairman of the 
Humanities Division acting as chairman of the program. 

The program in Comparative Literature provides courses in the study of various 
national literatures from the earliest times to the present, with special emphasis on 
the manifold interrelations of literatures, in theory, genres, ideas, movements, and 
authors. Works are read in English translation and the courses conducted in 
English. For students whose major concentration is not in Comparative Literature, 
the knowledge of a second language is not required. 

Requirements: A combined total of 36 units beyond General Education require- 
ments as follows: 

L Proficiency in at least one foreign language; this requirement may be satisfied 
oy completing with a grade of B or better the fundamental and intermediate 
language courses, or by examination. 


93 


California State College at Fullerton 

2. A combined minimum of 15 units in English and Foreign Languages and 
Literatures. 

3. A minimum of 15 units from the Comparative Literature offerings. 

4. Electives: 6 units on advisement. 

MINOR IN COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

Requirements: A combined total of 21 units, as follows: a maximum of 9 lower 
division units plus a minimum of 12 upper division units. 

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATIONS 

Professor: Maxwell (Chairman) 

Associate Professor: Alexander 
Assistant Professors: Johnson,* Smythe 

The program of the Department of Communications serves students with in- 
terests in communication by offering a curriculum integrating the liberal arts and 
professional courses in mass media techniques. 

The department offers a major in Communication with a News Communication 
(Journalism) emphasis, and is developing additional communications emphases in 
Advertising, Public Relations, Photocommunication, and Telecommunication. A 
number of courses are now offered in these developing emphases. 

The Communication major helps to prepare those desiring various careers re- 
lated to mass communication— careers that may involve newspapers and magazines, 
television and radio, advertising, public relations, photography, industrial or gov- 
ernmental communications, and teaching. Also, because of the program’s em- 
phasis on general principles of communication, it can serve well those with aspira- 
tions for administrative work in many areas of business, industry, government and 
education. Additionally communication courses will benefit those who wish only 
a better understanding of the functions of the mass media in a democratic society. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

Communication Major: News Communication (Journalism) Emphasis 

Requirements: A combined total of 48 units— 36 within the Communications De- 
partment and 12 in other departments, as follows: 

Academic Core (36 units) 

Communication 101, Reporting and Writing (3) 

Communication 102, Reporting and Writing (3) 

Communication 333, Mass Communication in Modem Society (3) 

Communication 354, Feature Article AVriting (3) 

Communication 335, Reporting of Public Affairs (3) 

Communication 425, History and Philosophy of American Mass 
Communication (3) 

Communication 426, World Press and Propaganda Analysis (3) 

Communication 427, Seminar on Current Issues in Mass Communication (3) 
t Economics 201, The American Economy (3) 
t English 462, Modern British and American Novels (3) 
t History 476, United States Since 1933 (3) 
t Psychology 351, Social Psychology (3) 

* College Administrative Officer. 

t Some flexibility may be permitted as to major requirements in economics, English, history and 
psychology, depending on the student’s preparation in these areas. 


94 


Humanities 


News Communication Emphasis (12) 

Communication 218A, Introduction to Photography (2) 

Communication 218B, Communications Photography (2) 

Communication 332, Copy Editing (3) 

Communication 338, Newspaper Production (3) 

Communication 439, Mass Media Internship (2) 

MINOR IN COMMUNICATION 

Requirements: A combined total of 21 units, as follows: 

Lower Division (Maximum of 7) 

Communication 101 or 102 (3) 

Communication 218A and 218B (2, 2) 

Upper Division (Minimum of 14 units) 

* Communication 331 or equivalent (3) 

Communication 333 (3) 

Communication 3 38 A (3) 

Communication 358A or 358B (2) 

Communication 425 (3) 

TEACHING CREDENTIAL REQUIREMENTS 

Communication majors with News Communication (Journalism) emphasis who 
plan to offer journalism as their major subject for a teaching credential must have 
their minor approved by the chaiman of the Communications Department and 
must complete the required professional education courses in addition to their 
major and minor requirements. 

FOREIGN LANGUAGE RECOMMENDATION 

Majors who are planning careers in news communication are strongly urged 
to acquire proficiency in a foreign language. 

DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH 

Professors: Ramsay (Chairman) 

Associate Professors: Bonazza, Cummings, Jones, A4cNelly, Obler, Salz, Schneider 
Assistant Professors: Austin, Brunelle, Edwards, Friend, (Greenwood, Scott, Stuart, 
Wagner 

The study of “English” emphasizes the nature and development of our language, 
the craft of writing, and the imaginative literature of American and British authors— 
prose fiction, poetry, and drama. Except for the required Freshmen English offer- 
ings, courses in world literature in English translation are listed separately, under 
Comparative Literature. In addition, the Department of English offers some special- 
ized professional courses. On the senior and graduate levels, various opportunities 
are provided for seminar work and independent study. 

English 101 and 102 or their equivalents or the consent of the instructor is a 
prerequisite to all English and Comparative Literature courses numbered 200 and 
above. 

* Some variation in these requirements may be permitted on the basis of professional experience 

or interest. 


95 


California State College at Fullerton 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE: ENGLISH MAJOR 

Requirements: A total of 36 units beyond English 101 and 102 or their equiva- 
lents, with the following distribution: 

Lower Division (Maximum of 9 units), including: 

211, 212. Masters of British Literature (6 units). 

Lower Division elective (3 units) 

Students offering American Literature in the Lower Division must take at least 9 
units in courses in the periods of English literature preceding the modern. Students 
offering a survey of English literature course from the lower division must take 
6 units of American Literature. 

Upper Division (Minimum of 27 units) 

Language and Composition (Minimum of 3 units), selected from the following: 

301. Advanced Compostion 

303. The Structure of Modern English 

490. History of the English Language 

Major Author Courses (9 units) 

333. Chaucer 

334. Shakespeare 

341. Milton and the Seventeenth Century 

Period Courses (Minimum of 6 units, at least 3 in a period preceding the mod- 
ern), selected from the following: 

335. Elizabethan Drama 

336. Elizabethan Poetry and Prose 

342. The Age of Reason in English Literature 

343. The Romantic Movement in English Literature 

344. Literature of the Victorian Period 

345. History and Development of the English Novel 

462. Modern British and American Novels 

464. Modern British and American Drama 

466. Modern British and American Poetry 

Electives to complete a minimum of 36 units selected from additional courses in 
language and composition, period courses, literary criticism, senior seminars, and 
Comparative Literature. Comparative literature offerings are listed separately, but 
count toward an English major. 

A program of literary studies gains in perspective through the study of history, 
sociology, philosophy, and psychology. These fields offer vital lifelines which 
nourish and deepen understanding of literature. Students of literature are strongly 
advised to include such courses in their program, particularly in the areas of 
philosophy and psychology. 

English majors who intend to pursue graduate study are urged to acquire pro- 
ficiency in at least one foreign language. Note: Freshmen intending to major in 
English should complete two years of course work in a foreign language, or dem- 
onstrate equivalent accomplishment by transfer or by examination. 

TEACHING CREDENTIAL REQUIREMENTS 

English majors who are also candidates for a teaching credential must take the 
required professional education courses in English in addition to fulfilling all re- 
quirements for the major indicated above. 


96 


Humanities 


MINOR IN ENGLISH 

Requirements: A total of 21 units. 

Lower Division (Maximum of 9 units), including: 

221, 222. American Literature, or the equivalent. 

Lower Division electives (3 units) 

Upper Division (Minimum of 12 units), including: 

Language and Composition (Minimum of 3 units), selected from the following: 

301. Advanced Composition 

303. The Structure of Modern English 

490. History of the English Language 
Major Author Courses (Minimum of 6 units) 

334. Shakespeare 

333, Chaucer, or 341, Milton and the Seventeenth Century 

Electives (Minimum of 3 units) 

MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN ENGLISH 

The degree of Master of Arts in English requires completion of a minimum of 30 
semester units beyond the bachelor’s degree. Candidates having fewer than 36 units 
of undergraduate English normally will be required to take several additional 
courses to build a full undergraduate major. The 30 units in the graduate program 


are distributed as follows: 

Minimum units in courses restricted to graduate students (500 series) 15 

Maximum units in specialized upper division courses in English 9 

Units in subjects related to English 6 

Minimum Total 30 

Up to 6 units of the graduate course work may be in independent study. Three 


of these units may be devoted to a thesis or other written reports and articles, 
individually supervised by a faculty member. 

The candidate for the Master of Arts degree in English must see a graduate 
advisor before beginning his program. At that time the particular courses which 
will comprise his prerequisite 36 units will be selected. All candidates must take a 
graduate course in the English language, in Shakespeare, and in at least one other 
major literary figure studied in depth. Foreign language competency, a study in 
comparative literature or a foreign culture is required. In addition he must take 
the Graduate Record Examination (Aptitude and Advanced Test in Literature) 
prior to his admission to Classified Graduate status.* 

Also see Procedures in Graduate Study, beginning on page 49. 

DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 

Associate Professors: Feldman, Kline (Chairman), Mathieu. 

Assistant Professors: Shapley, Van Ginneken. 

Instructor: Pena. 

Lecturer: Badoux. 

The program of the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures is de- 
signed to meet the needs of several types of students, including those who seek 
a liberal arts education with an emphasis on a foreign language and its literature; 
those who intend to teach at the elementary, secondary, or college level; those 
who plan to use foreign languages in professional careers; or those who desire 

* See general college requirements, p. 33. 


97 


California State College at Fullerton 

to pursue graduate studies. The program emphasizes high standards of achievement 
in the practical use of the language, in the study of its literature and its culture, 
in the mastery of applied linguistics, and in methodology of teaching, the latter 
acquired in part through apprenticeship. 

A student may enroll at any point in the sequence of courses for which his 
previous study has prepared him. 

MAJOR IN A SINGLE FOREIGN LANGUAGE 

Three options are offered: French, German or Spanish. 

Requirements: Courses 101, 102, 203, 204, or their equivalents, completed satis- 
factorily; plus 24 units in upper division courses, including 317 (or equivalent), 
431, 441, 451, 461, except that six of these units may be in another field selected 
with the approval of the advisor, including 6 lower division units in a third 
language. 

Attention is directed to the courses in foreign literatures in translation listed 
elsewhere in this catalog under Comparative Literature. 

MAJOR IN TWO FOREIGN LANGUAGES 

Two options are offered: Romance Languages Major (French and Spanish) and 
Germanic-Romance Languages Major (German and French or Spanish). A student 
electing the double major must fulfill all requirements for a Major in a Single 
Language and, in addition, the requirements for a Minor in Single Language. 

MINOR IN A SINGLE LANGUAGE 

Requirements: Courses 101, 102, 203, 204, or their equivalents, completed satis- 
factorily; plus 9 units in upper division courses selected in consultation with the 
advisor. 

CREDENTIAL PROGRAMS 

STANDARD TEACHING CREDENTIAL WITH A SPECIALIZATION 
IN ELEMENTARY TEACHING 

Students who are candidates for the Standard Teaching Credential With a 
Specialization in Elementary Teaching must also complete the professional require- 
ments, including Foreign Languages Education 432. 

STANDARD TEACHING CREDENTIAL WITH A SPECIALIZATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION 

The credential program is the same as for the liberal arts major, with the follow- 
ing additional requirements: 

Foreign Languages Education 442; 

French or German or Spanish Applied Linguistics 466; 

plus 6 units in the Major language selected with the approval of the advisor and 
taken in the senior year or thereafter at the 400 and 500 level. 

THE LANGUAGE LABORATORY 

Students enrolling in courses 101, 102, 203, 204 are required, in addition to the 
regular class periods, to practice for the minimum of prescribed time in the 
Language Laboratory. The 30-station laboratory operates like a library; students 
may use it at a time most convenient to them, preferably every day in sessions of 
15 to 30 minutes. Further details will be announced by each instructor and by 
the Supervisor of the Language Laboratory. 

Students are invited to make use of the collection of literary and cultural record- 
ings in French, German, Russian and Spanish available in the Language Laboratory. 


98 


Humanities 


DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY 

Professor: Alamshah (Chairman) 

Associate Professor: Becker, * Hayner 
Instructor: Houlgate 

The aim of the department of philosophy is twofold. (1) to present curricular 
offerings in a manner that will awaken an appreciation for philosophical concerns; 
delineate the significant contributions made to the history of ideas by the great 
philosophers; and develop in those who concentrate in the field an appreciable 
degree of precision in communicating the subject matter of philosophy; (2) to 
draw attention to the significance of philosophical analysis in areas of vit^ concern 
for the life of society. 

Course work in philosophy, therefore, has the following objectives: 
to help students understand their own philosophical concerns; 
to uncover and to delineate sound methodology for the clarification of philo- 
sophical problems; and 

to prepare students who are seeking higher degrees in philosophy. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE: PHILOSOPHY MAJOR 

Requirements: A total of 36 units, beyond General Education requirements, with 
the following distribution: 

Lower Division (Maximum of 12 units, beyond General Education requirements) 
Core Requirements (6 units) 

211 A. The Classical Schools of Philosophy (3) 

21 IB. The Classical Schools of Philosophy (3) 

Electives (6 units) 

Note: Students who have taken their lower division work elsewhere will be 
given credit for equivalent course work. 

Upper Division (Minimum of 24 units) 

Core Requirements (15 units) 

331. History of Philosophy: Rationalism and Empiricism (3) 

332. History of Philosophy: Kant and the 19th Century (3) 

Plus choice of one of the following: 

417A, 417B. Aristotle (3,3) 

427A, 427B. Spinoza (3,3) 

437A, 437B. James (3,3) 

447A,447B. Plato (3,3) 

457A, 457B. Hume (3,3) 

467A, 467B. Kant (3,3) 

Plus 499. Independent Study (3) 

Electives (Minimum of 9 units) 

A program in philosophy profits greatly through the study of literary master- 
pieces, psychology, and the social sciences. Students of philosophy are advised to 
supplement their studies in philosophy with course work offered in these fields. 
Philosophy majors are urged to acquire proficiency in a foreign language. 

* College Administrative Officer. 


5—34730 


99 


California State College at Fullerton 


MINOR IN PHILOSOPHY 

Requirements: A total of 21 units (beyond General Education requirements) 
Lower Division (Maximum of 9 units) 

Core Requirements (6 units) 

211 A. The Classical Schools of Philosophy (3) 

21 IB. The Classical Schools of Philosophy (3) 

Electives (3) 

Upper Division (Minimum of 12 units) 

Core Requirements (6 units) 

331. History of Philosophy: Rationalism and Empiricism (3) 

332. History of Philosophy: Kant and the 19th Century (3) 

Electives (6) 


100 


DIVISION OF SCIENCE, 
MATHEMATICS, AND ENGINEERING 


Division Chairman: Miles D. McCarthy 

The Division provides fundamental instruction basic to the needs of students 
preparing (1) to pursue graduate and professional training, (2) to teach, and (3) 
to seek employment in technical and applied fields. 

Students preparing for careers in the health sciences should register with the 
Chairman of the Pre-medical Committee (membership listed on page 17). The 
committee will advise students concerning appropriate collegiate majors, pre- 
professional requirements, and aptitude tests, and professional school admissions 
procedures. 

It is the concern of the faculty that science instruction shall not be circumscribed 
by limited disciplines, but shall embrace related scientific subject-matter fields as 
well as liberal arts subjects and foreign language. We hold firmly to the conviction 
that the trained scientist of today and in the future must be one conversant with 
the general principles of all scientific disciplines and one adequately prepared in 
depth in a major field. He must be one who has been nurtured in the development 
of ideas, not merely in technical skills. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree in science or mathematics major programs, 
students must have a C average in all courses required for the majors including 
those in the related sciences. A proficiency in one modem foreign language (Rus- 
sian, German, French) is required. A reading comprehension of a second modern 
foreign language is strongly reconunended for students planning graduate study 
leading to the Ph.D. degree. This requirement is normally met by completing four 
semesters of a college foreign language with a C grade or better or by taking a 
foreign language for two years in high school and two semesters of intermediate 
language in college with a minimum of a C grade in the college course. Under 
unusual circumstances the requirement may be met by examination upon approval 
by the appropriate department chairman. Examinations will be given in October 
and March of each academic year. For details of examination procedure, apply at 
Division Office. 

No credit toward the major will be allowed for specific major courses in which 
a grade D is obtained. A placement test will be given to students in the division of 
science in order to determine whether they are ready to start the calculus. 

Non-science major students admitted to the College directly from high school 
or transfer students with 30 units or less will normally expect to satisfy the college 
general education natural science requirements for the B.A. degree by completing 


the following courses: 

Unit 

Physical Science 201 - 4 

Biology 100 2 

Biology 140 or Biology 160 3 

Total - 9 


101 


California State College at Fullerton 

DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 

Professors: McCarthy (Chairman), McCleary, Sutton 
Associate Professors: Brattstrom, Turner 

Assistant Professors: P. Adams, Rothman, Rudersdorf, Walkington 

The Department of Biology offers a program leading to the Bachelor of Arts 
degree in Biology for students preparing to enter graduate and professional schools, 
for those preparing to teach, and for those preparing for careers in industry and 
government service. 

It is the conviction of the faculty in Biology that the purposes of all these stu- 
dents can best be served by building their curricula on a core of courses funda- 
mental to the science of biology. This core curriculum includes biological prin- 
ciples, genetics, microbiology, and physiology. 

In considering the curricula beyond this core of subjects, the faculty in Biology 
has agreed that the interests and goals of individual students can best be satisfied 
through individual counseling rather than through prescribed programs. After dis- 
cussion with their advisors, students will elect those upper division courses which 
will satisfy their individual interests and professional goals. Eight units of electives 
must be in one area of interest (e.g., biology, botany, microbiology, or zoology) 
and four units in another area. 

Advanced students will be permitted to enroll in Biological Science 400, Under- 
graduate Problems in Biology. All upper division students are expected to attend 
the departmental seminars. 

The Department of Biology also offers a curriculum for students majoring in 
other fields who wish to minor in Biology. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 

One hundred twenty-four units including general education (See page 45), 
foreign language* (See divisional requirement page 101), 33 units in biology 
courses, and supporting courses in physical sciences and mathematics. The sup- 
porting courses must include one year of inorganic college chemistry including 
qualitative analysis with laboratory, one semester of organic chemistry with 
laboratory, one semester of college mathematics, and one year of college physics 
with laboratory.** 

Minimum Course Requirements for the Major f 

Lower Division 

Biological Science Units 

100 Principles of Biology 2 

140 Principles of Botany 3 

160 Principles of Zoology 3 


8 


* Transfer students should have completed the foreign language requirement and as many of 
the general^ education courses as possible prior to admission. However, uncompleted units 
may be satisfied while the upper division work is in progress by concurrent enrollment at 
a junior college or with appropriate courses offered at the College. 

Those students seeking careers in biology at the Ph.D. level and careers in medicine should 
teke a full year of organic chemistry, a year of analytical geometry and calculus. Physics 
221 and 222, and quantitative analysis with laboratory. Those students seeking an ele- 
mentary credential may substitute Physical Science 201 and Geology lOOA for coUege physics, 
t Sul^timtioiis m the program may be made for transfer students and others upon the recomrueH' 
dation of the adviser and the approval of the Department Chairman. 


102 


Science, Mathematics, and Engineering 


Upper Division 

Units 


311 General Microbiology 4 

312 Genetics Lecture 3 

412 and 412L Cell Physiology 4 

or 

444 Plant Physiology 

Electives— 14 units, of which 4 must be outside area of 
emphasis 14 


25 25 


33 

Suggested Course Sequence for the Freshman and Sophomore Years 


First Semester (Freshman) Units 


Engl. 101 Comp. & World Lit. 3 

Chem. lOlA General Chem. 4 

Bio. Sci. 100— Prin. of Biol 2 

Bio. Sci. 140— Prin. of Botany or 

Bio. Sci. 160— Prin. of Zool. 3 

Hist. 170A or 170B-U.S. Hist.._ 3 
P.E.— Phys. Educ. Activity Yz 


15 Vz 


Third Semester (Sophomore) 

General College Physics or 

For. Lang.— Fundamentals 4 

Math. 150 A— Anal. Geom. & Calc. 4 

Chem. 301A— Org. Chem. 4 

Bio. Sci. 3 1 1— Microbiology 4 

PJE.— Phys. Educ. Activity Yi 


Second Semester (Freshman) Units 


Engl. 102 World Lit. & Comp 3 

Chem. lOlB General Chem. 4 

Bio. Sci. 140 or 160 3 

Speech 101— Fund, of Speech 3 

Pol. Sci. 100— American Gov. 3 

P.E.— Phys. Educ. Activity Yi 


I 6 Y 2 

Fourth Semester (Sophomore) 


General College Physics or 

For. Lang.— Fundamentals 4 

Math. 150B— Anal. Geom. & Calc. 4 
Bio. Sci.— Upper Division Elective 4 

Social Science Elective 3 

P£.— Phys. Educ. Activity Yi 


I 6 Y 1 

Minimum Requirements for Biological Science Minor f 


Biological Science 

100, 140, 160 Principles 8 

424 Evolution 3 

or 

312 Genetics 

311 General Microbiology 4 

361 Mammalian Anatomy and Physiology 4 

or 

412-41 2L Cell Physiology or 

444 Plant Physiology 

Biological Science Elective 4 


15 Yi 


t Substituti< 


ostimtions in the program may be made for transfer students and others upon 
dation of the adviser and the approval of the Department Chairman. 


23 

the recommen- 


103 


California State College at Fullerton 


MASTER OF ARTS IN BIOLOGY 

General Characteristics 

The program for this degree is based on the assumption that modern science 
necessitates broad preparation through the master’s level of training. It permits 
breadth of preparation and at the same time concentration in an area such as 
botany, microbiology or zoology. In design it offers sufficient breadth and depth 
to strengthen the student’s academic understanding and improve his competence 
for (a) advanced graduate work toward the doctoral degree in biological science, 
(b) teaching at all levels— elementary, secondary, and junior college, (c) techno- 
logical work in the health sciences, (d) participating in research programs, (e) 
entering the field of public health service, and (f) participating in various field 
service and conservation positions with both the state and national governments. 

Prerequisites 

Prerequisite to entering the program is a pertinent undergraduate major in biology 
with at least a GPA of 3.0. Satisfactory scores on The Aptitude Test of The 
Graduate Record Examination are also required. Students may be admitted pro- 
visionally with limited subject or grade deficiencies, but such deficiencies must be 
removed by completing additional courses, selected in conference with the advisor, 
with at least a B average. 

Program of Study 

The degree study plan must include 30 units of advisor-approved graduate 
work, at least 12 of which must be at the 500 level. All study plans must include 
Biological Science 500 (Laboratory and Field Problems in Biology), and Biological 
Science 501 (Thesis, 3-6 units), and at least one departmental seminar. Twelve 
units must be distributed between two of the following areas: Biology, botany, 
microbiology, or zoology. An added 6 units must be outside the two areas chosen. 
Further electives may be possible. Required is a thesis or a published paper, or 
a paper accepted for publication, acceptable to the advisor and committee, cover- 
ing a field or laboratory research problem. A final oral examination on his research 
is also required. 

For more detailed information or advisement, students should communicate with 
the Chairman of the Biological Science Department, or the Graduate Coordinator 
of the Biological Science Department. 

Also see Procedures in Graduate Study, beginning on page 49. 

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY 

Professor: Bryden (Clhairman) 

Assistant Professors: Montana, Pan, Shields, Spenger 

The curriculum is planned to provide thorough instruction in the basic principles 
and concepts of chemistry for students who will (1) continue on to graduate work 
in chemistry; (2) teach in the science programs of secondary schools; (3) seek em- 
ployment in industry or government; or (4) pursue a chemistry minor of funda- 
mental courses in chemistry in support of other areas such as physics and biology. 


104 


Science, Mathematics, and Engineering 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN CHEMISTRY 

The minimum requirments for the B.A. degree with a major in chemistry are 
the following: * 

Units 


Required units in chemistry.. 37 

Elective units in chemistry 9 

Total units in chemistry — 46 46 

Required units in physics, mathematics, and biology — 31 31 

Total units in science and mathematics. — 77 

General Education units, not including 12 units of physical science, 
mathematics, and biology (see the General Education requirements, 

page 45) - - 38 

Undesignated units 9 

Total units for the B.A. degree in chemistry™. 124 

The required courses in Science and Mathematics are as follows: 

CHEMISTRY: Units 

General Chemistry 10 

Quantitative Chemistry 4 

Organic Chemistry 10 * * 

Physical Chemistry 6 

Physical Chemistry Laboratory 3 

Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 3 

Chemical Literature 1 

Total units 37 

Physics, Mathematics, and Biology (satisfies the General Education requirements 
in physical science, mathematics, and biology): 

Physics 12 

Mathematics 14 

Biology 5 

Total units 31 


Proficiency in one modern foreign language (Russian, German, French) is re 
quired. (See Divisional requirement, page 101.) 

MINOR IN CHEMISTRY 

A minimum of 24 acceptable units of chemistry, including Organic Chemistry 
(8) and Physical Chemistry (6) are required for a chemistry minor. 

Substitutions in the program may be made upon approval of the department chairman. 

Chemistry majors in pre-medical, pre-dental, and secondary teaching credential programs may 
fulfill this requirement, with their advisor’s approval, by taking only 8 units of organic 
chemistry. 


105 


California State College at Fullerton 


Suggested Eight Semester Program for a Major in Chemistry 


First Semester (Freshman) Units 

Chem. lOlA— Gen. Chem 5 

Math. 150A— Anal. Geo. & Calc — 4 

Eng. 101— Composition & Lit 3 

Hist. 170A or 170B— U.S. History 3 
PJE.— Phys. Ed. Activity Vi 

ISVi 

Third Semester (Sophomore) 

Chem. 301A— Org. Chem 3 

Chem. 303 A— Org. Chem. Lab 2 

Math. 250A — Inter. Calc 3 

Physics 222— Fundamental Physics 5 
Pol. Sci. 100— Amer. Government.. 3 
P.E.— Phys. Ed. Activity 14 

16/2 

Fifth Semester (Junior) 

Chem. 371 A— Physical Chem 3 

Bio. Sci. 100— Prin. of Biology 2 

For. Lang. 101— Mod. For. Lang. 4 
Gen. Ed.— Gen. Ed. Courses 7 

16 


Seventh Semester (Senior) 

Chem. 441— Phys. Chem. Lab 3 


Chem. 491— Chem. Literature 1 

Elective in Chem. 3 


For. Lang. 203— Inter. For. Lang. 3 
Gen. Ed.— Gen. Ed. Courses 6 

16 


Second Semester (Freshman) Units 


Chem. 101 B— Gen. Chem. ._ 5 

Math. 1 SOB— Anal. Geo. & Calc. — 4 
Physics 221— Fundamental Physics 4 

Eng. 102— Lit. & Composition 3 

P.E.— Phys. Ed. Activity Vi 

16/2 

Fourth Semester (Sophomore) 

Chem. 301B— Org. Chem 3 

Chem. 303B— Org. Chem. Lab 2 

Chem. 212— Quant. Chem 4 

Math. 250B— Inter. Calc 3 

Physics 223— Fundamental Physics 3 
P£.— Phys. Ed. Activity / 

15/2 

Sixth Semester (Junior) 

Chem. 37 IB— Physical Chem 3 

Bio. Sci. 140 or 

160— Botany or Zoology 3 

Elective in Chem 3 

For. Lang. 102— Mod. For. Lang. 4 
Gen. Ed.— Gen. Ed Course 3 

16 

Eighth Semester (Senior) 

Chem. 425— Adv. Inorg. Chem 3 

Elective in Chem 3 

For. Lang. 204— Inter. For. Lang. 3 
Gen. Ed.— Gen. Ed. Courses 7 


16 


GEOLOGY 

No undergraduate major is offered. Beginning work in geology is offered to 
provide a foundation for students wishing to take advanced work in geology and 
for those students wishing to combine this area with others such as geobiology, 
geochemistry, and geophysics. The beginning work in this area is also appropriate 
to majors in geography and in fulfilling the general education interest of many 
students as part of their natural science requirement. 


DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS 

Professors: Ames (Chairman), Lay 
Associate Professors: Gilbert, O’Toole, Stiel 
Assistant Professors: Langberg, Sandberg 
Instructor: Qualls 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MATHEMATICS 

The program of studies in mathematics offers courses stressing the understanding 
of mathematical concepts and the axiomatic approach. A sufficient variety of 
courses is given to satisfy the needs of: 


106 


Science, Mathematics, and Engineering 


(1) The proficient student aiming toward graduate study, 

(2) The student planning the use of mathematics in a career in industry and 
government service, 

(3) Preprofessional students in other science areas, 

(4) The prospective elementary and secondary teacher. (See special programs 
of study below.) 

In addition to mathematics, the major candidates will be required to pursue 
a year of general college physics with a calculus prerequisite. Proficiency in one 
modem foreign language (Russian, German, French) is reqiiired. 

For a major in mathematics this language requirement is met by completing four 
semesters of a college foreign language with a C grade or better or by taking a 
foreign language for two years in high school and two semesters of intermediate 
language in college with a minimum of a C grade in the college course. 

No credit toward the major will be allowed for specific major courses in which 
a grade of D is obtained. 

A placement test is given to students in the division of science and mathematics 
in order to determine whether they are ready to start the calculus. 


Major Program in Mathematics 


Required Courses Umts 

Analytic Geometry and Calculus 8 

Intermediate Calculus 6 

Linear Algebra 3 

Modern Algebra 3 

Advanced Calculus 6 

Topology 3 

Complex Analysis 3 

Real Analysis 3 

Abstract Algebra 3 

Differential Geometry 3 


41 


Minor Program in Mathematics 

A Mathematics Minor shall consist of 20 units of course work selected from the 
mathematics courses offered by the Department. Exclusive of Mathematics lOOA- 
lOOB and Mathematics 120, each course to be completed with a grade of C or 
better. 


Major Program in Mathematics for Teacher Education 
For Elementary or Secondary Education 

Math. Ed. 1 00 A-B— Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics- Arithmetic. 

Math. 150A-B— Analytic Geometry and Calculus 

Math. 2 50A-B— Intermediate Calculus 

Math. 291— Linear Algebra 

Math. Ed. 300— Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics-Algebra 

Math. Ed. 301— Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics-Geometry 

Math. 320— Projective Geometry 

Math. 330— Number Theory 

Math. 335 A— Probability and Mathematical Statistics 

Electives in Mathematics, 300 courses or higher 


Units 
. 6 
- 8 
. 6 

- 3 

- 3 

- 3 
. 3 
. 3 

- 3 
. 9 


Proficiency in one modern foreign language is required. See requirement on 

page 101. 


107 


California State College at Fullerton 

Minor Program in Mathematics for Teacher Education 

(a) For Secondary Education this minor is the same as the Minor Program in 
Mathematics at the top of this page. 

(b) For Elementary Education the minor shall consist of 20 units of course worl< 
in mathematics selected from the mathematics course listing, a grade of C or 
better being required in each course. 

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS 

Professors: Adams, R. (Chairman), Blend 
Associate Professor: Dittman 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PHYSICS 

The program leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree in physics provides the 
fundamental instruction basic to the needs of the student who is preparing (1) 
to teach in elementary or secondary schools, (2) to undertake graduate work in 
physics or related fields, (3) to pursue additional collegiate studies leading to pro- 
fessional degrees in dentistry, law, medicine, nursing, and other professional, 
related areas, and (4) to seek employment in technical and applied fields. 

The faculty is concerned that the student of physics shall have adequate educa- 
tion in other liberal arts subjects, including foreign language. Through curriculum 
requirements and through elective subjects, the physics student will be expected 
to have a broad education in traditional liberal arts subjects, the several sciences, 
and mathematics. In particular, the student is urged to make his selections of 
elective courses outside the field of physics. 

MINIMUM DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE * 

Lower Division 

General Chemistry (satisfies General Education physical science requirement) 10 
Mathematics: Analytic Geometry and Calculus (satisfies General Education 


mathematics requirement) .* 14 

Fundamental Physics 13 

Modern Foreign Language (Russian, German, or French) 


Proficiency in one language required. (See Divisional requirement, page 

101 .) 


Upper Division Physics ** 

431. Electricity and Magnetism 3 units 

441. Analytical Mechanics 3 units 

411. Theory of Wave Motion 3 units 

453. Nuclear Physics or 451. Modern Physics 3 units 

416. Thermodynamics and Introduction to Kinetic Theory 3 units 

455. Introduction to Quantum Physics 3 units 

381. Advanced Physics Laboratory (electrical measurements and elec- 

tronics) 3 units 

382. Advanced Physics Laboratory (mechanics, acoustics, physical optics, 

atomic spectra) 3 units 

481. Advanced Physics Laboratory (atomic and nuclear physics) 3 units 

482. Advanced Physics Laboratory (selected experiments in classical and 

modern physics) 3 units 


Total 30 units 


* Substitutions in the program may be made upon the approval of the department chairman. 
♦♦Theory courses will normally be taken in the order of listing. Laboratory courses will normally 
be taken in numerical order of course number. 

108 


Science, Mathematics, and Engineering 

Required Mathematics 

Mathematics courses in addition to Analytic Geometry and Calculus 9 units 

MINOR IN PHYSICS 

A minimum of 20 units of physics are required for a minor. These shall include 
12 units of lower division physics (or equivalent as determined by the department 
of physics), and a minimum of 8 units of upper division physics, including a mini- 
mum of 2 units of advanced physics laboratory. 

Suggested Eight-Semester Program for Major in Physics 
Semester 1. Freshman Units 

Math 150 A. Analytic Geometry and Calculus 4 

Engl. 101. Composition and World Literature 3 

For. Lang. 101. Fundamental Russian, German, or French 4 

General Ed. Any required General Education course 3 

P. E. Any Physical Education activity course VI 


Total 14^ 

Semester 2. Freshman 

Math 150B. Analytic Geometry and Calculus 4 

Engl 102. World Literature and Composition . 3 

For. Lang. 102 Fundamental Russian, German, or French 4 

Phys. 221. Fundamental Physics 5 

P. E. Any Physical Education activity course Vi 


Total \ 6 Y 2 

Semester 3. Sophomore 

Math 250 A. Intermediate Calculus 3 

Phys 222. Fundamental Physics 5 

For. Lang. 203. Intermediate Russian, German, or French 3 

Chem 101 A. General Chemistry 5 

P. E. Any Physical Education activity course Vi 


Total 16 Vi 

Semester 4. Sophomore 

Math 250 B. Intermediate Calculus 3 

Phys 223. Fundamental Physics 3 

For. Lang. Intermediate Russian, German, or French 3 

Chem 101 B. General Chemistry 5 

Biol 100. Principles of Biology 2 

P. E. Any Physical Education activity course Vi 


Total 16^ 


109 


California State College at Fullerton 


Semester 5. Junior 

Math 291. Linear Algebra — 3 

Phys 431. Electricity and Magnetism 3 

Phys 381. Advanced Physics Laboratory 3 

General Ed. Any required General Education course 3 

General Ed. Any required General Education course 3 

Biol. 160. Principles of Zoology, or ) 3 

Bot. 140. Principles of Botany ( 


Total - 18 

Semester 6. Junior Units 

Math 350 A. Advanced Calculus 3 

Phys 441. Analytical Mechanics 3 

Phys 382. Advanced Physics Laboratory 3 

General Ed. Any required General Education course 3 

General Ed. Any required General Education course 3 

General Ed. Any required General Education course 3 


Total 18 

Semester 7. Senior 

Math 350 B. Advanced Calculus 3 

Phys 411. Theory of Wave Motion 3 

Phys 453. Nuclear Physics (or Phys 451. Modem Physics) 3 

Phys 481. Advanced Physics Laboratory 3 

General Ed. Any required General Education course 3 


Total ^ 15 

(Honor students may add Physics 491. Senior Report (1).) 

Semester 8. Senior 

Phys 416. Thermodynamics and Introduction to Kinetic Theory. 3 

Phys 455. Introduction to Quantum Physics 3 

Phys 482. Advanced Physics Laboratory 3 

General Ed. Any required General Education course 3 

Elective 3 

Total 15 

(Honor students may add Physics 492. Senior Report (2).) 


DEPARTMENT OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS EDUCATION 

Professor: Lay 

Associate Professor: Turner (Chairman) 

The Department of Science and Mathematics Education is designed to prepare 
students to teach in the areas of science and mathematics at the elementary and 
secondary levels, to provide guidance for experienced teachers in the study and 
use of educational practices developed for the teaching of sciences and mathematics 
and to help teachers develop original ideas in their areas of specialization. 

The offerings of this department include basic professional training courses re- 
quired for teacher certification, advanced coursework in science and mathematics 
education, and certain academic content offerings designed especially for teacher 
preparation. 

The department does not offer any degree program at this time. 

110 


DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES 


Division Chairman: Giles T. Brown 

The division of Social Sciences offers courses in the fields of Anthropology, 
Geography, History, Political Science, Psychology and Sociology. In addition, it 
accepts certain courses in Economics toward the degree of Master of Arts in 
preparing for graduate study. The offerings of the division are designed to provide 
a better understanding of man’s behavior past and present, of the historical, social, 
environmental forces that operate in the world, and of the significant problems 
of the present day. 

The following Master's Degrees are offered by the Division: 

Master of Arts in the Social Sciences 
Master of Arts in History 
Master of Arts in Political Science 

The following undergraduate majors and teaching minors are offered by the 
Division: 

Major in Anthropology 
Major in Geography 
Major in History 
Major in Political Science 
Major in Psychology 
Major in Sociology 

Any of the above majors may be used by a student seeking an elementary or 
secondary teaching credential. However, a secondary credential authorizes a person 
to teach only in the subject major and minor. An elementary credential authorizes 
a person to teach all subjects. 


Teaching Minor in Anthropology 
Teaching Minor in Geography 
Teaching Minor in History 
Teaching Minor in Political Science 
Teaching Minor in Sociology 


MASTER OF ARTS IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 

The Master of Arts degree in Social Sciences allows a student to pursue ad- 
vanced work in two or three related fields.* Selection may be made from the 
following: Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, Psychology, and 
Sociology. The thirty (30) units approved by the graduate adviser are to be ar- 
ranged in one of the following patterns: 


Pattern A (two fields) 

First field 

18 

or 

15 



units 


Second field 

12 

or 

15 



units 



30 


30 



units 

Pattern B (three fields) 

First field . 

15 

or 

12 

or 

12 

units 


Second field 

9 

or 

12 

or 

9 

units 


Third field 

6 

or 

6 

or 

9 

units 



30 


30 


30 

imits 


Consult advisei relative to prerequisites. 


Ill 


California State College at Fullerton 


Specific requirements include: 

At least twelve (12) units of graduate courses (500 level) 

An upper division or graduate level course in Research Methods and Bibliogra- 
phy in one of the Social Sciences 
Thesis or project 

Oral examination on the thesis or project and on the courses offered for the 
degree 

Satisfactory completion of the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Ex- 
amination 

The Area Test of the Graduate Record Examination may be required. 

There is no foreign language requirement, but certain fields may require work 
in Statistics. An undergraduate major in social sciences, or 24 units of upper divi- 
sion courses in social sciences (approved by the advisor) with a GPA of at least 
3.0 is required. The graduate adviser will be selected from the first field. All work 
must be completed within five years from the time graduate classified standing has 
been attained. Prior to the appointment of a graduate adviser, the following steps 
must be completed: 

1. Admission to the college as an unclassified graduate student; 

2. Filing in the Office of Admissions of two official sets of transcripts of all 
collegiate and graduate work; and 

3. Submission of satisfactory results of the Graduate Record Examination (s). 

In consultation with his graduate adviser, the student will develop a proposed 
Study Plan. When approved by his graduate adviser and pursued satisfactorily the 
programmed work can lead to the Master’s degree, subject to the completion of 
all other requirements for the degree. 

Also see Procedures in Graduate Study, beginning on page 49. 

DEPARTMENT OF ANTHROPOLOGY 

Professor: Untereiner (Chairman) 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ANTHROPOLOGY 

The major in Anthropology is designed for students desiring a broad generalist 
background, students preparing to become teachers of social sicences, and students 
preparing for graduate work in anthropology and in advanced areal and inter- 
national specializations. 

Unit Requirements 

The required minimum for the major is 42 units, in addition to those taken for 
the general education requirement, distributed as follows: 

Courses in Anthropology 

Thirty units must be taken in Anthropology, 24 in upper division courses. 
Anthropology 201A-B, 301, 401, 410, and 480 are required. Two courses are 
required from areal offerings in the field: Anthropology 321, 325, or 328. Two 
courses are required from theoretical/institutional courses in the field: Anthro- 
pology 415, 421, or 425. 

Minimum units 30 


112 


Social Sciences 


Related Courses 

Twelve upper division units are to be taken in the related social science fields 
of Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, Sociology, and Psychology, 
to be approved by the major adviser. 

Minimum units - - 12 

Minimum total units for the major - 42 

Students considering advanced professional careers in research, teaching, or appli- 
cations of anthropology are urged to explore and sample widely from course 
offerings in the other social sciences, and in the natural and biological sciences and 
the humanities. The following suggestions may help the student to choose courses 
that may broaden his interests and diversify and develop his skills in working 
toward his own career objectives. 

(a) Courses suggested for preparation for graduate study in Anthropology and 
careers in teaching or research. Anthropology 201A-B, 301, 321, 325, or 328, 
401, 410, 415 , 421 or 425, 480; Art 100, 101, 111, 201A-B, 402, 411, 421; Bio- 
logical Science 100, 140 or 160, 201, 312, 361, 401, 424, 463, 465, 471; Chemistry 
101 A-B; Communication 333, 401; Comparative Literature 312, 315, 375, 425; 
Drama 271, 473; Economics 200, 405, 431; Education, Found. 301, 403; English 
201, 451, 490; Geography 111, 121, 131, 343; History llOA-B, 300, 301, 350A-B, 
399, 412, 501, 505, 590; xManagement 341, 544; Mathematics 335A-B; Music 

100, 101, 350, 351A-B; Philosophy 110, 210, 211B, 310, 311, 407, 450, 451, 460; 
Physical Science 201; Political Science 306, 341, 342, 440, 461; Psychology 

101, 161, 302, 331, 341, 351, 408, 412, 437; Quantitative Methods 364; Sociology 
201, 202, 331A-B, 341, 465, 473, 477, 480, 481, 561; Speech 101, 231A-B, 341. 
404, 436; a reading knowledge of at least one foreign language. 

(b) Courses suggested for general careers in industry or government service: 
Anthropology 201 A-B, 301, 401, 410, 415, 425; Art 100, 101, 111, 201 A-B, 402; 
Biology 100, 160, 424; Chemistry lOlA-B; Communication 333, 361, 401, 425; 
Comparative Literature 312, 315; Drama 271, 272, 473, 475B; Economics 100, 
200, 201, 322, 401, 402; Education Fund. 301, 312; English 201, 451; Geogra- 
phy 111, 121, 333, 432, 471; History llOA-B, 170A-B, 399, 474, 475, 476; 
Management 341, 343, 544; Mathematics 335A-B; Music 100, 101, 350; Phil- 
osophy 210, 21 IB, 250, 310, 450, 451; Physical Science 201; Political Science 
101, 306, 320, 340, 411, 414; Psychology 101, 161, 331, 351, 391; Quantitative 
Methods 364, 560; Sociology 201, 202, 271, 331A-B, 371, 436, 465, 470, 473, 
477; Speech 101, 231 A-B, 404, 424. 

(c) Courses suggested for careers in areal and international specializations: 
Anthropology 201A-B, 301, 325, 328, 401, 410, 415; Art 201A-B, 402, 411, 421; 
Biology 100, 140, 201, 401, 424, 465; Chemistry 101 A-B; Communication 333, 
361, 401, 426; Comparative Literature 375, 425; Drama 475A-B; Economics 

200, 322, 403, 431; Education Fund. 301, 402; English 451; Geography 111, 
121, 131, 333, 433, 434, 435, 436, 481; History llOA-B, 300, 301, 350A-B, 429, 
434B, 461, 485B; Management 341; Music 351A-B; Philosophy 110, 451; Polit- 
ical Science 101, 331, 340, 351, 453, 454, 460, 461; Psychology 101; Sociology 

201, 341, 348, 361, 371, 436, 477; Speech 101, 231A-B, 341. 

^®oehing Minor in Anthropology 

The minor in Anthropology is intended as a second field for persons completing 
^ major in another discipline in preparation for a teaching credential. Twenty-one 
^nits must be taken in Anthropology, 15 in upper division couress. Anthropology 
201A-B and 301 are required. Two courses must be selected from areal offerings 
m the field: Anthropology 321, 325 or 328. One course must be selected from 
jjjeoretical/institutional courses in the field: Anthropology 410, 415, 421, or 425. 
Dne course must be selected from Anthropology 401 or 480. 


113 


California State College at Fullerton 

DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY 

Associate Professor; Earick (Chairman) 

Assistant Professors: Helin, Reith, Sutton 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN GEOGRAPHY 

The major in Geography is designed to contribute to a broad, liberal education 
and to fulfill the requirements of sound, professional preparation. This basic pro- 
gram emphasizes the relationship of man’s complex cultural patterns to the earth’s 
physical foundation. It also provides students with a practical base for intensive 
work in one of the several fields of Geography at the graduate level. 

Depending on individual interest, students may plan the major program to 
emphasize either physical or cultural Geography. In planning a program the 
student should keep his professional objective in mind. For example, those students 
intending to enter business or commercial fields should elect related courses in 
Business Administration, Economics or Statistics and those planning a career in 
government should elect related courses in Economics, History, Political Science, 
Sociology, and Statistics. 

Unit Requirements 

The major in Geography requires the completion of a minimum of 48 units of 
course work. These units are in addition to those which have been used to meet 
the general education requirement. It is suggested that students meet the general 
education requirements by taking courses outside the department. Unit require- 
ments are as follows: 

Geography Courses 

As many as 12 units are acceptable from lower division offerings. Minimum basic 
requirements are as follows: 

Units 


Required of all majors: Geography 111, 121, 323, 490 12 

Selected from Geography 312, 323, 353 6 

Selected from Geography 333, 383, 471, 481 6 

Electives 12 


Minimum of 36 


Related Courses 

The student is to select, with the advice and consent of his advisor, at least 
12 units of work in a field or fields supporting his interest in Geography 12 

Total 48 

Students intending to take graduate work in Geography should acquire a reading 
knowledge of at least one modern foreign language. 

TEACHING MINOR IN GEOGRAPHY 

The minor in Geography is intended as a second field for persons completing 
a major in another discipline in preparation for a teaching credential. It is designed 
to give a basic understanding of earth science and the geographic relationships 
helpful to the classroom teacher. The program gives a balance between the physical 
and social sciences. 


114 


Social Sciences 


Required Courses 

Geography 111, 121 and 343 
One course selected from: 

Geography 312, 323 and 353 
One course selected from: 

Geography 333, 383, 471 and 481 
Two courses selected from: 

Geography 363, 432, 433, 434, 435, and 436 and 438. 

Minimum units required 20 

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY 
Professors: Brown (Chairman), Langsdorf, * Povlovich 
Associate Professors: Beck, de Graaf, Toy,* Unterberger 

Assistant Professors: Bellot, Etue, Feldman, Giacumakis, Newby, Sailor, Williams 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN HISTORY 

The undergraduate major in History is designed to provide an understanding of 
the present through a careful study of the past. This major may be pursued to ful- 
fill various professional and cultural objectives common to a liberal ans program. 
It serves, especially, as a preparation for teaching, law, government, and other pub- 
lic services, and as the foundation for advanced study at the graduate level. 

The major is composed of a minimum of 24 units in the upper division, plus 
the basic courses in World Civilizations (History llOA-llOB) and United States 
History (History 170A-170B). The basic courses may also be used to meet general 
education requirements. Students majoring in History are encouraged to include in 
their lower division programs some work in such fields as Anthropology, Eco- 
nomics, Geography, Literature, Philosophy, Political Science and Sociology. 

Students intending to do graduate work in History should acquire a reading 
knowledge of at least one foreign language appropriate to the pursuit of advanced 
research in a field of History. 

The twenty-four (24) units of upper division courses required for the major 
must include: 

History 399: Historiography (3 units) 

Six (6) units in United States History 

Six (6) units in European History (from ancient Greece to modem times) 

Six (6) units in the History of Asia, Africa, and Latin America 

TEACHING MINOR IN HISTORY 

The teaching minor in History is composed of at least twenty (20) units in 
History exclusive of the general education requirements. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN HISTORY 

The program of studies leading to the Master of Arts Degree in History is 
composed of thirty (30) units approved by the graduate adviser.** Fifteen (15) 
units of graduate courses (500 level) must be taken including: 

History 501, Seminar in the Content and Method of History (3 units); 

History 590, History and Historians (3 units); and 

History 591, Thesis (3 to 6 units) 

Other course requirements include six (6) units in upper division or graduate 
work outside the History Department but related to the study pattern. 

* College Administrative Officer. 

Consult adviser relative to prerequisites. 


115 


California State College at Fullerton 

In addition, a reading knowledge of an appropriate foreign language and the 
completion of the Aptitude Test and the Advanced Test in History of the 
Graduate Record Examination are required. Prerequisite to this master’s degree is 
an undergraduate major in History with at least a GPA of 3.0 in upper division 
history courses. An oral examination on the thesis and course work offered for 
the degree will be given. Prior to the appointment of an official graduate adviser, 
the following steps must be completed: 

1. Admission to the college as an unclassified graduate student; 

2. Filing in the Office of Admissions of two official sets of transcripts of all 
collegiate and graduate work; and 

3. Submission of satisfactory results of the Graduate Record Examination. 

In consultation with his graduate adviser, the student will develop a proposed 
Study Plan. When approved by his graduate adviser and pursued satisfactorily 
the programmed work can lead to the Master’s degree, subject to the completion 
of all other requirements for the degree. 

Also see Procedures in Gradute Study, beginning on page 49. 

DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Professors: Hyink,* Mason (Chairman), Richardson 
Assistant Professors: Ashley, Bell, Cook, Foster, Kerschner 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 

The undergraduate major in Political Science prepares students for teaching, gov- 
ernment employment on the local, state and national level. Foreign Service, grad- 
uate work in Political Science, law school, or leadership in civic and political 
activities. Political Science is also of value to prospective special librarians and 
journalists. 

Unit and Course Requirements 

The major consists of 36 units in Political Science of which at least 24 units must 
be in the upper division, plus 12 units in related departments taken with the ap- 
proval of the adviser. These units are in addition to those meeting the general 
education requirements. Prospective majors are encouraged to take courses in 
Economics, Geography, History, Psychology, and Sociology. 

All majors are required to take: 

(1) Political Science 100, or 
Political Science 101 and 311; 

(2) Political Science 306; and 

(3) at least one course from each of the following Groups. 

Political Science Courses 

In each Group, the courses marked with (t) should be taken first. 

Political Theory 

t 341 Fundamental Principles of Political Theory 
t 342 Specific Problems in Political Theory 
440 Recent Political Thought 

442 American Political Thought 

443 Political Theories of Communist States 

College Administrative Officer. 


116 


Social Sciences 


Comparative Government 

t 331 Governments and Politics of Major Powers 

432 Government and Politics of Great Britain 

433 Government and Politics of Soviet Russia 

434 Government and Politics of France 

435 Government and Politics of Germany 

436 Government and Politics of Developing Societies 
443 Political Theories of Communist States 

453 Foreign Policy Formulation 

International Relations 

t351 International Relations 

451 Problems in International Relations 

452 American Diplomacy 

453 Foreign Policy Formulation 

454 The Soviet Union in World Affairs 

460 International Law 

461 The United Nations and Other Public International Organizations 
463 The International Relations and Problems of Latin America 

Public Administration 

t 3 1 1 State and Local Government 
t 320 Introduction to Public Administration 
416 The American Presidency 

420 Local Government and Administration 

421 Government Finance Administration 

422 Public Personnel Administration 

423 City Planning 

424 Regional Planning 

426 Government Organization and Management 
429 Government Internship 

American Politics 

1 311 State and Local Government 
t 312 Political Parties and Pressure Groups 
411 The Judicial Process 

413 Constitutional Law 

414 The Legislative Process 

415 Public Opinion and Political Behavior 

416 The American Presidency 

442 American Political Thought 

Public Law 

1 411 The Judicial Process 
413 Constitutional Law 

432 Government and Politics of Great Britain 

443 Political Theories of Communist States 
460 International Law 

The Department has no rigid concentration requirements. 

Each student will be assigned to a member of the Department for individual 
guidance and advice designed to prepare the student for his educational and pro- 


117 


California State College at Fullerton 


fessional objectives. Students planning on a career in the Foreign Service are en- 
couraged to take their elective units in American culture, geography, and history. 
Proficiency in a foreign language is strongly recommended for students planning 
on graduate work or the Foreign Service. A course in Statistics is advisable for 
others. 

The Public Administration program is designed to prepare students for public 
service careers with local, state and federal units of government. The program 
also provides the basis for graduate work for those interested in advanced degrees. 
Students, in addition to taking the essential courses, will have numerous oppor- 
tunities to study, observe, and serve as interns in governmental agencies in the area. 

The pre-Law student may work out an individual program in consultation with 
his adviser to meet the specific requirements for admission to the law school of his 
choice. Courses in related fields may include work in Anthropology, Economics, 
History, Psychology, and Sociology; also in accounting and report writing. 

TEACHING MINOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 

The teaching minor is composed of 21 units of Political Science, in addition 
to those meeting the general education requirements. All minors are required to 
take three courses from any one of the Groups listed above. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 

This degree is planned for the professional improvement of high school and 
junior college teachers, for government employees on the local, state, and national 
levels (including personnel in the military service), for students interested in ad- 
vanced graduate work toward the doctoral degree in Political Science, and for 
individuals interested in community and political leadership. It offers concentrations 
in: 

American Government, 

International Relations, 

Public Administration. 

Prerequisites 

Students desiring to enter the program must have an undergraduate major in 
Political Science equivalent to that required by the College, with a GPA of 3.0 
or better in upper division courses of the major. Each student’s background and 
record will be carefully evaluated. Satisfactory scores on the Aptitude Test and 
Advanced Test in Political Science of the Graduate Record Examination are 
required. Students concentrating in International Affairs must demonstrate a read- 
ing knowledge of an appropriate foreign language. While students may be admitted 
with limited subject or grade deficiences, these must be removed by completing 
adviser-approved courses in addition to those required for the degree, with at 
least a B average in political science courses. 

Program of Study 

Thirty units of adviser-approved graduate courses are required on the degree 
study plan. Of these, 15 will be in the area of concentration, 9 in other courses to 
broaden the background in Political Science, and 6 units in supportive courses in 
other social sciences or related fields. At least 15 units must be in 500 level courses. 
All programs will include courses in Poiltical Thought and Constitutional Law 
(if not taken previously), and Political Science 306 (Research Methods in Political 
Science). Three to six units may be granted for a project or thesis. A final com- 
prehensive examination is required. 


118 


Social Sciences 


Prior to the appointment of a graduate adviser, the following steps must be 
completed: 

1. Admission to the college as an unclassified graduate student; 

2. Filing in the Office of Admissions of two official sets of transcripts of all 
collegiate and graduate work; and 

3. Submission of satisfactory results of the Graduate Record Examination (s) . 

In consultation with his graduate adviser, the student will develop a proposed 
Study Plan. When approved by his graduate adviser and pursued satisfactorily the 
programmed work can lead to the Master’s degree, subject to the completion of 
all other requirements for the degree. 

Also see Procedures in Graduate Study, beginning on p. 49. 


DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY 

Professor: Schmidt (Chairman) 

Associate Professor: Levy 

Assistant Professors: Calhoun, Carlson, James 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN PSYCHOLOGY 

The major in Psychology consists of 36 units of lower and upper division work 
designed for students (1) who want a sound background in Psychology or a 
science, (2) who want a basic understanding of human behavior as a supplement 
to some other major course of study, and (3) those who wish to acquire a 
thorough undergraduate training in Psychology in anticipation of professional study. 


Requirements for the Major 

Lower Division: Units 

Psychology 101 Introductory Psychology 3 

Psychology 161 Elementary Statistics 3 

Psychology 202 Principles of Psychology 3 


Upper Division: In order to take upper division work, at least six units of Psy- 
chology (including Psychology 101) must have been completed in the lower 
division. In addition, a minimum of 27 units of upper division work constitutes a 
major in Psychology. Fifteen units are required as follows: 


Psychology 302 Experimental Psychology: Units 

Learning and Motivation 3 

Psychology 303 Experimental Psychology: 

Sensation and Perception 3 

or 

Psychology 321 Physiological Psychology 

Psychology 351 Social Psychology 3 

or 

Psychology 331 Psychology of Personality 

Psychology 461 Group Psychological Testing 3 

Psychology 408 History of Psychology 3 


A minimum of 12 additional units in Psychology courses will be selected in 
consultation with the academic adviser. 

^^commended Related Courses 

Courses from each of the following areas according to the student’s interests: 
w Social Sciences; (2) Physical Sciences; (3) Biological Sciences, preferably 
I ^ysiology; (4) Mathematics; (5) Humanities, such as Philosophy, and Literature. 


119 


California State College at Fullerton 


Students planning to do graduate work in Psychology are advised to plan addi- 
tional work in biological and physical sciences and to include at least a one-semester 
course in college mathematics. Undergraduate work in foreign languages is also 
recommended. 

DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY 

Professors: Davis (Chairman), Untereiner 

Assistant Professors: Faia, Ibrahim, Jacobson, Palisi, J. R. Smith, Works 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SOCIOLOGY 

The major in Sociology provides knowledge concerning the structure and func- 
tioning of human society. It may be applied in a wide range of situations in which 
the student may participate professionally or as a citizen. 

Unit Requirements 

The required minimum for the major is 42 units, in addition to those taken for 
the general education requirement, distributed as follows: 

Courses in Sociology 

Thirty units must be taken in Sociology, 24 in upper division courses. 
Sociology 201 is required, and 3 additional units are acceptable from lower 
division offerings. The minimum of 24 upper division units must include 
331 A, 33 IB, 341, 481, and at least one of the following: 436, 470, 473, 477. 

Minimum units 30 

Related Courses 

Twelve upper division units are to be taken in the related fields of An- 
thropology, Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, and Psychology, 
to be approved by the major adviser. 

Minimum units 12 

Minimum total units for the major 42 

The following suggestions will enable the student to work towards his own 
career objectives in selecting courses to meet the above requirements for the 
major in Sociology. 

(a) Courses suggested for preparation for graduate study in Sociology and careers 
in teaching or research: Sociology 348, 361, 371, 425, 436, 451, 473, 477, 480; 
Anthropology 201 A, 201B, 421; Economics 200A, 200B, 302, 303, 326; Geog- 
raphy 121, 471; History 401, 429, 486A-B; Philosophy 250, 331, 407; Political 
Science 312, 331, 341, 415; Psychology 331, 341, 431; a reading knowledge of 
at least one foreign language. 

(b) Courses suggested for those interested in immediate employment or graduate 
study in social work, corrections and related careers: Social Welfare, 31L 
351; Sociology 202, 371, 411, 413, 431, 436, 451, 465, 470; Anthropology 20lB, 
415; Economics 200A, 201; Geography 121, 471; Philosophy 310, 331; PsK' 
chology 341, 342; Political Science 311, 320, 420. 

(c) Courses suggested for careers in industry or government service, or for 
pre-law: Sociology 202, 361, 371, 411, 465, 470, 473; Anthropology 201B, 301. 
425; Economics 200A, 200B, 201, 326, 401; Geography 471, 481; History 
474, 475, 476; Political Science 320, 413, 414, 423, 436, 461; Psychology 
342 , 391 . 


120 


Social Sciences 


TEACHING MINOR IN SOCIOLOGY 

For teaching credential purposes a minor consists of 21 units in Sociology, dis- 


tributed as follows: 

201 3 credits 

202 or 411 or 431 3 credits 

341 or 451 3 credits 

477 or 480 or 481 3 credits 

Electives in sociology 9 credits 


21 credits 

(Recommend that courses be chosen from group “a” as listed above.) 

Social Welfare 

Students seeking employment or graduate study in social work should refer to 
paragraph (b) under the Sociology major if they plan to major in Sociology; but 
satisfactory preparation is also provided by other majors, such as Psychology, An- 
thropology, Economics, or Political Science. There is no major in social welfare, 
but two courses. Social Welfare 311: Welfare Institutions, and 351: Social Work 
Methods, provide an introduction to the field. 


121 


ANNOUNCEMENT 
OF COURSES 

AND 

FACULTY DIRECTORY 


FOR 1964-65 


GENERAL COURSE NUMBERING CODE 

100-299 Lower division courses of freshman and sophomore level, but open 
also to upper division students 

300-499 Upper division courses of junior and senior level. Those which are 
approved by the department may be included for credit in the master’s 
degree program. 

500-599 Courses on the graduate level 

700-799 Professional education courses in the postgraduate program. 

Note: The figure in parentheses following each course title indicates the number 

of semester units. F and S following the parentheses indicate that the course is 

planned for Fall and/or Spring semesters. 

PREREQUISITES 

Students are expected to meet stated prerequisites for all courses. However, in 
exceptional cases, and at the discretion of the division in which the course is taught, 
students may be allowed to meet prerequisites by examination. 

INDEPENDENT STUDY 

Under the Independent Study Program, the upper division student can pursue 
topics or problems of special interest beyond the scope of a regular course under 
the supervision of a faculty adviser. The work is of a research or creative nature, 
and normally culminates in a paper, project, comprehensive examination, or per- 
formance. Before registering, the student must get his topic approved by the pro- 
fessor who will be supervising independent study. The catalog number for inde- 
pendent study in all departments is 499. Independent study courses may be repeated, 
but 3 units is the maximum credit that may be earned in one semester. 

Independent Study is not limited to Honors students, but all those in the Honors 
Program are especially urged to undertake some of this work in the major field. 
The student who can be expected to profit from independent study has excep- 
tional initiative and persistence, and a desire to delve into some special project on 
his own. 


Accounting 


ACCOUNTING 

IN THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 

(Offered by the Department of Accounting and Finance) 

101 A,B* Elementary Accounting (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Accounting lOlA must be taken before taking Accounting lOlB. 
These courses are to be taken by sophomores to fulfill the core requirement in 
Accounting. 

Accounting concepts and techniques essential to the administration of a business 
enterprise; analyzing and recording financial transactions; preparation of financial 
statements; analysis and interpretation of financial statements; introduction to man- 
ufacturing accounts and reports. 

200. Elementary Accounting (5) F, S 

Prerequisite: Junior standing. This course is to be taken only by transfer students, 
with junior standing. Duplicates lOlA and lOlB. 

Accounting concepts and techniques essential to the administration of a business 
enterprise; analyzing and recording financial transactions; preparation of financial 
statements; analysis and interpretation of financial statements; introduction to man- 
ufacturing accounts and reports. 

300. Accounting Fundamentals (3) F, S (Open only to graduate students) 

The basic fundamentals of accounting as they apply to the accumulation, or- 
ganization, and interpretation of financial and quantitative data relevant to the 
activities of the corporate business enterprise. 

301A,B. Intermediate Accounting (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Accounting lOlB or 2(X). The quantification, recording, and presen- 
tation of balance sheet and income statement items with particular emphasis on the 
corporate type of organization; statement of application of funds; cash flow state- 
ment; basic concepts of accounting theory; interpretation of financial statements. 

302. Cost Accounting (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Accounting lOlB or 200. The development of accounting informa- 
tion for management of manufacturing enterprises; cost records; cost behavior and 
allocation; standard costs; and an introduction to cost control. 

303. Governmental Accounting (3) F 

Prerequisite: One course in Accounting. A consideration of the accounts and 
reports of non-profit institutions, municipalities, state and federal governments; 
organization, procedures, budgets. 

304. Managerial Accounting (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Accounting lOlB or 200. This course is intended for students whose 
area of concentration is not accounting. Analysis, interpretation, and application 
of accounting information for managerial decision-making; budgets and budgetary 
control; special-purpose reports; differential cost analyses. 

307. Distribution Costs (3) S 

Prerequisites: Accounting lOlB or 200, and Marketing 351. The development of 
quantitative measures for marketing activity; costs of distributing through dif- 
ferent channels of distribution, advertising vs. personal selling, and movement ac- 
tivities; development of sales budgets, standard costs, and the analysis of actual 
performance in the light of budgets and standards. (Same as Marketing 307.) 


125 


California State College at Fullerton 


308. Federal Income Tax (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Accounting 10 IB or 200. Basic consideration of the history, theory, 
and accounting aspects of federal income taxation. 

401. Advanced Accounting (3) S 

Prerequisite: Accounting 30 IB. A study of partnerships, statements for special 
purposes, receiverships, consolidated financial statements, branch accounting and 
foreign exchange. 

402. Auditing (3) S 

Prerequisites: Accounting 301B and 302. Nature of an audit, auditing standards 
and procedures, audit reports; professional ethics and responsibilities of the in- 
dependent public accountant; introduction to internal auditing. 

405. Industrial Accounting (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Accounting lOlB, or 200, or 300. 

This course is intended for students whose area of concentration is not account- 
ing. Accounting information for industrial management; elements of manufacturing 
cost; cost systems; standard costs; costs reports; distribution cost analysis. 

406. Cost Control (3) S 

Prerequisite: Accounting 302 or 405. A study of current and persistent problems 
in cost accounting; theories of cost allocation and absorption; flexible budgeting; 
responsibility accounting; and distribution cost control. 

407. Integrated Data Processing Systems (3) F 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, and the consent of the instructor. A survey of 
integrated systems for the collection, processing, and transmission of information; 
management aspects of the information service function; feasibility studies; intro- 
duction to programming; case studies of operating systems. 

408. Problems in Taxation (3) S 

Prerequisite: Accounting 308. Research in problems of taxation with emphasis 
on income taxes as they relate to corporations, partnerships and fiduciaries. 

409. C.P.A. Problems and Review (3) S 

Prerequisite: Accounting 401, or consent of the instructor. Selected problems and 
questions as found in the uniform C.P.A. Examination; preparation, analysis and 
revision of financial statements; assets, liabilities and ownership equities; income 
determination; cost accounting; governmental and institution^ accounting; ac- 
counting theory. 

499. Independent Study (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Senior standing and approval by the department chairman. Open 
to qualified undergraduate students desiring to pursue directed independent in- 
quiry. May be repeated for credit. 

501. Administrative Accounting (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Accounting 405, Finance 330, and consent of the instructor. Ac- 
counting, financial, and other quantitative data for managerial decision-making; 
long-term and short-term profit planning; budgetary control; cost analysis and 
special reports; financial analysis and planning; the financial and taxation aspects 
of business decisions. 


126 


Accounting; Anthropology 


502. Seminar in Accounting Theory (3) S 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of the instructor. The concepts 
and theory of accounting; the effects of professional, governmental, business, and 
social forces on the evolution of accounting theory. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

IN THE DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 
201 A. Introduction to Anthropology (3) F 

Basic scientific and historical orientations. Introductions to physical anthropology 
and archaeology. Man’s biological origins and development and his cultural pre- 
history in the Old World. 

201 B. Introduction to Anthropology (3) S 

Introduction to cultural anthropology. Includes such topics as: variations, inte- 
gration, and change in human cultures, and particularly preliterate ones; analysis 
of such institutional forms as economy, government, religion, art, and family; and 
a consideration of central problems of cultural comparison and interpretation. 

301. World Ethnography (3) F 

A general survey of the peoples of the world and a study of representative cul- 
tures with special reference to their situation in the history and geography of the 
world. 

321. The American Indians (3) F 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 201B or 301 or consent of instructor. Physical and 
cultural characteristics of the native peoples of the New World. Prehistory and 
the impact of contacts with the Europeans. Major tribes of all the Americas are 
included in an overview, but emphasis is placed on Indians of North and Central 
America. 

325. Peoples of South America (3) S 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 20 IB or 301 or consent of instructor. A cultural 
survey of South America. Description of selected cultures representative of differ- 
ent cultural areas before and after contacts with Western countries. 

328. Peoples of Africa (3) S 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 201B or 301 or consent of instructor. A cultural 
survey of Africa. Description of selected cultures representative of different cultural 
areas before and after contacts with Western and Asian countries. 

401. Anthropological Research Methods (3) F 

Prerequisites: Anthropology 201A-B and 6 additional units of anthropology or 
consent of instructor. The philosophy and methodology of science and history as 
they are expressed in anthropological research. Research planning, organizing, data 
collection and recording, categorization and interpretation of results, and reporting. 
P^ecent methodological developments. 

410. Language and Culture (3) S 

Prerequisites: Anthropology 201B or consent of instructor. The study of language 
a factor in culture. Introduction to anthropological linguistics with some lin- 
&^stic analysis of texts. Trends in the study of language and culture. 


127 


California State College at Fullerton 


415. Culture and Personality (3) S 

Prerequisites: Anthropology 201B, Psychology 331 or 351, or Sociology 341. 
Comparative study of the relationship between the individual and his culture. Child 
training in non-Western cultures. Survey of important concepts, studies, and re- 
search techniques. Changing viewpoints and new directions in culture-personality 
studies. 

421. Primitive Religions (3) S 

Beliefs and practices in preliterate religious systems; the forms, symbolism, and 
social and cultural roles of these systems. Includes such topics as magic, animism, 
art and religion, shamans and priests, and cults. 

425. Primitive Law and Government (3) F 

Consent of instructor. Sources of law-government in primitive societies; the 
cultural background of law; the functions and development of law and government 
in primitive polities; transitions to and comparisons with classical and modern legal 
and political systems. 

480. History of Anthropology (3) S 

Prerequisites: At least 12 units of Anthropology or consent of instructor. His- 
torical antecedents of modern anthropology. A systematic survey of the develop- 
ment of anthropology as a scientific field; an examination of the principal contribu- 
tions of leading anthropologists, past and present. Reinterpretations and emerging 
trends. 


499. Independent Study (3) F, S 

At least 15 units of Anthropology and consent of the adviser. Student selection 
of an individual research project involving either library or field work. There are 
conferences with the adviser as necessary, and the work results in one or more 
papers. May be repeated for credit. 


ART 

IN THE DIVISION OF FINE AND APPLIED ARTS 

100. Exploratory Course in Art (3) F, S 

Exploration and creative use of a variety of art materials, processes, and concept? 
Field trips required. Not open to art majors for credit except by permission of the 
Art Department. 

101. Introduction to Art (3) F 

A course for the general student designed to develop an understanding of 
torical and contemporary art forms. Illustrated with examples of painting, sculp- 
ture, architecture, and design. Field trips required. Not open to art majors 
credit except by permission of the Art Department. 

103. Two-Dimensional Design (3) F, S 

The inventive use of materials, tools, and elements of plastic organization as re* 
lated to a two-dimensional surface. 

104. Three-Dimensional Design (3) F, S 

The inventive use of materials, tools, and elements of plastic organization as 
lated to three-dimensional surfaces and forms. 

106A,B. Beginning Ceramics (3,3) F, S 

A basic course in the study of form as related to ceramic materials, tooh» 
processes, and concepts. 

128 


Art 


I07A/B. Beginning Drawing and Painting (3,3) F, S 

Beginning work in the creative use of the materials of drawing and painting with 
emphasis on visual concepts and use of medium, individual exploration, growth, 
planning and craftsmanship. 

111. Fundamentals of Art (3) F, S 

A comparative study of the elements of plastic organization in relation to per- 
;onal and cultural aesthetic expression and concepts. Fundamental art ideas, prob- 
ems of organization and structure, and terminology. Field trips required. 

n7A,B,C,D. Life Drawing (1, 1,1,1) F,S 

Drawing from the live model. 117B will include working from the model with 
:hree-dimensional materials. 

201 A,B. Art and Civilization (3,3) F, S 

A comparative survey of the basic ideas, forms, and styles of the visual arts as 
they developed in various cultures from prehistoric time to the present day. 

205A,B. Beginning Crafts (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Art 103 or Art 100. A study of form as related to the concepts, 
materials, and processes involved in the making of both two and three-dimensional 
art forms from wood, metal, plastics, and paper. 

207A,B. Drawing and Painting (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Art 117A,B; Art 107 A, B; Art 103, or the equivalents. An intensive 
study of devices and means for representing volume, structure, and character of 
objects. Emphasis in 207 A on the use of drawing materials in relation to man-made 
and nature objects and in 207B on the use of painting materials in relation to the 
t^ead and figure. 

216A,B. Beginning Sculpture (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Art 104. An introductory course in sculpture with emphasis on the 
'teative use of wood and metal, power equipment and hand tools. 

^23A,B. Lettering, Typography and Rendering (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Art 103, 107 A, 117A. A study of the history, design, and use of 
etter forms including techniques for rough and comprehensive layouts and the 
of both hand lettered forms and hand set type. 

^01. Western Art: Ancient to Classic (3) F 

study of the developments in art from pre-historic time to the classic period in 
^reek art. 

^02. Western Art: Classic to Renaissance (3) S 

Provides broad familiarity with the major styles of classic, medieval, and Russian 
Lectures, discussions and field trips. 

^®5A,B. Crafts (3,3) F, S 

prerequisite: Art 103 and 104, or 205A, or 100 and 432 or the equivalent. A study 
j evaluation of basic craft concepts, processes, and materials as they relate to the 
evelopment of utilitarian forms. 

®^A,B, Advanced Ceramics (3,3) F, S 

^f^^^^^quisite: Art 106A or 106B. Further experiences in the study and evaluation 
form as related to the creative use of ceramic concepts and materials including 
forming, glazing, and firing. 


129 


California State College at Fullerton 


307A,B. Advanced Drawing and Painting (3,3) F, S 
Prerequisite: one semester of drawing and one semester of painting. The study, 
evaluation, and creative use of the concepts and materials of drawing and painting 
with emphasis on individual exploration, growth, planning and craftsmanship. 

309. Art Techniques (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Art 100 or the equivalent. Creative use of a variety of drawing and 
painting materials. 

311. Western Art: Renaissance and Baroque (3) F 

Basic problems of painting, sculpture and architecture of the Renaissance and 
Baroque periods. Lectures, discussion, and field trips. Also recommended for hu- 
manities and history students. 

312. History of Art Since 1800 (3) S 

Art of the Nineteenth Century and its development into contemporary times. 

313A,B. Interior Design (3,3) S 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104, 107 A3- Development and projection of ideas in re- 
lation to the functional, social, and aesthetic problems involved in the design and 
planning of living spaces for homes and small offices. 

316A,B. Sculpture (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Art 205A,B. Theory, study and practice of basic sculpture processes 
using a variety of materials. 

317A,B. Advanced Life Drawing (3,3) F, S 
Prerequisite: three units lower division life drawing. Drawing and painting from 
the live model. 

323A,B. Advertising Design (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Art 103, 104, 107A,B. Development and projection of ideas in rela- 
tion to the technical, aesthetic, and psychological aspects of advertising art. 

333A,B. Industrial Design (3,3) (Offered in alternate years) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104 or 205A, 107A,B. Planning and designing of projects 
in relation to the technological, psychological, and social aspects of contemporary 
society. 

338A,B. Creative Photography (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Art 103 and Communication 218A, or its equivalent, or consent 
of the instructor. Photography as an art medium with emphasis on the creative 
use of photographic concepts, materials, processes and techniques. Field trips to 
be arranged. 

347A,B. Printmaking (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Art 107 A,B and Art 117A3,C. An introduction to concepts and ma- 
terials involved in printmaking including lithography, etching, woodcut, aquatint, 
monoprint and serigraphy. 

350A,B. Painting for Non-Art Majors (3,3) F, S 

Opportunities for students with little or no background in art to work creatively 
with various painting media both indoors and outdoors. 


130 


Art 


353A,B. Textile Design (3,3) (Offered in alternate years) 

Prerequisite: Art 100 or Art 103. The creative exploration and design of fabrics 
relative to the needs of apparel, furniture, architecture, and interiors using both 
printed and woven processes. 

380. Art and Child Development (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Art 100 and Education 311. The study and evaluation of art con- 
cepts, materials, and processes as they relate to and promote child development. 

401. Contemporary Art (3) F 

Fundamentals of modem painting, graphics, and photography. 

402. Contemporary Art (3) S 

Fundamentals of modern architecture, interior design, sculpture, and industrial 
design. Lectures, discussions, and field trips. 

411. Primitive Art: the Pacific Perimeter (3) F 

A study of the art of primitive groups and cultures in California and the Pacific 
Perimeter. 

412. Primitive Art: The Americas (3) S 

A study of the art of primitive groups and cultures in North and South America. 

421. Oriental Art: China (3) F 

A study of the historical development of the arts of China and their relation 
to Chinese philosophy and culture. 

422. Oriental Art: Japan (3)S 

A study of the historical development of the arts of Japan and their relation to 
Japanese philosophy and culture. 

453A,B« Display and Exhibition Design (2,2) F, S 

A course in the appropriate and creative use of materials, processes, and design 
concepts as they relate to the special problems involved in the planning and pre- 
paring of displays, exhibits, bulletin boards, wall cases, and art portfolios. 

4^1* Special Studies in Art History and Appreciation (1-3) F, S 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Opportunities for intensive study and 
evaluation in one area of art history and appreciation. 

483. Special Studies in Design (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Opportunity for intensive study in the 
design areas listed below. Each area listed may be repeated to a maximum of 8 units, 
no more than 3 units of credit may be obtained in any one area in a single 
semester. 

483a. Advertising Design (F, S) 

483b. Interior Design (S) 

483c. Design and Composition (F, S) 

483d. Display Design (F, S) 

483e. Textile Design (Offered in alternate years) 


6—34730 


131 


California State College at Fullerton 


485. Special Studies in Crafts (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Opportunity for intensive study in the 
craft areas listed below. Each area listed may be repeated to a maximum of 8 units, 
but no more than 3 units of credit may be obtained in any one area in a single 
semester. 

485a. Jewelry (5) 

485b. General Crafts (F, S) 

485c. Ceramics (F, S) 

485d. Weaving (Offered in alternate years) 

486. Special Studies in Sculpture (1-3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Art 316A,B and permission of the instructor. Opportunity for 
intensive study in the following sculptural processes: modeling, carving, fabrication 
and casting. May be repeated to a maximum of 8 units but no more than 3 units 
of credit may be obtained in a single semester. 

487. Special Studies in Drawing and Painting (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Opportunity for intensive study in the 
drawing and painting areas listed below. Each area listed may be repeated to a 
maximum of 8 units, but no more than 3 units of credit may be obtained in any 
one area in a single semester. 

487a. Painting (F, S) 

487b. Life Drawing (F, S) 

487c. Drawing (F) 

487d. Printmaking (F, S) 

500. Graduate Seminar in Art (3) F 

Selected advanced problems in art and art education. Each student will present 
research results in oral or written form. 

501. Graduate Seminar in Art History and Appreciation (3) F, S 

Directed research with emphasis on the relationship between historical back- 
grounds and developments in art and the student’s area of concentration. May be 
repeated to a maximum of 8 units. 

503. Graduate Problems in Design (1-3 units) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Intensive study with emphasis on planning, 
development, and evaluation of individual projects in the design areas listed below. 
May be repeated to a maximum of 8 units in each area, but no more than 3 units 
of credit may be obtained in any one area in a single semester. 

503a. Advertising Design (F, S) 

503b. Interior Design (S) 

503c. Design and Composition (F, S) 

503d. Display Design (F, S) 

503e. Textile Design (S) (Offered in alternate years) 

505. Graduate Problems in Crafts (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Intensive study with emphasis on planning, 
development, and evaluation of individual projects in the crafts areas listed below. 
May be repeated to a maximum of 8 units but no more than 3 units of credit may 
be obtained in a single semester. 


132 


Art, Art Education 


505a. Jewelry (S) 

505b. General Crafts (F, S) 

505c. Ceramics (F, S) 

506. Graduate Problems in Sculpture (1-3) F, S 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Intensive study with emphasis on plan- 
ning, development, and evaluation of individual projects in sculpture. May be re- 
peated to a maximum of 8 units but no more than 3 units of credit may be ob- 
tained in a single semester. 

507. Graduate Problems in Drawing and Painting (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Intensive study with emphasis on plan- 
ning, development, and evaluation of individual projects in the drawing and paint- 
ing areas listed below. May be repeated to a maximum of 8 units but no more than 
3 units of credit may be obtained in a single semester. 

507a. Painting (F, S) 

507b. Life Drawing (F, S) 

507c. Drawing (S) 

507d. Printmaking (F, S) 

598. Graduate Project or Thesis (3-6) F, S 

Prerequisite: Recommendation of the student’s graduate committee. Development 
and presentation of a thesis or creative project in the area of concentration beyond 
regularly offered course work. No more than 3 units may be taken in any one 
semester. 

ART EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF FINE AND APPLIED ARTS 

(Offered by the Department of Art) 

332. Industrial Arts for Elementary Teachers (2) F (Offered in alternate years) 

Prerequisite: Ed., Found. 311 or consent of the instructor. Creative selection, 
organization and use of materials and tools in construction activities. Includes cor- 
relation experiences with the social studies, science, and other units of work. 

360. Elementary School Crafts (2) S (Offered in alternate years) 

Studio activities and techniques of crafts appropriate to the elementary school. 
Strongly recommended for elementary teaching credential candidates. 

370A,B. Art Activity (2,2) F, S 

Opportunities to observe, analyze, and evaluate child growth in and through 
creative art experiences. 

429A,B. Arts and Crafts for Teaching Exceptional Chidren (2,2) (Offered in 
alternate years) 

Methods of using a variety of art materials and processes with emphasis on those 
experiences which meet the needs of retarded or handicapped children. 

442. Teaching Art in the Secondary School (2-3) F 

Prerequisites: Education Found. 311, Education Sec. 340, senior standing, or 
consent of the instructor. Objectives, methods, and materials for teaching art in 
secondary schools. Required, before student teaching, of students presenting ma- 
jors in art for the Standard Teaching Credential. Students without teaching ex- 
perience must register for three units credit, and must allow sufficient time 
their schedules, at the same hour each day, so they can serve as teacher aides 
secondary schools. 


133 


.S.S 


California State College at Fullerton 

749. Student Teaching in Art in the Secondary School (3,3) F, S 

See page 156 under Secondary Education for description and prerequisites. 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 

IN THE DIVISION OF SCIENCE, MATHEMATICS, AND ENGINEERING 
100. Principles of Biology (2) F, S 

An introduction to basic concepts of structures and function in living organisms 
and to modern biological problems. Required of all Biology majors. Concurrent en- 
rollment in Bio. Sci. 140 (3) or Bio. Sci. 160 (3) is suggested. (2 hours lecture per 
week.) 

140. Principles of Botany (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Bio. Sci. 100 (concurrent enrollment recommended). Emphasis will 
be placed on the dynamic aspects of botany although the traditional areas of 
morphology and classification will not be neglected. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab- 
oratory per week.) This course is designed to integrate with Bio. Sci. 100: Princi- 
ples of Biology. Required of all Biology majors. 

160. Principles of Zoology (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Bio. Sci. 100 (concurrent enrollment recommended). An introduc- 
tion to the principles of animal biology with special reference to the structure, 
classification, physiology, behavior and ecology of animals. This course is designed 
to integrate with Bio. Sci. 100: Principles of Biology. Required of all Biology ma- 
jors. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory per week). 

201. Field Biology (3) S 

Prerequisite: 1 year of biological science and/or permission of instructor. A 
course for non-majors designed to acquaint the interested student with the plant and 
animal life of this region. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory per week.) Several 
week-end field trips will be arranged to study different biotic communities. 

311. General Microbiology (4) F, S 

Prerequisite: 1 semester courses in biology and chemistry. An introduction to the 
study of the morphology, growth and physiology of the bacteria and other micro- 
organisms. A consideration of the role of microorganisms as agents of change in 
the natural processes important in health, industry and agriculture. (2 hours lecture, 
6 hours laboratory per week.) 

312. Genetics Lecture (3) S 

Prerequisite: 1 year of college biology or permission of the instructor. The gen- 
eral principles and modem developments in the study of heredity. (3 hours lecture 
per week.) 

312L. Genetics Laboratory (1) S 

Prerequisite: Bio.Sci. 312 (may be taken concurrently). (3 hours laboratory per 
week.) 

314. Readings in Biological Sciences (1) F 

Prerequisite: Bio. Sci. 100 or equivalent. Directed readings of classical and con- 
temporary biological literature with periodic group discussions concerning the 
methods and principles studied. This course is designed for the non-major. (3 hours 
activity per week.) 


134 


Biological Science 


342. Plant Anatomy (4) F 

Prerequisite: Bio. Sci. 140 or 1 year of college biology or equivalent. The origin, 
development, and maturation of leaves, stems, roots, and flowers of vascular plants. 
(2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory per week.) 

343. Plant Microtechnique (2) S 

Prerequisite: Biological Science 140 or permission of the instructor. Theory 
and practice of the preparation of plant cells, tissues and organs for microscopic 
study. (6 hours laboratory per week.) 

344. Plant Morphology (4) S 

Prerequisite: Bio. Sci. 140 or 1 year of college biology or equivalent. A study of 
the morphology and classification of the lower plant groups and a general survey of 
the major groups of plants exclusive of angiosperms and gymnosperms. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory per week.) 

361. Mammalian Anatomy and Physiology (4) S 

Prerequisite: 1 year of college biology or permission of instructor. Study of the 
structure and function of the human organism. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory 
per week.) 

362. Animal Histological Technique (2) S 

Prerequisite: 1 year of college biology or permission of instructor. Theory and 
practice of the preparation of animal cells and tissues for microscopic study. (6 
hours laboratory per week.) 

363. Wildlife and Conservation (3) S 

Prerequisites: Biological Science 140 and 160 or equivalents or permission of 
instructor. A study of the relationship of land, water and wildlife with an 
analysis of management techniques. Three hours lecture per week. 

400. Undergraduate Problems in Biology (1-3) F, S 

Open to advanced standing students in Biology by permission of a staff member 
only. May be repeated for credit. 

401. Biogeography (3) S 

Prerequisites: Biological Science 140 and 160 or equivalents or permission of 
instructor. A study of the present day distribution of plants and animals based 
upon classification, fossil records, morphology and geography. Three hours lecture 
per week. 

412. Cell Physiology and Metabolism (2) F 

Prerequisites: 1 year of college biology and 1 semester of organic chemistry or 
permission of the instructor. Characteristics of life at the cellular level; processes 
by which the cell obtains energy and material and forms new cell substances; con- 
trol of these processes by the cell; organization of structures and enzyme systems 
within the cell. (2 hours lecture per week.) 

412L. Cell Physiology Laboratory (2) F 

Prerequisite: Bio.Sci. 412. (may be taken concurrently). (6 hours laboratory per 
Week.) 

413. Pathogenic Microbiology (2) S 

Prerequisite: 1 semester of microbiology or bacteriology. Study of the biology 
of infectious disease: Mechanisms of microbial pathogenicity; host defenses; mode 
of action of antibiotics and other antimicrobial agents; characteristics of specific 
pathogenic bacteria, fungi and viruses. (2 hours lecture per week.) 


135 


California State College at Fullerton 


413L. Pathogenic Microbiology Laboratory (2) S 

Prerequisite: Bio. Sci. 413 (normally taken concurrently) or permission of the 
instructor. (6 hours laboratory per week.) 

414. Immunology (4) F 

Prerequisites: Biological Science 413 or equivalent, or permission of the in- 
structor. Study of the nature of antibodies and antigens, their role in immunity, 
and the specificity of their reactions. Laboratory experiments will show the ki- 
netics of antibody formation and the mechanisms of antibody-antigen reactions. 
Techniques in serodiagnosis will be performed. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours labora- 
tory per week.) 

424. Evolution (3) S 

Prerequisite: 1 year of college biology or permission of the instructor. A study 
of evolution, including the history of evolutionary thought; origin of universe, 
earth and life; geological and paleontological history of the earth; evidences for 
evolution derived from comparative anatomy, embryology, genetics, zoogeography; 
mechanisms of evolution. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

424L. Evolution Laboratory (1) S 

Prerequisite: Biology 424 (may be taken concurrently). (3 hours laboratory per 
week.) 

425. Marine Biology (4) F 

Prerequisites: Bio.Sci. 100 and Physical Science 201 or equivalent, or permission 
of the instructor. Physical and chemical aspects of the ocean as a background for 
the study of marine organisms and habitats, including a study of currents, tides, 
food cycles, productivity, biotic associations, succession, and communities. Habits, 
identification, ecology, methods of collecting, preserving and maintaining alive 
local marine algae, invertebrates, and fish. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory or 
field work per week.) 

436. Microbial Growth and Physiology (4) S (Planned for 1967) 

Prerequisites: 1 semester courses in microbiology and organic chemistry. An 
advanced treatment of the growth, physiology and structures of the microorgan- 
isms, with emphasis on study of the free-living bacteria, yeasts and molds. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory per week.) 

439. Microbial Ecology (2) S 

Prerequisite: 1 semester of microbiology or bacteriology. The interaction of 
microbes and their environment: the influence of physical and chemical factors on 
the distribution and activities of microbial populations; the effects of microbes on 
the living and nonliving environment. (2 hours lecture per week.) 

439L. Microbial Ecology Laboratory (2) S 

Prerequisite: 1 semester of microbiology; 439 is normally taken concurrently. 
Basic principles of microbial enrichment, selection and succession. On completion 
of the basic experiments each student will select and perform a field and laboratory 
study in microbial ecology. (6 hours laboratory per week.) 

441. Plant Taxonomy (4) S 

Prerequisite: Bio. Sci. 140 or 1 year of college biology or equivalent. An intro- 
duction to the study of classification of conifers and the flowering plants through 
field collecting and laboratory study and identification of representative kinds. (2 
hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory per week.) 


136 


Biological Science 


443. Plant Ecology (4) S 

Prerequisite: Plant Taxonomy 441. Relation of plants to their environment 
with emphasis on climatic and soil factors influencing their structure, behavior, 
and distribution. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory per week.) 

444. Plant Physiology (4) S 

Prerequisites: Bio. Sci. 140 or equivalent and 1 semester of organic chemistry or 
permission of the instructor. A study of plant growth, nutrition, food synthesis, and 
metabolism. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory per week.) 

445. Mycology (4) S 

Prerequisite: Bio. Sci. 140. A study of the comparative morphology and taxonomy 
of the fungi with an emphasis on morphological, physiological and reproductive 
characteristics demonstrating evolutionary relationships. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory per week.) 

452. Economic Botany (3) F 

Prerequisites: Biological Science 140 or permission of the instructor. An exami- 
nation of man’s dependence upon and economic interest in plants throughout the 
world. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

461. Invertebrate Zoology (4) F 

Prerequisites: Biological Science 160, or a year of college biology or permission 
of instructor. Evolution, classification, physiological adaptations, and biology of 
invertebrate animals. Includes dissection, identification and observation of living 
animals. 2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory or field work per week. 

463. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) F 

Prerequisite: A year course in general zoology or biology, or permission of the 
instructor. A comparative study of the chordates, with emphasis on morphology 
and evolution of various organ systems from fish through mammals. Includes thor- 
ough dissection of dogfish, Necturus, and cat. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory 
per week.) 

464. Embryology (4) F 

Prerequisite: A year course in general zoology or biology or permission of the 
instructor. Study of development from fertilization through organo-genesis with 
laboratory work on the frog, chick, and pig. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory 
per week.) 

465. Animal Ecology (4) F 

Prerequisite: Three semesters of college biology or permission of the instructor. 
A survey of the physical, chemical, and biological factors of the environment as 
they affect the distribution and mode of life of animals. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory per week.) 

467. Entomology (4) S 

Prerequisite: Biological Science 160, or a year of college biology or permission 
of instructor. Anatomy, physiology, evolution, and biology of insects and other 
terrestrial arthropods. Laboratory includes detailed dissection, collection, identifica- 
tion, and observation of living arthropods. 2 hours lecture, and 6 hours laboratory 
or field work per week. 


137 


California State College at Fullerton 


471. Natural History of the Vertebrates (4) S 

Prerequisites: 1 year of college biology; comparative vertebrate anatomy, or per- 
mission of the instructor. Natural history, behavior, distribution, and ecology of the 
vertebrates. Laboratory and field emphasis on identification, behavior, maintenance 
of living and preserved animals. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory or field work 
per week.) 

472. Parasitology (4) F 

Prerequisite: One year of general biology or permission of instructor. A con- 
sideration of the symbiotic relationships existing at all levels of animal organization. 
Emphasis will be placed on the natural history, biology, physiology, ecology and 
laboratory recognition of symbiotic organisms. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory 
per week.) 

500. Graduate Problems in Biology (1-3) F, S 

Open to graduate students only by permission of a staff member. May be re- 
peated for credit. 

501. Thesis (1-3) F, S 

May be repeated for a maximum of 6 units of credit. 

502. Seminar in Biology (2) F, S 

Open to graduate students only, by permission of the instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 

511. Seminar in Microbiology (2) F, S 

Open to graduate students only by permission of the instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 

516. Viruses and Virus Infections (4) S 

Prerequisite: A course in microbiology or bacteriology. A study of viruses as 
molecules, as living organisms and as infectious agents. Further consideration of 
virus infections of man, other animals, bacteria and plants; comparison of viruses 
with rickettsiae and other obligate parasites. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory 
per week.) 

540. Seminar in Botany (2) F, S 

Open to graduate students only by permission of the instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 

560. Seminar in Zoology (2) F, S 

Open to graduate students only by permission of the instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 

Courses in Business Administration and Economics appear under the following 
headings: Accounting, Business Education, Economics, Finance, Management, 
Marketing, Quantitative Alethods. 

The following two courses are offered in all departments: 

597. Project (3) F, S 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. 

598. Thesis (3-6) F, S 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. Student will 
select and have approved a thesis topic, show evidence of original research, and 
must present himself for a defense of the thesis before a faculty committee. 

138 


Business Education; Chemistry 


BUSINESS EDUCATION 

IN THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 

442. Teaching Business in the Secondary School (2-3) F 

Prerequisites: Education, Found. 311, admission to teacher education. Principles, 
methods, and materials of teaching business subjects in secondary schools. 

749. Student Teaching in Business in the Secondary School (6) F, S 

See page 156 under Secondary Education for description and prerequisites. 

CHEMISTRY 

IN THE DIVISION OF SCIENCE, MATHEMATICS, AND ENGINEERING 
100. Introductory Chemistry (5) F, S 

Prerequisite: One year of high school mathematics. A general education course 
in the fundamental principles of chemistry with emphasis placed on the chemistry 
of inorganic compounds. Does not apply as credit for majors in the physical or 
biological sciences or for minors in the physical sciences. (4 hours lecture and 3 
hours laboratory per week.) 

101A,B. General Chemistry (5,5) F, S 

Prerequisites: High school algebra and either high school physics or high school 
chemistry. The fundamental principles of chemistry with emphasis on the chem- 
istry of inorganic compounds. Quantitative methods are introduced during the 
second semester. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory per week.) 

201. Modern Physical Science (4 or 5) F, S. (See course description under Physical 
Science) . 

205. Glass Blowing (1) F, S 

Elementary training in the manipulation of glass leading to the construction of 
scientific glass apparatus. Enrollment limited with preference given to junior and 
senior physical science majors. (4 hours laboratory per week.) 

211. Quantitative Analysis (4) F 

Prerequisite: Two semesters of college chemistry. Stoichiometry and the funda- 
mentals of volumetric and gravimetric analysis. Students completing Chemistry 
10 IB with a grade of C or better will not receive credit. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory per week.) 

212. Quantitative Chemistry (4) S 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 101A,B (with a grade of C or better) or Chemistry 211. 
Modern analytical chemistry including contemporary wet chemical methods in 
aqueous and non-aqueous media and an introduction to instrumental methods of 
analysis in electrochemistry, spectrophotometry and radiochemistry. (2 hours lec- 
ture, 6 hours laboratory per week.) 

251. Elementary Organic Chemistry (4) F, S 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 100 or equivalent. A course for non-chemistry majors 
feigned to provide an introduction to the properties, methods of preparation, and 
reactions of the more important classes of organic compounds. (3 hours lecture, 
^ hours laboratory per week.) 


139 


California State College at Fullerton 

301 A,B. Organic Chemistry (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 10 IB or equivalent and concurrent enrollment in either 
Chemistry 302A,B or Chemistry 303A,B- A comprehensive course in organic chem- 
istry with emphasis on the modern theories of structure and reaction mechanism. 
(3 hours lecture per week.) 

302A,B. Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1,1) F, S 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in Chemistry 301 A, B- A course designed to 
give training in the basic techniques of the organic chemistry laboratory, including 
synthesis of typical aliphatic and aromatic compounds. (3 hours laboratory per 
week.) 

303A,B. Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2,2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in Chemistry 301A,B. Experiments illustrat- 
ing laboratory techniques, syntheses, and instrumental methods used in the modern 
organic chemistry laboratory. Recommended for Chemistry majors. (6 hours lab- 
oratory per week.) 

371 A,B. Physical Chemistry (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Calculus, college physics, and two years of college chemistry. A 
study of the fundamental laws and theories of chemistry. Thermodynamics, solu- 
tions, chemical and phase equilibra, electrochemistry, atomic and molecular struc- 
ture, and kinetics are covered. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

401. Organic Preparations (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 301 A,B or equivalent. Laboratory exercises using ad- 
vanced methods and techniques for the preparation of organic compounds. Li- 
brary work required. (6 or 9 hours of laboratory per week.) 

403. Characterization of Organic Compounds (4) F 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 301 A, B or equivalent. The identification of organic com- 
pounds as pure substances or in mixtures. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory per 
week.) 

411. Instrumental Analysis (4) F 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 212, 301 A, B or equivalent. Utilization of modem in- 
struments in the solution of analytical problems (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory 
per week.) 

421. Inorganic Preparations (2-3) F 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 212 and 301 A. Laboratory exercises in the preparation 
of inorganic compounds. Library work required. (6 or 9 hours laboratory per 
week.) 

425. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 101A,B or equivalent. Chemistry 301A3, and concurrent 
enrollment in Chemistry 371 A3- An introduction to molecular orbital theory, 
ligand field theory, mechanisms of inorganic reactions, the coordination chemistry' 
of transition metal complexes and organometallic compounds. (3 hours lecture 
per week) . 

431. Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) S 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 301A,B, Chemistry 371A and Chemistry 371B (or con- 
current enrollment). Theoretical aspects of organic chemistry with emphasis on 
the modern concepts of structure and chemical reactivity. (3 hours lecture per 
week.) 


140 


Chemistry; Communication 


441. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 371 A3. May be taken concurrently with Chemistry 
37 IB with the permission of the instructor. Laboratory exercises illustrating the 
physical principles of chemistry. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory per week.) 

451. Advanced Physical Chemistry (3) F 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 371A3. An introduction to the application of quantum 
mechanics and statistical mechanics in chemistry. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

461. Chemical Thermodynamics (3) S 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 371 A3 or equivalent. A study of thermodynamic prin- 
ciples and their application to chemical processes. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

472. Chemical Crystallography (3) S 

Prerequisite: 1 year each of college chemistry and physics or permission of the 
instructor. The fundamentals of crystallography, X-rays and X-ray diffraction, and 
crystal chemistry. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

475. Theory of Spectroscopy (3) F 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 371 A3 or equivalent. An introduction to the theory of 
the structures of the electronic spectra of diatomic and simpler polyatomic mole- 
cules, transition rules, group theory, and UV, IR, NMR, and Raman spectra. (3 
hours lecture per week.) 

491. Chemical Literature (1) F, S 

Prerequisite: Upper division standing. An introduction to the types and use of 
chemical literature. ( 1 hour lecture per week.) 

495. Senior Research (1-3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Consent of supervising instructor. Open only to students with a 
B average in chemistry. An introduction to the methods of chemical research 
through a research project carried out under the supervision of one of the Chemis- 
try Department faculty. May be repeated for credit. 

499. Independent Study (1-3) F, S 

Study of some special topic in chemistry, selected in consultation with the 
instructor and carried out under his supervision. May be repeated for credit. 

500. Research in Chemistry (1-6) F, S 

Prerequisites: Admission to graduate standing and prior arrangements with the 
instructor. Research in one of the fields of chemistry on an individual basis under 
the supervision of an appropriate faculty member. 

511. Theory of the Chemical Bond (3) S 

Prerequisite: One year of physical chemistry. An introduction to the principles 
of molecular formation, electronic configurations in ground states of molecules, 
resonance energies, electronegativity, bond energies, hybrid bonds, three center 
bonds, calculation of bond lengths, and ionization potentials. (3 hours lecture per 
Week.) 

COMMUNICATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 
^01. Reporting and Writing (3) F 

Introduction to news reporting and writing, with emphasis on news gathering, 
evaluation, and the principles of clarity and conciseness. Typing ability recom- 
oiended. 


141 


California State College at Fullerton 

102. Reporting and Writing (3) S 

Prerequisite: Communication 101 or permission of instructor. Concentration on 
writing of more advanced news stories and news features. Typing ability required. 

21 8A. Introduction to Photography (2) F, S 

An introductory lecture and laboratory course in photographic theory and the 
application of photographic principles. 

21 8B. Communications Photography (2) F, S 

A lecture and laboratory course applying photographic principles to the require- 
ments of mass communications. 

331. News Communication (3) F 

An introduction to the news communication media, with experience in news 
writing. Recommended for credential candidates. (Not open to students with 
credit in Communication 101-102.) 

332. Copy Editing (3) F 

Practice and theory of editing informational materials for publication in news- 
papers and magazines, and for presentation on radio and television. 

333. Mass Communication in Modern Society (3) S 

The basic structure and the interrelationships of newspapers, magazines, films, 
radio, television, in terms of their significance as social instruments and economic 
entities in modern society. 

334. Feature Article Writing (3) S 

Non-fiction writing for newspapers and magazines, including study of sources, 
methods, and markets. Open to non-majors. 

335. Reporting of Public Affairs (3) S 

Coverage in depth of significant events pertinent to operations of governmental 
units and related organizations. 

338. Newspaper Production (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. A lecture and activity course in which 
members of the class constitute the editorial staff of the College newspaper. The 
group meets four hours per week for critiques in news reporting, writing, editing 
and makeup, followed by production. With consent of insuuctor, the course may 
be repeated up to a maximum of 9 units credit. 

353. Advertising Copy and Layout (3) F 

Writing of copy and layout of advertisements, based on study of sales appeals, 
attention factors, and illustrations. 

358A,B. Publications Production (2/2) F, S 

A workshop for students engaged in the production of annual, quarterly, monthly, 
and other types of student publications, as scheduled by appropriate college authori- 
ties. Activities will include writing, editing, photography, art work, and layout. 

361. Theory and Practice of Public Relations (3) F 

Examination of basic principles of public relations and their application in non- 
commercial as well as commercial fields, including industry, education, government 
and welfare. 


142 


Communication; Comparative Literature 


371. Radio-Television News and Public AfFairs (3) S 

Theory and practice of covering news events and public affairs for radio and 
television. Student material will be prepared for broadcast locally. 

380. Introduction to Radio and Television (3) F 

The history and development of the broadcasting industry and its impjvct and 
influence on our society. A study of the basic broadcast practices, audiences, pro- 
duction, and programming. (Same as Drama 380.) 

401. Report Writing (3) F 

Planning, organizing and writing of various kinds of reports for business, educa- 
cation and government. Consideration will be given to use of graphic aids and 
preparation of copy for reports that are to be printed. Recommended for non- 
majors. 

403. Technical Writing (3) F 

The study of uses of technical writing in industry, science and engineering, and 
the completion of written assignments designed to test understanding of, and pro- 
vide experience with various forms. 

425. History and Philosophy of American Mass Communication (3) F 

The development of American mass communication beginning with newspapers 
and periodicals and continuing through radio and television. Includes ideological, 
political, social and economic aspects. 

426. World Press and Propaganda Analysis (3) F 

Examination of major news communication systems, both democratic and totali- 
tarian, and the means by which news and propaganda are conveyed internationally. 

427. Seminar on Current Issues in Mass Communication (3) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Consideration of problems such as the extent 
to which the mass media should be regulated by the government, “objective” 
versus “interpretive” news reporting, and ethical and legal questions of particular 
cases. 

439. Mass Media Internship (2) F, S 

According to his vocational preference, the student serves a supervised intern- 
ship with a newspaper, magazine, radio or television station, press association, adver- 
tising agency, or public relations firm. 

448A3* Special Projects in Mass Communications (2,2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Consent of the department chairman. Individually supervised mass 
media activities, on and off campus. Projects may involve newspapers, magazines, 
radio, television, and public relations agencies. 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

IN THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 
312. The Bible as Literature (3) F, S 

The evolution of major ideas and attitudes in the Old and New Testaments; the 
influence of the Hebraic-Christian tradition in shaping the values of Western 
civilization. 


143 


California State College at Fullerton 


315. Classical Mythology in World Literature (3) F 

The origins, elements, forms and functions of Qassical mythology in works from 
the earliest times to the present. 

332. Medieval Literature of Western Europe (3) S 

Representative works in translation, from Beowulf to Dante. 

333. Literature of the Renaissance (3) F 

Major phases of the Renaissance as a literary movement, from Erasmus to 
Montaigne and Cervantes. 

373. Masters of Russian Literature (3) S 

Reading, discussion, and interpretation of selected works by Pushkin, Dostoyev- 
sky, Tolstoy, Chekhov, Pasternak, and others, and their relationship to Western 
literature. 

375. Hispanic Literature and Culture (3) S 

A survey of Hispanic contributions to world culture, with emphasis on under- 
standing contemporary Latin American civilization. 

425. Oriental Literature (3) F 

A study of selected translations of Indian, Chinese and Japanese literature. 

453. The Novel in France and Germany (3) S (Formerly 353) 

Reading, discussion, and interpretation of outstanding novels in translation with 
a view toward determining some principles of the narrative arts. Emphasis on 
Goethe, Stendahl, Flaubert, Mann, Kafka, Proust, and others. 

473A,B. Analysis of Drama (3,3) F, S 

Reading, discussion and interpretation of great plays of the world in translation, 
emphasizing them as literature for performance. First semester from ancient Greece 
through the mid-nineteenth century; second semester, from Ibsen to the present. 
(Same as Drama 473A,B.) 

582. Graduate Seminar: Dante (3) S 


DRAMA 

IN THE DIVISION OF FINE AND APPLIED ARTS 
211. Introduction to Oral Interpretation (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Speech 101, a high school speech course, or consent of instructor. 
A fundamentals course devoted to theory, methods, and practice in the performance 
of oral communication of different types of literature. 

271. Introduction to Theatre Arts (3) F, S 

A study of the evolution of theatre, motion-pictures, radio and television as 
composite arts. Emphasis is placed on the visual and production aspects as influ- 
enced by different cultures, traditions, and technologies. Field trips to certain 
significant productions. 

272. Understanding Theatre (3) F, S 

A non-technical survey course for the general student leading to an appreciation 
and imderstanding of the theatre as a medium of communication and entertainment 
and as an art form. Field trips to certain significant productions. 


144 


Drama 


273A,B. Acting (3,3) f, 5 

Theories of style and the visual aspects of characterization appropriate to the 
demands of major world dramaturgy. Practice of techniques in the art of acting. 

276A,B. Beginning Stagecraft (2,2) F, S 

Theory and practice in the technical crafts of the theatre in the interrelation 
of the execution of design, construction, painting, makeup, lighting, and costuming 
the play. 

311. Oral Interpretation (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Drama 211 or consent of instmctor. The principles and practice of 
reading aloud from the printed page. Analysis of selections from prose and poetry 
are emphasized. The development of voice control and projection of idea and 
motion. 

314A,B. Reading Theatre (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Drama 211. Oral reading in which the emphasis is placed on group 
and individual reading of dramatic literature. The first semester will emphasize 
modern and contemporary dramatic literature and the second semester will include 
selections from the Elizabethan, Renaissance and Romantic periods. 

364. Seminar in Play Writing (3) S 

Prerequisite: Evidence of student’s previous interest in creative writing and con- 
sent of the instructor. Study of superior models, development of style, and group 
criticism and evaluation of each student’s independent work. (Same as English 
364.) 

373A,B. Advanced Acting (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Drama 273A,B- A study of historical theories and techniques of 
styles of acting as an art form. The first semester will include Greek through 
Neo-classic periods and the second semester will include the 18th century to con- 
temporary styles. 

374A,B. Dance Theatre and Production (2,2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Physical Education 143 or the equivalent or consent of instructor. 
Theory and practice of creative and expressive movement in relation to the theatre 
and dance production. 

376A,B. Stagecraft (2,2) F, S 

Technical theatre practices including study of design, equipment, construction, 
scene painting, stage make-up, lighting, and costuming. Experience is provided in 
the actual mounting of plays. 

377A,B. Costume and Makeup (2,2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Stagecraft 3 76 A or permission of instructor. Principles and theory 
of costume and makeup for stage and television including both historical and con- 
temporary techniques and application. 

378A,B. Experimental Theatre (3,3) F, S 

An activity course in which dramatic principles are applied through production 
of full length and one-act plays using various styles of acting and staging. Oppor- 
tunities are given for student directors to prepare and to present experimental 
productions for invited audiences. 


145 


California State College at Fullerton 


379A,B. Play Production (3,3) F, S 

Theory and practice in the rehearsal and performance of various types of dra- 
matic works. Entire production and group scenes are prepared for invited audiences 
and for the general public. 

380. Introduction to Radio and Television (3) F, S 

The history and development of the broadcasting industry and its impact and 
influence on our society. A study of the basic broadcasting practices, audiences, 
production and programming. (Same as Communication 380) 

382. Television Techniques (3) F, S 

Survey of the development and current trends in television techniques, pro- 
gramming, and production. 

383. Radio and Television Writing (3) S 

Study of the principles and practices and experience in the writing of scripts 
and other forms of continuity for both radio and television. 

402. Dramatic Activities for Children (3) F, S 

Theory and practice in the use of creative dramatics, storytelling, puppetry, 
assembly programs, role-playing, and other aspects of dramatics as tools for the 
teacher, group worker, recreation major, and others who work with children. 

470A,B. Directing (3,3) F, S 

Theory and practice in the directing of scenes and one-act plays under faculty 
supervision. With consent of the department, a second semester student may direct 
a three-act play. 

473A,B. Analysis of Drama (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Upper division standing. Reading, discussion and interpretation of 
great plays of the world in translation, emphasizing them as literature for perform- 
ance. First semester, from ancient Greece through the mid-nineteenth century; 
second semester, from Ibsen to the present. (Same as Comparative Literature 
473A,B) 

474. Special Studies in Dance Theatre and Production (1-3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Drama 374A,B or the equivalent and consent of instructor. Oppor- 
tunity for intensive study in theory and practice in Dance Theatre and Production. 
May be repeated to a maximum of eight units but no more than three units of 
credit may be obtained in a single semester. 

475A,B. History of the Theatre (3,3) F, S 

Development of the physical stage, styles of acting, makeup, costuming types, 
and forms of drama from ancient to modern times. (A) From Ancient Greece 
through the mid-nineteenth century; (B) From Ibsen to the present including his- 
tory of theatre in America. 

499. Independent Study (1-3) F, S 

Open to advanced students in Drama with the consent of the department chair- 
man. May be repeated for credit. 


146 


Drama Education; Economics 


DRAMA EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF FINE AND APPLIED ARTS 
(Offered by the Department of Drama) 

442. Teaching Drama in the Secondary School (2-3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Education Found. 311, Education Sec. 340, senior standing, ad- 
mission to Teacher Education, or consent of instructor. Objectives, methods and 
materials for teaching drama in secondary schools required before student teaching 
by majors in drama for the Standard Teaching Credential with Specialization in 
Secondary Teaching. Students without teaching experience must register for three 
(3) units of credit and must allow sufficient time in their schedules at the same 
hour each day so that they can serve as teacher aides in secondary schools. 

484. Educational Television Production (3) F, S 

Theory and practice in the activities, methods of lesson preparation, and presenta- 
tion of educational television productions. 

749. Student Teaching in Drama in the Secondary School (6) F, S 

See page 156 under Secondary Education for description and prerequisites. 

ECONOMICS 

IN THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 
100. American Economic History (3) F, S 

The evolution of American economic institutions and their relation to the devel- 
opment of industry, commerce, transportation and finance. 

200. Principles of Economics (5) F 

An introduction to the principles of economic analysis and policy including the 
central problem of scarcity, basic economic institutions of the United States, re- 
source allocation and income distribution, economic stability and growth, and the 
role of public policy. Open only to junior transfers. 

200A. Principles of Economics (3) F, S 

The first half of a two-semester sequence. An introduction to the principles of 
analysis and policy including the central problem of scarcity, basic economic insti- 
tutions of the United States. Emphasizes economic stability and growth and the 
role of public policy. 

200B. Principles of Economics (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Economics 200A, or equivalent. The second half of a two-semester 
sequence. Continuation of an introduction to the principles of economic analysis 
and policy. Emphasizes resource allocation and income distribution, international 
economics, comparative economic systems, and the role of public policy. 

201. The American Economy (3) F, S 

A survey of the basic economic concepts and processes of a private enterprise 
economy. Included is a consideration of such topics as resource allocation, income 
distribution, problems of economic stability and growth and the appropriate role 
of government in a private enterprise society. Not open to students majoring in 
Business Administration and Economics. 

300. Basic Economics (3) F, S (Open only to graduate students) 

A concentrated study of the principles of economic analysis and policy and the 
basic economic institutions of the United States. 


147 


California State College at Fullerton 


302. Intermediate Economic Analysis (3) F 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200A3» or 201, or 300, or equivalent. A theo- 
retical formulation of the principles of the determination of prices and output of 
goods and productive services in a market system. 

303. Intermediate Economic Analysis (3) S 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200A,B, or 201, or 300, or equivalent. A theo- 
retical formulation of the principles of the determination of the level and fluctua- 
tions in real and money income, and the forces underlying economic growth. 

322. European Economic History (3) F 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. The evolution of European economic 
institutions and their relation to the development of industry, commerce, trans- 
portation, and finance in the principal European countries. 

324. Money and Banking (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200A,B, or 201. A study of the structure and 
operation of commercial banks and financial institutions including a consideration 
of the impact of money and capital market developments on economic activity. 
(Same as Finance 324.) 

326. Labor Economics (3) F 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200 A,B, or 201. An analysis of the basic eco- 
nomic and institutional influences operating in labor markets. Considers relevant 
aspects of resource allocation, income distribution, economic stability, and growth. 

362. Introduction to Econometrics (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Q.M. 361 (to have been taken or being taken concurrently) and 
Economics 200 A,B. An introduction to basic mathematical tools and their applica- 
tion in economic analysis. The measurement and verification of economic relation- 
ships by statistical methods. Consideration of some econometric models. (Same as 
Quantitative Methods 362) 

401. Government and Business (3) S 

Prerequisites: Economics 200, or 200 A,B, and 302. An economic study of busi- 
ness organization, conduct and performance followed by an analysis of the ra- 
tionale and impact of public policy on various segments of business and business 
activities, including the regulated industries, sick industries, and antitrust policy. 

402. Monetary and Fiscal Policy (3) F 

Prerequisites: Economics 200, 303. A study of the techniques of monetary and 
fiscal policy and an appraisal of their relative roles in promoting economic stability 
and growth. 

403. Comparative Economic Systems (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Economics 200, 200 A, B, 300, or consent of the instructor. An ana- 
lytical comparison of unplanned and planned systems of economic organization as 
to their theoretical foundations, existing economic institutions, and achievements and 
failures; capitalism, socialism, communism, and fascism will be examined as exempli- 
fied by the United States, England, Russia and pre-war Germany. 

404. The Soviet Economy (3) S 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200 A,B, or 201. An analytical evaluation of 
Soviet economic development including the structure and performance of the 
Soviet economy and problems of planning and control. 


148 


Bconomies; Clementary Education 


405. History of Economic Thought (3) S 

Prerequisites: Economics 302, 303. A study of the development of economic 
thought as reflected in the evolution of major schools of thought and of leading 
individual economists as they influenced economic thought and policy. 

421. International Trade (3) F 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200 A,B, or 201. An examination of the theory 
of international trade and the means and significance of balance of payments ad- 
justments, with an analysis of past and present developments in international com- 
mercial and monetary policy. (Same as Marketing 421) 

431. Economic Development: Analyses and Case Studies (3) S 

Prerequisites: Economics 200, or 200 A,B, or 201, and consent of instructor, or 
equivalent. An examination of the processes of economic growth with special 
reference to developing areas. Considers capital formation, resources allocation, 
relation to the world economy, economic planning, and institutional factors, with 
appropriate case studies. 

451. Economics of Taxation (3) S 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200 A,B, or 201. A study of government finance 
at the federal, state, and local levels with particular reference to administrative 
problems of public finance, the ethical aspects of taxation, and the impact of tax- 
ation and spending on resource allocation and income distribution. 

452. Economics of Location (3) S 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200 A,B, or 201. The theory and principles un- 
derlying the location of economic activity. 

499. Independent Study (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Economics major or concentration, senior standing and approval 
by the department chairman. Open to qualified undergraduate students desiring 
to pursue directed independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

510. Competition, Monopoly, and Public Policy (3) S 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 300, or 302. An examination of the economic im- 
plications of various forms of market structure and business conduct and con- 
siders the application of public policy to various segments of business and business 
activities, including antitrust policy and regulation of business. 

511. Economic Problems and Public Policy (3) F 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 300, or 303. An examination of the nature and 
implication of the major economic problems facing the economy and an evaluation 
of current and alternative policies for their solution. Problems considered will 
include price level stabilization, balance of payments equilibrium, economic growth, 
and cyclical and technological unemployment. 

EDUCATION, ELEMENTARY 

IN THE DIVISION OF EDUCATION 
331. Elementary School Principles, Curricula, and Methods (8) F, S 

Prerequisites: Educ. Found. 311, Engl. 433, Art 380, Music 333, P. E., 333, Math. 
Ed. lOOA, and admission to teacher education. Principles, curricula, methods, and 
materials of elementary school instruction, with major emphasis on reading, lan- 
guage arts, arithmetic, social studies, and science. Includes audio-visual instruction, 
methods, and techniques. Required field work. Reauired of all candidates for the 


149 


California State College at Fullerton 

9 

Standard Teaching Credential with Specialization in Elementary School Teaching 
or its equivalent. (6 hours lecture, 2 hours activity, and 3 hours laboratory per 
week.) 

339. Student Teaching in the Elementary School and Student Teaching Seminar 
(8) F, S 

Prerequisites: Educ. Elem. 331 and admission to student teaching. Participation 
in a regular elementary school teaching program for the greater part of every 
school day. Includes a two-hour seminar each week in problems and procedures 
of elementary school teaching. Concurrent enrollment in other professional edu- 
cation courses is discouraged. 

431. Principles and Curricula of the Elementary School (2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Educ. Elem. 311 or consent of the instructor. An introductory 
course in elementary education. Stress on major principles and basic curricular 
considerations. Importance of the elementary school system to society. 

432. Teaching— in the Elementary School 

Prerequisites: Educ. Elem. 311 or consent of the instructor. A series of courses, 
listed dually in the Division of Education and in the other appropriate divisions, 
dealing with objectives, methods, and materials of teaching the various subjects and 
areas in the elementary schools. The courses are professional education courses and 
applicable toward credential requirements. Detailed descriptions of the courses are 
to be found in the materials of other departments and divisions within this catalog. 

For. Lang. Ed. 432. Teaching Foreign Languages in the Elementary Schools (2) 
F,S 

The following courses have been designed specifically for students who are 
part-time students: 

Educ. Elem. 432R. Teaching Reading in the Elementary School (2) F, S 
Eng. Ed., 432. Teaching Language Arts in the Elementary School (2) F, S 
Math. Ed. 432. Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary School (2) F, S 
Sci. Ed. 432. Teaching Science in the Elementary School (2) F, S 
Soc. Sci. Ed. 432. Teaching Social Sciences in the Elementary School (2) F, S 

432R. Teaching Reading in the Elementary School (2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Educ. Found. 311 or consent of the instructor. Reading process, 
sequential developqient of reading skills, relationship of developmental reading to 
child growth and development, and place of reading in the culture. 

437. Problems in Early Elementary Education (3) S 

Prerequisites: Educ. Elem. 339 and consent of instructor. Study of current litera- 
ture and recent research in the area of education of young children through indi- 
vidual and group study. Emphasis will be placed on problems centered in cog- 
nitive processes, content structure and instruction at the early elementary edu- 
cation level. 

473. Mental Retardation: Educational Development (3) F 

Prerequisite: Educ. Sch. Serv. 471. Organic and cultural basis of mental retarda- 
tion, including social, psychological, and vocational problems. Child growth, sensory 
development, learning characteristics of mentally retarded, and techniques of work- 
ing with parents will be considered. 


ISO 


Elementary, Foundations of Education 


474. Curriculum and Methods for Teaching the Mentally Retarded (3) S 

Prerequisite: Educ. Elem. 473. Curriculum development, methods, and materials 
for teaching the educable and trainable mentally retarded at the elementary and 
secondary levels. 

475. Observation and Individual Instruction with the Mentally Retarded (3) F 

Prerequisite: Educ. Elem. 474. Supervised observation and participation with the 
educable and the trainable mentally retarded at both the elementary and secondary 
levels of education. Three hours of observation and participation per week plus 
one and one-half hours of lecture and discussion. 

481. Analysis of Reading Difficulties (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Educ. Elem. 339 or 739 and consent of the instructor. Analysis and 
diagnosis of reading difficulties. Psychological bases of the reading process. Tech- 
niques and methods of prevention and treatment. 

537. Seminar for Elementary Education (3) S 

Prerequisite: Educ. Elem. 339 or 739 or consent of the instructor. Persistent 
problems in elementary education and survey of literature; causes and solutions 
for these related problems. Application of scientific method to educational prob- 
lems, sources of education research, and to techniques of cooperative thinking. 

739. Student Teaching in the Elementary School and Student Teaching Seminar 
(8) F, S 

Prerequisites: Educ. Elem. 331, admission to student teaching, and postgraduate 
status. Participation in a regular elementary school teaching program for the 
greater part of every school day. Includes a two-hour seminar each week in prob- 
lems and procedures of elementary school teaching. Concurrent enrollment in 
other professional education courses is discouraged. 

779. Student Teaching With Mentally Retarded Pupils (4) S 

Prerequisites: Educ. Elem. 475 and Educ. Elem. 339 or 739 or Educ. Sec. 749. 
Student teaching in a special class program for the educable or trainable mentally 
retarded at either the elementary or secondary level. 

EDUCATION, FOUNDATIONS 

IN THE DIVISION OF EDUCATION 

301. Social Foundations of Education; Historical, Philosophical Foundations of 
Education (4) F, S 

Prerequisite: Admission to teacher education or consent of the instructor. Survey 
of social, historical, and philosophical foundations of education from ancient 
times to the present, discussed in the light of their effect upon modern educational 
theory and practice. 

311. Psychological Foundations of Education (4) F, S 

Prerequisite: Psych. 101. Prerequisite to other courses in the professional edu- 
cation sequence. Learning theory, thinking processes, and human growth and de- 
velopment. 3 units lecture; 1 unit activity. 

312. Human Growth and Development (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Psych. 101. A comprehensive study of human growth and develop- 
nient with emphasis on childhood, adolescence, and middle and old age. Includes 
mental, social, emotional, and physical development. 


151 


California State College at Fullerton 

402. Comparative Education (3) F 

Prerequisite: Educ. Elem. 331 or Educ. Sec. 442 or consent of the instructor. 
A study of (1) problems, factors and efforts in education throughout the world, 
and (2) the philosophies and practices in administration, control, financing and 
operation of educational systems of selected areas and countries. 

403. History of Education (3) F 

Prerequisites: History of World Civilization and Educ. Elem. 331 or Educ. Sec. 
442 or consent of the instructor. The main streams of educational history in 
Europe and America, with particular emphasis on the ways these main streams 
have affected the current scene in the United States. 

406. Educational Sociology (3) S 

Prerequisite: Educ. Elem. 331 or Educ. Sec. 442, or consent of the instructor. The 
school in the social order; analysis of cultural factors affecting school, and the 
special culture of the school; consideration of research in selected areas of the 
school-culture relationship. 

501. Philosophy of Education (3) S 

Prerequisites: Postgraduate standing and Educ. Elem. 339 or 739 or Educ. Sec. 
749, or consent of the instructor. Uses of theories of knowledge, value and reality 
in dealing with educational problems; application of contemporary systems of 
thought to education. 

503. Foundations for Educational Leadership (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. The cultures and values to which schools 
must contribute: introduction to community sociology, tax systems and public 
administration; the literature of leadership. Screening for admission to program. 
Occasional special meetings. Required of all students during first registration in 
school administration and supervision at this college. 

505. Foundations for Improving Instruction (4) F, S 

Prerequisite: Educ. Found. 503. The development of a quality program of in- 
struction in both elementary and secondary schools; appraisal of programs of 
instruction; advanced principles of curricular review and modification. 

Evaluation of subject matter competence in area of supervisory specialization. 
Meets credential requirements in principles of curriculum construction and evalua- 
tion; supervision of instruction and curriculum in both elementary and secondary 
schools. 

511. Survey of Educational Research (2) F, 5 

Prerequisites: Educ. Sch. Serv. 451 or equivalent; teaching experience. Review 
of descriptive statistics as applied to educational problems. Survey of elements of 
current research types. Principles of research design. 

721. Philosophy and Objectives of Junior College Education (2) F 

Prerequisite: Postgraduate standing or consent of instructor. Origins of the 
junior college movement in higher education in the United States; economic, tech- 
nological, and social forces creating needs for new and different post-high school 
education; objectives of junior college education; relationships to secondary and 
higher education; functions of the junior college; curriculum development and 
organization; and instructional procedures in junior college teaching. 


152 


Education, School Services 


EDUCATION, SCHOOL SERVICES 

IN THE DIVISION OF EDUCATION 
351. Principles of Guidance (2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Psych. 311 or Educ. Found. 312. Guidance related to educational 
objectives and needs of youth. Special needs created by size and complexity of the 
modem educational system and modem society; general requirements, services, 
organization, and structure of a successful guidance program. 

451. Principles of Educational Measurement (2) F, 5 

Prerequisite: Educ. Found. 311 or Psych. 311. Development, validation, and appli- 
cation of the principles of educational measurement. Construction and use of in- 
formal and standardized achievement tests. Summary and interpretation of results 
of measurement. 

452. Counseling Theories and Processes (3) ¥, 5 

Prerequisites: Psych. 342 or Educ. Sch. Serv. 351. Introduction to counseling. 
Dynamics of counselor and client, techniques and processes of various levels, and 
relation to personality theory. Major project required. Student seeking the creden- 
tial to teach exceptional children will emphasize the counseling and guidance of 
the handicapped. 

471. Exceptional Children (3) F, 5 

Prerequisites: Educ. Found. 311 and Educ. Elem. 331, or Educ. Elem. 431, or 
Educ. Sec. 442. Study of children who deviate from the average in the elementary 
and the secondary schools; physically handicapped, mentally retarded, gifted, 
socially maladjusted, emotionally disturbed, and delinquent. Special educational 
services, curriculum, procedures, and materials necessary to promote their maximum 
development. 

472. Gifted Children (2) F 

Prerequisites: Educ. Found. 311 and Educ. Elem. 331, or Educ. Elem. 431, or 
Educ. Sec. 442. Identification, principles of instruction, grouping, individualized 
instruction, classroom enrichment. Problem solving and research experiences in 
science, social studies, and mathematics, reading programs and literature, creative 
writing, oral language. 

491. Audio-Visual Education (2) F, S 

Prerequisites: Educ. Found. 311, Educ. Sec. 442, or consent of the instructor. 
Media in communication, psychological bases, development, curricular function, 
evaluation. Survey of equipment and materials available, preparation of instructional 
materials for classroom use. Includes laboratory. 

499. Independent 5tudy (1-3) F, 5 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing, approval of instructor and department 
prior to registration. Conduct of an individual investigation under supervision of 
a faculty member; investigation might be an experiment, a library study, or a cre- 
ative project; only students of demonstrated capacity and maturity will be 
approved; adequate prerequisite study necessary. May be repeated for credit. 

551. Educational and Career Orientation (3) F, 5 

Prerequisite: Educ. Sch. Serv. 452 or permission of instructor. Principles of eval- 
uating, classifying, and disseminating occupational and educational information in 
the guidance program; sources of occupational literature, occupational research, 
vocational surveys, and individual assessment for potential occupational choice. Em- 
phasis on the psychological and sociological implications of career and educational 
choice. 


153 


California State College at Fullerton 


552. Group Processes in Guidance (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Educ. Sch. Serv. 452 or permission of instructor. Intensive study of 
dynamics of group process, leadership, role playing, sociometric techniques, and 
group counseling. 

553. Administration and Organization of Pupil Personnel Programs (3) S 

Prerequisites: Educ. Sch. Serv. 452, 551 or permission of instructor. Development, 
organization, and administration of the pupil-personnel services. Analysis and eval- 
uation of pupil personnel services by the case study method, curriculum, counselor 
competencies, staffing. 

554. Laws Relating to Child Welfare (2) S 

Prerequisite: Educ. Sch. Serv. 452 or permission of instructor. Study of state, 
federal, and local laws affecting the child. Educational and statutory regulations 
will be covered in detail. 

555. Individual Diagnosis (3) F, S ** 

Prerequisites: Educ. Sch. Serv. 451, 452. Intensive study of the techniques of 
individual diagnosis including the synthesis and interpretation of information. Case 
study and case conference approach to diagnosis. 

557A,B. Seminar in School Counseling (1/1) F, S 

Prerequisite: Educ. Sch. Serv. 559A or concurrent enrollment in Educ. Sch. 
Serv. 559B and consent of instructor. Final nvo-semester terminal sequence for the 
Master of Science in Education with a concentration in school counseling. In- 
cludes terminal project for the degree. 

559A/B. Field Work in Pupil Personnel Services (2-6) F, S 

Prerequisite: Educ. Sch. Serv. 551, 552, 555, acceptance into the CSCF Pupil 
Personnel Credential Program and permission of instructor. Guidance and counsel- 
ing in the school setting under the supervision of local coordinator and college 
staff. Work assignments vary for school counselors, psychometrists, and child 
welfare workers. Work in a counseling relationship, parent conferences, and 
follow-up studies may be repeated for credit up to a maximum of 12 units. 

561. Organization of School Systems (3) F, S (formerly 561a) 

Prerequisite: Educ. Sch. Serv. 503. Structure, functions, trends, fiscal responsi- 
bilities and issues in respect to the government of education at federal, state, county 
and local district levels. Emphasis on intergovernmental relations and impact at 
local level. 

563. Principles of School Personnel Administration (2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Educ. Sch. Serv. 503. Principles of organizational behavior, social 
processes inherent in effective leadership, and techniques of school personnel 
management. 

566. The Elementary School Principal and Supervisor (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Educ. Sch. Serv. 503, 505, 511, 561, 563. May be taken concurrently 
with Educ. Sch. Serv. 569. Leadership roles of elementary school principal and 
supervisor, pupil personnel and instructional program in elementary school; work- 
ing relations and morale among staff, community and pupils; parent education; 
relations with central district staff; management and record keeping functions; 
teacher evaluation. Meets credential requirement. 


154 


Education, Secondary 


567A/B. Field Work and Seminar in School Administration (2,2) F, S 

Prerequisites: Educ. Sch. Serv. 566 or 586 or concurrent registration, and consent 
of instructor. Two-semester terminal sequence required for the MS in Education 
with a concentration in school administration. Includes directed field work in 
selected public schools and district offices. Meets credential requirement. 

586. The Secondary School Principal and Supervisor (3) F, S (formerly 566s) 

Prerequisites: Educ. Sch. Serv. 503, 505, 511, 561, 563. May be taken concurrently 
with Educ. Sch. Serv. 589. Leadership roles of secondary school principal and 
supervisor, pupil personnel and instructional program in the secondary school; the 
development and administration of vocational and adult education; working rela- 
tions and morale among staff, community and pupils; relations with central district 
staff, the management and record keeping functions; teacher evaluation. Meets 
credential requirement. 

769. Directed Field Work in Elementary School Administration and Supervision 
(2) F, S (formerly 569e) 

Prerequisites: Educ. Sch. Serv. 566 or concurrent registration. Work in selected 
elementary schools and district offices. Further details in special publications. Meets 
credential requirement. 

789. Directed Field Work in Secondary School Administration and 
Supervision (2) F, S (Formerly 569s) 

Prerequisites: Educ. Sch. Serv. 586 or concurrent registration. Work in selected 
secondary schools and district offices. Further details in special publication. Meets 
credential requirement. 

EDUCATION, SECONDARY 

IN THE DIVISION OF EDUCATION 

340. Principles and Curricula of Secondary Education (3) F, S (formerly 300) 

Required first course in the professional sequence for the Standard Teaching 
Credential with Specialization in Secondary Teaching. Principles of secondary 
education in the United States: organization, curriculum, and teaching practices. 
Correlated with methods and materials courses in the major. Two hours of observa- 
tion per week in selected junior and senior high school classes. Application for 
admission to teacher education is included. 

442. Teaching— in the Secondary School 

A series of courses, listed dually in the Division of Education and in the other 
appropriate divisions, dealing with objectives, methods, and materials of teaching 
the various subjects and areas in secondary schools. Required, before student teach- 
ing, of students presenting majors in these areas or subjects for the General Second- 
ary Credential or the Standard Teaching Credential with Specialization in Second- 
ary School Teaching. Students without teaching experience register for three units 
credit, and must allow sufficient time in their schedules, at the same hour each day, 
so that they can serve as teacher aides in high schools. 

Prerequisites: 20 units in the major. Education Sec. 340, Education Found. 311, 
and senior standing; or consent of the instructor. 

Art Ed. 442. Teaching Art in the Secondary School (2-3) F 

Bus. Ed. 442. Teaching Business in the Secondary School (2-3) F 

Drama Ed. 442. Teaching Drama in the Secondary School (2-3) S 

Engl. Ed. 442. Teaching English in the Secondary School (2-3) F, S 

For. Lang. Ed. 442. Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary School (2-3) F 

155 


California State College at Fullerton 


Journ. Ed. 442. Teaching Journalism in the Secondary School (2-3) S 

Math. Ed. 442. Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary School (2-3) S 

Mus. Ed. 442. Teaching Vocal Music in the Public Schools (2-3) S 

Mus. Ed. 443. Teaching Instrumental Music in the Public Schools (2-3) S 

P.E. 442. Teaching Physical Education in the Secondary School (2-3) F 

Sci. Ed. 442. Teaching Science in the Secondary School (2-3) F, S 

Soc. Sci. Ed. 442. Teaching Social Sciences in the Secondary School (2-3) F, S 

Speech Ed. 442. Teaching Speech in the Secondary School (2-3) F 

443. Principles of Core Curriculum (2) S (Planned for 1966-67) 

Prerequisites: Teaching experience or consent of the instructor. Unity and inter- 
relationships of human learning and behavior and the curricular processes and 
arrangements by which this may be achieved. Development, principles, and appli- 
cation of core curricula; guidance functions; evaluation; and roles of the teacher. 

445. Junior High School Education (3) F 

Prerequisites: Educ. Sec. 442 or Educ. Elem. 331 or consent of instructor. Prin- 
ciples and procedures for developing the junior high school program. Purposes, 
curriculum, and organization of the junior high school are stressed including exam- 
ination of recent innovations and proposals. Designed for students with elementary 
or secondary backgrounds who plan to teach in the junior high school. 

446. Secondary School Curriculum (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Student teaching or teaching experience or consent of instructor. 
Fundamentals of curriculum development. Current issues within secondary educa- 
tion. Curricular organization and current practices. Survey and evaluation of newer 
curricular programs. Paper or project of creative, analytic or review of literature 
type is required. Designed for experienced teachers interested in curriculum devel- 
opment and/or instructional supervision. 

547. Seminar for Secondary Education (3) F (Planned for 1966-67) 

Prerequisite: Educ. 749 or consent of the instructor. Persistent problems in sec- 
ondary education and survey of related literature; causes of and solutions for these 
problems. Application of scientific method to educational problems, sources of 
educational research, and to techniques of cooperative thinking. 

744. Principles of Junior College Teaching (2) S 

Prerequisite: Postgraduate standing or consent of instructor. The psychological 
foundations of junior college teaching, including learning theory; cognitive proc- 
esses; measurement and evaluation of learning. 

749. Student Teaching in— in the Secondary School (6) F, S 

Prerequisites: Educ. Sec. 442, admission to student teaching. Student teaching 
for the General Secondary Credential or the Standard Teaching Credential with 
Specialization in Secondary School Teaching. Participation in a regular secondary 
school teaching program for half days for a full semester or full days for a half 
semester. Includes a seminar each week in problems and procedures of secondary 
school teaching, under the direction of the respective college supervisor. Beginning 
with the fall semester, 1965, students with majors in Art will divide their student 
teaching between two semesters, and will register for 3 units credit each semester. 

Art Ed. 749. Student Teaching in Art in the Secondary School (3,3) F, S 
Bus. Ed. 749. Student Teaching in Business in the Secondary School (6) F, S 


156 


Education, Secondary; English 


Drama Ed. 749. Student Teaching in Drama in the Secondary School (6) F, S 
Engl. Ed. 749. Student Teaching in English in the Secondary School (6) F, S 

For. Lang. Ed. 749. Student Teaching in Foreign Languages in the Secondary 
School (6) F, S 

Journ. Ed. 749. Student Teaching in Journalism in the Secondary School (6) F, S 
Math Ed. 749. Student Teaching in Mathematics in the Secondary School (6) F, S 
Mus. Ed. 749. Student Teaching in Music in the Secondary School (6) F, S 
P.E. 749. Student Teaching in Physical Education in the Secondary School (6) F, S 
Sci. Ed. 749. Student Teaching in Science in the Secondary School (6) F, S 

Soc. Sci. Ed. 749. Student Teaching in Social Science in the Secondary School 
(6) F, S 

Speech Ed. 749. Student Teaching in Speech in the Secondary School (6) F, S 

799. Junior College Student Teaching and Seminar (4) F, S 

Prerequisites: Educ. Sec. 744. Student teaching in the student’s major field in a 
cooperating junior college for one semester. Weekly seminar on curriculum devel- 
opment and organization in the junior college, instructional procedures and ma- 
terials, and instructional problems of the junior college student teacher. 

ENGLISH 

IN THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 

For World Literature in English translation see courses under COMPARATIVE 
LITERATURE. 

101. Composition and World Literature (3) F, S 

Analytical and critical writing based on the study of representative works from 
Classical and Biblical literature to the Renaissance. 

102. World Literature and Composition (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: English 101 or the equivalent. The study of representative work> 
from the Renaissance to the modern age, as a basis for continuing practice in 
analytical and critical writing. 

201. Analysis of Literary Forms (3) F, S 

The main literary forms— prose fiction, poetry, and drama— are studied and ana 
lyzed. Various critical methods are applied to representative works mainly from 
English and American literature. Especially recommended for prospective teacher'^ 
of literature. 

202. Analysis of the Short Story (3) f, S 

Critical analysis of selected American and European short stories, aimed at an 
understanding of the structure and technique of the short story. 

211. Masters of British Literature (3) F 

Prerequisite: English 101, 102, or consent of instructor. An introduction to major 
periods and movements, major authors, and major forms through 1760. 

212. Masters of British Literature (3) S 

Prerequisite: English 101, 102, or consent of instructor. An introduction to major 
periods and movements, major authors, and major forms from 1760 through modern 
fimes. 


157 


California State College at Fullerton 

301. Advanced Composition (3) F, S 

Exercises in creativity, analysis, and rhetoric as applied in expository writing. 

303. The Structure of Modern English (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Junior standing. The grammar of contemporary English applied 
to problems in writing. Modern English usage. Strongly recommended for all 
teacher candidates. 

321. American Literature to Whitman (3) F, S (Formerly 221) 

Emphasis on major writers: Hawthorne, Poe, Melville, Emerson, Thoreau, Whit- 
man, and others. 

322. American Literature from Twain to the Moderns (3) F, S (Formerly 222) 

Emphasis on Twain, James, Crane, Hemingway, Faulkner, O’Neill, Frost, Eliot. 

333. Chaucer (3) F, S 

Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales, read in Middle English. Close attention to 
the vocabulary, structure, and pronunciation of Chaucer’s language, as indispensable 
to literary appreciation. 

334. Shakespeare (3) F, S 

Intensive study of selected major plays illustrating Shakespeare’s development, 
dramatic art, and insight into human nature. 

335. Elizabethan Drama (3) S 

Prerequisite: English 334 or consent of the instructor. Marlowe, Kyd, Greene, 
Jonson, and others are studied as representative of dramatic trends in Elizabethan 
England. 

336. Elizabethan Poetry and Prose (3) F 

The poetry of Wyatt and Surrey, Jonson, Marlowe, Sidney, Spenser, and others, 
and the prose of Bacon, Greene, Lodge, Lyly, Nashe, and others. 

341. Milton and the Seventeenth Century (3) F, S 

A study of the development of Milton’s art and of the ideological backgrounds 
of his thought. Includes also Donne, the metaphysical poets, the Cavaliers, Burton, 
Browne and Bunyan. 

342. The Age of Reason in English Literature (3) F 

Dry den, Swift, Pope, Johnson, Boswell, Addison, and Steele. The Restoration, 
the Age of Reason, and foreshadowings of Romanticism. 

343. The Romantic Movement in English Literature (3) S 

Bums, Blake; Wordsworth, Coleridge; Byron, Shelley, and Keats. The reaction 
against rationalism, the rise of revolutionary and liberal thought, humanitarianism, 
and emphasis on individual creativity. 

344. Literature of the Victorian Period (3) F, S 

Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, Rosetti, Swinburne, Morris, Pater, Wilde and 
others. The effort to synthesize rationalism, romanticism, and realism in an era of 
materialism and puritanism. 

345. History and Development of the English Novel (3) F, S 

From the Renaissance to the moderns, with emphasis on the eighteenth and nine- 
teenth centuries: Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Smollett, Austen, Bronte, Thackeray» 
Dickens, Eliot, Meredith, Hardy. 


158 


English 


362. Seminar in Fiction Writing (3) F 

Prerequisite: Evidence of student’s previous interest in creative writing and 
consent of the instructor. Study of superior models, development of style, and 
group criticism and evaluation of each student’s independent work. 

364. Seminar in Play Writing (3) S 

Prerequisite: Evidence of student’s previous interest in creative writing and con- 
sent of the instructor. Study of superior models, development of style, and group 
criticism and evaluation of each student’s independent work. (Same as Drama 364) 

366. Seminar in Poetry Writing (3) S 

Prerequisite: Evidence of student’s previous interest in creative writing and con- 
sent of the instructor. Study of superior models, development of style, and group 
criticism and evaluation of each student’s independent work. 

368. Creative Writing Projects (3) S 

Prerequisite: English 362, 364, 366, or consent of the instructor. 

423. Early American Literature (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: English 321 or 6 other units of American Literature. Literature of 
Colonial and Revolutionary America, including the Puritans, 18th Century deism 
and rationalism, and the literary antecedents of American democratic thought. 

433. Children's Literature (3) F, S (Formerly English Ed. 433) 

A study of masterpieces of the world’s literature for children. Illustrates literary 
qualities appealing to children and demonstrates the ways in which children’s 
literature reflects the particular cultural differences of the various Oriental, Classi- 
cal and modern cultures. 

435. Shakespeare's History Plays and Comedies (3) S 

An intensive study of the history plays and comedies, designed to provide a 
broader comprehension of Shakespeare’s dramatic art, social and historical com- 
mentary, and human insight. 

451. Philosophical Backgrounds of Modern Literature (3) F, S 

The connection between representative writers and such thinkers and philoso- 
phers as Freud, Spengler, Schopenhauer, Nietzcshe, and Kierkegaard. (Same as 
Philosophy 451) 

462. Modern British and American Novels (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Survey of English, American, or World literature; an upper divi- 
sion literature course; or consent of the instructor. The development of modem 
British and American novels from 1900 to 1950. 

463. Contemporary British and American Novels (3) S 

The novel in English since World War II. 

464. Modern British and American Drama (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Survey of English, American, or World literature; an upper divi- 
sion literature course; or consent of the instructor. The development of British 
and American drama from 1900 to the present. 

466. Modern British and American Poetry (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Survey of English, American or World literature; an upper divi- 
sion literature course; or consent of the instructor. The development of British 
and American poetry from 1900 to die present. 


159 


California State College at Fullerton 

490. History of the English Language (3) S 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing. The historical development of English 
vocabulary, phonology, morphology, and syntax from Indo-European to modern 
American English. 

491. Senior Seminar: Studies in Chaucer (3) S 

Prerequisites: English 333, B average or better, or consent of the instructor. 
Emphasis on Troilus and Criseyde and other works. 

492. Senior Seminar: Studies in Renaissance Literature (3) S 

Prerequisites: English 334, 335, 336, or 435, B average or better, or consent of 
the instructor. Directed research. 

495. Senior Seminar: Studies in New England Transcendentalism (3) S 

Prerequisites: English 321 and 322, B average or better, or consent of the instruc- 
tor. Emphasis on the relationship between philosophy and literature. 

496. Senior Seminar: Studies in the American Novel (3) S 

Prerequisites: B average or better, English major, or consent of the instructor. 
Directed research. 

498. Senior Seminar: Literary Criticism (3) F 

Prerequisites: B average or better, English major, or consent of the instructor. 
Theory and application to selected texts. 

499. Independent Study (3) F, S (Formerly 580) 

Open to advanced students in English with the consent of the department chair- 
man. May be repeated for credit. 

570. Graduate Seminar: Problems in Language (3) F, S 

572. Graduate Seminar: Problems in Shakespeare (3) F, S 

573. Graduate Seminar: Milton (3) (Offered in alternate years) 

574. Graduate Seminar: Coleridge and Blake (3) F 

575. Graduate Seminar: Melville (3) S 

576. Graduate Seminar: Twain (3) F 

577. Graduate Seminar: Hawthorne and Faulkner (3) F 

578. Graduate Seminar: Joyce (3) F 

579. Graduate Seminar: Problems in Literary Theory (3) S 

580. Special Graduate Projects (3-6) F, S 

Research projects in areas of specialization beyond regularly offered course work. 
Oral and written reports. 

ENGLISH EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 

(Offered by the Department of English) 

432. Teaching Language Arts in the Elementary School (2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Education Found. 311, admission to teacher education. The im- 
portance of the language arts to satisfactory personal, social, and professional life. 
Methods to help develop in children the skills needed for listening, speaking, read- 
ing, and writing are studied and their effectiveness evaluated. 


160 


English Education; Finance 


442. Teaching English in the Secondary School (2-3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Education Found. 311, Admission to Teacher Education. Princi- 
ples, methods, and materials of teaching English in the secondary school. 

571. Graduate Seminar: Problems in the Teaching of Composition (3) F, S 

749. Student Teaching in English in the Secondary School (6) F, S 

See page 156 under Secondary Education for description and prerequisites. 

FINANCE 

IN THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 

(Offered by the Department of Accounting and Finance) 

324. Money and Banking (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200 A3» or 201. A study of the structure and 
operation of commercial banks and financial institutions including a consideration 
of the impact of money and capital market developments on economic activity 
(same as Econ. 324). 

330. Business Finance (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Accounting lOlB, or 200, and Economics 200, or 200B. Sources 
and uses of long-term and short-term capital in business firms, and analysis of 
business finance situations. 

331. Financial Analysis (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Finance 330. The techniques of financial analysis and their appli- 
cation to business situations. 

334. Principles of Insurance (3) S 

Prerequisites: Economics 200, or 200B, and Quant. A4eth. 361. Principles of life, 
casualty and liability insurance; individual and group insurance programs; methods 
of establishing risks and rates. 

336. Principles of Real Estate (3) F 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200B. Survey of urban real estate principles 
and practices; structure and growth of cities; basis of real property values; real 
estate development and financing. 

337. Real Estate Finance (3) S 

Prerequisite: Finance 336. Instruments of real estate finance; factors affecting 
the supply and cost of real estate credit; primary and secondary mortgage markets; 
real estate as an investment medium. 

431. Capital and Money Markets (3) F 

Prerequisites: Finance 330 and either Finance 324 or Economics 324, or consent 
of instructor. Role of capital and money markets in the American economy; mar- 
kets for new corporate and government issues; secondary markets; interrelation of 
financial institutions; factors influencing yields and security prices. 

432. Investment Principles and Practices (3) F 

Prerequisite: Finance 330. Principles underlying the selection and management 
of portfolios, analysis of different types of corporate securities— commercial, in- 
dustrial, and public utility; the role of mutual funds and investment trusts. 


161 


California State College at Fullerton 

433. Problems in Business Finance (3) S 

Prerequisite: Finance 331. Comprehensive case studies including problems of 
estimating funds requirements, long-term financial planning, controlling and eval- 
uating cash flows, and financing acquisitions and mergers. 

499. Independent Study (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Senior standing and approval by the department chairman. Open 
to qualified undergraduate students desiring to pursue directed independent inquiry. 
May be repeated for credit. 

532. Corporate Financial Management (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Finance 330, and graduate standing. Financial policies and struc- 
ture of corporations; acquisition and administration of funds; financial control. 

533. Financial Administration (3) S 

Prerequisite: Finance 532. Optimal financing and asset administration; advanced 
techniques of capital budgeting; application of analytical methods to the administra- 
tion of the finance function of the business firm. 

FOREIGN LANGUAGES EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

432. Teaching Foreign Languages in the Elementary School (2) F, S 

Methods for teaching FLES: Foreign Languages in Elementary Schools. Critical 
review of materials, audio-lingual-visual aids, and current research. Conducted in 
English, with practice by students in the language they plan to teach. 

442. Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary School (2-3) F 

The theory and practice of language learning and language teaching with special 
emphasis on the audio-lingual method in combination with electro-mechanical aids. 
Conducted in English, with practice by students in the language they plan to teach. 
Required, before student teaching, of students presenting majors in Foreign Lan- 
guages for the Standard Teaching Credential with a Specialization in Secondary 
Education. Students without teaching experience must register for three units of 
credit and must allow sufficient time in their schedules, at the same hour each day, 
so they can serve as teacher aides in secondary schools. 

749. Student Teaching in Foreign Languages in the Secondary School 

See page 156 under Secondary Education for description and prerequisites. 

FRENCH 

IN THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

101. Fundamental French (5) F, S 

Intensive practice in listening-comprehension, speaking, reading and writing to 
develop control of the sounds and the basic forms and structure of French. Audio- 
lingual assignments are an integral part of the course and are to be prepared in 
the Language Laboratory. 


162 


French 


102. Fundamental French (5) F, S 

Prerequisite: French 101 (or equivalent). Intensive practice in listening-compre- 
hension, speaking, reading and writing to develop control of the sounds and the 
basic forms and structure of French. Audio-lingual assignments are an integral part 
of the course and are to be prepared in the Language Laboratory. 

203. Intermediate French (3) F 

Prerequisite: French 102 (or equivalent). Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading, and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. (3 hours lecture-discussion, 1 hour laboratory.) 

204. Intermediate French (3) S 

Prerequisite: French 203 (or equivalent). Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. (3 hours lecture-discussion, 1 hour laboratory.) 

315. Introduction to French Literature (3) F, S 

Reading and discussion to develop insights into French literature and culture 
while strengthening facility with the language. Open to lower division students 
with the consent of the instructor. Conducted in French. 

317. Advanced Conversation and Composition (3) F, S 

Designed to give the student special competence in the control of French as 
an instrument for free oral and written expression. Open to lower division students 
with the consent of the instructor. Conducted in French. 

400. French for Advanced Students and Teachers (3) S 

Intensive review of spoken French using recent developments in methodology 
and texts as subject materials. 

431. French Literature to the Classic Age (3) F (Formerly 351) 

Evolution of French literature and thought, through analysis of representative 
works, from the chanson de geste to the Baroque. Conducted in French. 

441. French Literature Since the Age of Reason (3) S (Formerly 361) 

The principal movements and authors of the 19th century (Romanticism, Real- 
ism, Naturalism, Symbolism), through analysis of representative works. Conducted 
in French. 

451. French Classicism (3) F 

Essence and evolution of le classicisme^ studied principally in the works of 
the major 17th century authors (Corneille, Moliere, Racine, La Fontaine, La 
Rochefoucauld) and in the dominant genre (the theater). Conducted in French. 

461. The Age of Enlightenment (3) S 

Two complementary aspects of the 18th century: reason and feeling, the 
philosophes and the current of sensibility. Emphasis on major authors (Voltaire, 
Rousseau, Diderot, Marivaux, Laclos). Conducted in French. 

466. Applied Linguistics in the Teaching of French (3) F 

Introduction to general linguistics with emphasis on the relation of speech and 
'vriting, the theory and practice of pronunciation, and the phonemic and morpho- 
phonemic structure of the language under study. (Same as German, Spanish 466) 


7—34730 


163 


California State College at Fullerton 

471. Senior Seminar: Contemporary French Literature (3) F 

The major figures of the 20th century, including the generations of Proust, 
Apollinaire, Malraux, Sartre and Robbe-Grillet. Conducted in French. 

499. Independent Study (1-3) F, $ 

Supervised projects in French language or literature to be taken with the 
consent of the Department Chairman as a means of meeting special curriculur 
problems. Selection of subject to be studied varies. May be repeated for credit. 

557. Graduate Seminar: French Lyric Poetry (3) 5 

The evolution of the lyric from the Troubadours to the present, with emphasis 
on its changing form and function. (Conducted in French. 

GEOGRAPHY 

IN THE DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 
111. General Physical Geography (3) F, S 

A study of the basic elements of the physical environment (climate, land forms, 
water resources, vegetation, and soils) with particular emphasis on their world pat- 
terns and interrelationships. 

121. Human Geography (3) F, S 

Basic facts and concepts regarding the areal distribution and diversity of man, 
his settlements, his economies and his circulation patterns. 

131. World Regional Geography (3) (Planned for 1966-67) 

Man’s distribution and activities within the framework of world geographic re- 
gions, with emphasis on the differing uses of various environments and the effects 
of geographic conditions on man. Not open to students who have had Geography 
111 or Geography 121. 

312. Geomorphology (3) F 

Prerequisite: Geography 111. A study of the development of land forms and 
the processes which alter them, with emphasis on present landscapes in the United 
States and the interpretation of topographic maps. 

323. Climatology (3) S 

Prerequisite: Geography 111. A study of the basic climatological elements and 
processes, climatic types and the importance of climate in the natural and cultural 
landscape. 

333. Economic Geography (3) F, S (Formerly 203) 

Prerequisites: Geography 111, 121, or consent of instructor. A study of the pro- 
duction and distribution of the world’s agricultural, mineral and industrial com- 
modities, and analysis of the related economic, political and physical factors. 

343. Maps and Map Interpretation (3) F (Formerly 262) 

Sources, evaluation, uses, and planning of various types of maps and graphic aids 
for teaching and research, with emphasis on the principles of effective cartographic 
representation. 

353. Cartography (3) S 

Prerequisite: Geography 343 or consent of instructor. The compilation and 
construction of maps, charts, and graphs as geographic tools. 


164 


Geography 


363. Geography of California (3) F, S (Formerly Geography 351) 

Analysis of the geographic regions of California— their environmental diversity, 
settlement patterns, economic development, and current problems. 

383. Conservation of Natural Resources (3) F, S 

The principles of conservation and their application as they relate to soil, water, 
forests, minerals, and air, especially in the United States. 

432. Geography of Anglo-America (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Geography 111, 121, or consent of instructor. A regional study of 
the United States and Canada emphasizing the interrelated physical and cultural 
features, that give geographic personality, both to the individual regions as well 
as the individual countries. 

433. Geography of Europe (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Geography 111, 121, or consent of instructor. Description and 
analysis of physical environments and human occupance patterns in Europe west of 
the Soviet Union. 

434. Geography of Latin America (3) S 

Prerequisites: Geography 111, 121, or consent of instructor. A regional study of 
Middle and South American nations emphasizing interrelated physical and cultural 
characteristics, with attention given to special hemispheric relationships involving 
these countries and the United States and Canada. 

435. Geography of Asia (3) F 

Prerequisites: Geography 111, 121, or consent of instructor. A regional study of 
Asiatic nations, exclusive of the Soviet Union and Southwest Asia, showing the 
interrelationships of physical and cultural characteristics with special emphasis on 
the growing significance, in economic, social, and political terms, of such countries 
as China, India and Japan. 

436. Geography of Africa (3) F 

Prerequisites: Geography 111, 121, or consent of instructor. A regional survey 
of the countries and colonies of Africa with special attention given to the rapid 
development of social, economic, and political conditions and problems of sub- 
saharan Africa. 

438. Geography of the Soviet Union (3) S 

Prerequisites: Geography 111, 121, or consent of instructor. Character of and 
bases for the regional diversity of man and land in the Soviet Union. 

439. Geography of the Middle East (3) S 

Prerequisites: Geography 111, 121, or consent of instructor. The physical foun- 
dations and cultural- landscapes of civilization in the Middle East, with emphasis 
on contemporary political, socio-economic, and cultural changes. 

^5. Australia and the Pacific Islands (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Geography 111 or 121. The physical, cultural, and regional geog- 
raphy of Australia, New Zealand, Melanesia, Micronesia, and Polynesia. 

Urban Geography (3) F 

Prerequisites: Geography 111, 121, or consent of instructor. The city as a 
geographic unit; urban settlements as regional centers; city-region relationships; 
rhe structure of villages, towns and cities, and their historical development; case 

studies. 


165 


California State College at Fullerton 

481. Political Geography (3) S 

Prerequisites: Geography 111, 121, or consent of instructor. The world political 
pattern with specific reference to politically organized areas as objects of geo- 
graphic study. 

490. Geographic Literature and Research (3) F 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, consent of the instructor, and 18 hours of geog- 
raphy courses. Introduction to geographic literature and research methodologies, 
with a discussion of major geographic research themes, leading scholars, problems 
of methodology. The student will be expected to prepare several papers of varying 
length as based on library research, and at least one field trip accompanied by the 
instructor. 

499. Independent Study (1-3) F, 5 

Open to advanced students in Geography by permission of the chairman of the 
department. May be repeated once for credit. 

513. Seminar in Regional Geography (3) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. A seminar on selected 
regions of the world. May be repeated once for credit. 

523. Seminar in Systematic Cultural Geography (3) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. A seminar on selected 
topics pertaining to the political, economic and social relationships in the geography 
of man. May be repeated once for credit. 

GEOLOGY 

IN THE DIVISION OF SCIENCE, MATHEMATICS, AND ENGINEERING 

IOOA. Physical Geology (4) F 

The origin, composition and distribution of earth materials will be studied. 
Special emphasis will be given to the modification of eanh materials through 
mechanical and chemical processes. 

IOOB. Historical Geology (4) S 

Prerequisite: Geology lOOA. Studies of evolutionary history of the earth includ- 
ing the theories of the earth’s origin. Paleontological evidences for earth’s evolution 
will be examined. 

GERMAN 

IN THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

101. Fundamental German (5) F, S 

Intensive practice in listening-comprehension, speaking, reading and writing to 
develop control of the sounds and the basic forms and structures of German. 
Audio-lingual assignments are an integral part of the course and are to be prepared 
in the Language Laboratory. 

102. Fundamental German (5) F, S 

Prerequisite: German 101 (or equivalent). Intensive practice in listening-com- 
prehension, speaking, reading and writing to develop control of the sounds and the 
basic forms and structure of German. Audio-lingual assignments are an integral 
part of the course and are to be prepared in the Language Laboratory. 


166 


German 


203. Intermediate German (3) F 

Intensive practice in speaking, understanding, reading, and writing based on 
cultural and literary materials. Linguistic analysis from sound to sentence. (3 hours 
Iccture-discussion, 1 hour laboratory) 

204. Intermediate German (3) S 

Prerequisite: German 203 (or equivalent). Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. (3 hours lecture-discussion, 1 hour laboratory) 

315. Introduction to German Literature (3) F 

Reading and discussion to develop insights into German literature and culture 
while strengthening facility with the language. Open to lower division students 
with the consent of the instructor. Conducted in German. 

317. Advanced Conversation and Composition (3) S 

Designed to give the student special competence in the control of German as an 
instrument for free oral and written expression. Open to lower division students 
with the consent of the instructor. Conducted in German. 

400. German for Advanced Students and Teachers (3) F, S 

Intensive review of spoken German using recent developments in methodology 
and texts as subject materials. 

431. The Works of Lessing and Schiller (3) F (Formerly 351) 

The major works of Lessing and Schiller illustrating their thought and art. 
Conducted in German. 

441. The Works of Goethe (3) S (Formerly 361) 

Selected works of Goethe illustrating his thought and art. Conducted in German. 

451. German Literature to Goethe (3) F 

Important works from the Nibelungenlied to Faust in the setting of their in- 
tellectual and historical climate. Conducted in German. 

461. German Literature Since Goethe (3) S 

Important works illustrating the development from Romanticism to Expressionism 
in the setting of their intellectual and historical climate. Conducted in German. 

466. Applied Linguistics in the Teaching of German (3) F 

Introduction to general linguistics with emphasis on the relation of speech and 
'vriting, the theory and practice of pronunciation, and the phonemic and morpho- 
phonemic structure of the language under study. (Same as F rench, Spamsh 466) 

475. Senior Seminar: The German Drama (3) S 

The leading dramatists from Gryphius to Frisch, including works by Kleist, 
Grillparzer, Hebbel, Hauptmann, Brecht, with emphasis on various approaches 
to this genre. Conducted in German. 

499. Independent Study (1-3) F, S 

Supervised projects in German language or literature to be taken with the con- 
sent of the Department Chairman as a means of meeting special curricular prob- 
lems. Selection of subject to be studied varies. May be repeated for credit. 


167 


California State College at Fullerton 

571. Graduate Seminar: The German Novelle (3) F 

The German Novelle from Goethe to the present, including works by Kleist, 
Mann, Kafka, Diirrenmatt, Grass, with emphasis on the uniqueness of this genre. 
Conducted in German. 


HEALTH EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF EDUCATION 

(Offered by the Department of Health Education, Physical Education, 
and Recreation) 

HE 101. Personal and Community Health (2) F, S 

Meaning and significance of physical, mental and social health as related to the 
individual and to society; alcohol and narcotics education; fire prevention; public 
safety and accident prevention. 

HE 102. Prevention and First Aid (2) S 

Study of the hazards in man’s environment and the common accidents related 
thereto. Emphasis is placed upon both the care and prevention of accidents. Stu- 
dents will be certified in Standard and Advanced American Red Cross First Aid 
procedures. 

HISTORY 

IN THE DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 
110A. World Civilizations to the 17th Century (3) F 

The story of man from the beginning of civilizations and historical records until 
the middle of the 17th century. 

11 OB. World Civilizations from 1648 (3) S 

The story of man from the end of the religious wars to the present. Deals with 
the rise of science, the Enlightenment, the Industrial Revolution, and the rise of 
the ideologies of the Twentieth Century. 

170A. United States to 1877 (3) F 

A survey of the political, social, economic, and cultural development of the 
United States from the discovery to 1877. Attention ii given to the old world 
background, the rise of the new nation, sectional problems, and the Civil War 
and Reconstruction. 

170B. United States Since 1877 (3) S 

Survey of United States History since the period of Reconstruction, covering 
political, economic, social, and biographical subjects. 

300. Africa and the Middle East Since 1945 (3) F 

A survey of the Middle East and Africa since 1945, concentrating on the de- 
velopment of their present civilizations, political and economic problems, and 
their place in world affairs. 

301. Far East and Latin America Since 1945 (3) S 

A survey of present governments and civilizations in the Far East and Latin 
America, summarizing the background of present developments and problems in 
these areas. 


168 


History 


340A. History of England and Great Britain (3) F 

A study of the political, economic, and social history of England and her affiliated 
nations and territories from the earliest times to the later Stuarts. Particular stress 
is placed upon the growth of the parliamentary system of government and upon 
English overseas activities. 

340B. History of England and Great Britain (3) S 

A study of the political, economic, and social history of Great Britain from the 
later Stuarts to the present. Particular stress is placed upon the modification of the 
parliamentary system and the growth of economic and social democracy within 
Britain and upon the development of responsible political systems in the dependent 
territories. 

350A. Colonial Latin America (3) F 

A survey of the pre-Columbian cultures; the conquests by Spain and Portugal 
and the European background of these countries; the development of the socio- 
economic, cultural, and governmental institutions in colonial life; the background of 
revolutions and the wars for independence. 

350B. Republican Latin America (3) S 

A survey of the Latin American republics from 1826 to 1945 emphasizing the 
struggle for responsible government, socio-economic, and cultural changes, and the 
role of United States foreign policy. 

381. Westward Movement in the United States (3) S 

Prerequisite: History 170A-B or equivalent. A survey of the expansion of the 
United States population and sovereignty from the Piedmont to the Pacific, 1750 
to 1900, and a history of regional development during the frontier period. 

I 

383. History of California (3) F 

A survey of the political, economic, and social history of California from the 
aboriginal inhabitants to the present, tracing the development of contemporary 
institutions and the historical background of current issues. 

399. Historiography (3) F, S 

Introduction to nature and discipline of history. A study of methods of historical 
research and writing, of bibliography, and of major problems of historical in- 
terpretation. Required of history majors. 

401, European Intellectual History from 1648 to the Present (3) F 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. The history of the competing ideas in 
European history from 1648 to the present which have entered into the formation 
of Modern European institutions. 

412A. Ancient Near East— Mesopotamia (3) F 

Prerequisite: History llOA. A study of the political, socio-economic, religious, 
snd literary history of Mesopotamian culture from the rise of the Sumerian oity- 
states to the Alexander the Great, a period of over three millenia. This will include 
discussion of the Sumerians, Assyrians, Babylonians, Hurrians, and Persians. 

412B, Ancient Near East— Syro-Palestine & Egypf (3) ^ 

Prerequisite: History llOA. A study of Ancient Egypt from early dyn^tic times 
•n the third millenium B.C. to the conquest of Alexander the Great. The history 
of the Syro-Palestinian region will be studied in light of its migrations and inter- 
national culture. A careful study of the Hebrews and their contributions to modern 
civilization will be included. 


169 


California State College at Fullerton 

41 5A. Classical Greece (3) F 

Prerequisite: History IlOA or consent of instructor. A study of the civilization 
of ancient Greece. This course traces the rise and flourishing of the classical city- 
states until the emergence of Macedon; considerable attention is devoted to the 
literary and philosophic contributions to our modern civilization. 

41 SB. Hellenistic Civilization (3) S 

Prerequisite: History IlOA or consent of instructor. A study of the Hellenistic 
synthesis and the new patterns in government, the arts and sciences, philosophy 
and literature that appeared between the Macedonian conquest and the interven- 
tion of Rome. 

417. Ancient Rome (3) S (Planned for 1966-67) 

Prerequisite: History IlOA. A study of the civilization of ancient Rome. Political 
institutions are emphasized from the earliest times to Christianization of the Empire 
in 325 A.D.; attention is also given to the rise of Christianity. 

423A. Early Middle Ages, 325-1095 (3) F 

Prerequisite: History IlOA. History of Europe from Constantine to the eve of the 
Crusades. The course covers the transformation of European society and culture 
through the Barbarian invasions, the Byzantine and Islamic cultures, and the estab- 
lishment of the feudal order in Western Europe. 

423B. Later Middle Ages, 1095-1400 (3) S 

Prerequisite: History IlOA. History of Europe from the Crusades to Dante, 
emphasizing the political, economic, literary, and artistic changes of the period. 

425A. The Renaissance (3) F 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. The history of Europe from 1400 to 1525 
with emphasis upon the beginnings of capitalism, the beginnings of the modern 
state, humanism, the prereformation and the Church on the eve of the Reforma- 
tion. 

425B. The Reformation (3) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. The history of Europe from 1525 to 1648; 
deals with the Protestant and Catholic Reformations; the religious wars; the price 
rise; royal absolutism; the rise of science. 

426. Rise of Modern Europe, 1648-1763 (3) F 

Prerequisite: History HOB. European diplomatic history and the balance of 
power from 1648 to 1763. Attention is given to the social and philosophical de- 
velopments of the period. 

427. Europe in the Era of the French Revolution and Napoleon (3) S 

Prerequisite: History llOA-B. Europe from the close of the Seven Years’ War 
to the Congress of Vienna. Emphasis is placed on the politics, society, and culture 
of the Old Regime, the influence of the Enlightenment, the impact of the French 
Revolution on Europe, and the establishment of French hegemony by Napoleon. 

428. 19th Century Europe (3) F 

Prerequisite: History HOB. History of Europe from 1815 to 1914 . This course 
covers the Industrial Revolution, the rise of middle-class democracy and economic 
liberalism, and the forces of imperialism which led to World War I. 


170 


History 


429. Europe Since 1914 (3) F 

Prerequisite: History HOB. Survey of events from the beginning of World War I 
to the present. Special emphasis given to the economic, political, social, diplomatic, 
and intelletual trends of 20th century Europe. 

432. Germany Since 1648 (3) S 

Prerequisite: History llOA-B. The evolution of Germany from the Peace of 
Westphalia to the present. Emphasis is placed on political, social, economic, diplo- 
matic and cultural trends in the 19th and 20th centuries. 

434A. Russia to 1890 (3) F 

Prerequisite: History HOB. An analysis of the historical developments from the 
establishment of the Russian state at Kiev through the great reforms and reaction 
of the 19th century. Emphasis is placed upon the shaping of contemporary Russia. 

4348. The Russian Revolutions and the Soviet Regime (3) S 

An evaluation of the 1905 and 1917 revolutions and the subsequent consolidation 
of power under the Communist regime. Chief emphasis is placed upon the con- 
tinuity and change in Russian social, political, cultural institutions and foreign 
policy effected by the impact of Marxist-Leninist-Stalinist ideology. 

456. History of Africa to 1945 (3) F 

A history of Africa from the earliest times to World War II. 

461. Far East Since 1850 (3) S 

Prerequisite: History HOA. An historical analysis of the Western impact on 
Eastern Asia in the 19th and 20th centuries with special emphasis on politics and 
diplomacy, the breakdown of the traditional societies, and the rise of communism 
in the 20th century. 

466A. Middle East to the Crusades (3) F 

The study of the events transpiring in the Middle East from the Roman world 
to the period of the Crusades. This will include the impact of the Islamic civiliza- 
tion upon the Middle East society. 

4668. Middle East Since the Crusades (3) S 

The development of the countries of the Middle East following the Crusades 
to the present. This will include the Ottoman Empire, European colonialism in 
the Middle East, and the modern Middle East. 

471. American Colonial Civilization (3) F 

The settlement of North America and the growth of Anglo-Arnerican civiliza- 
tion to 1763, stressing the development of political and economic institutions and 
a distinctive American culture. 

472. United States from Colony to Nation (3) S 

Establishment of an independent government, and growth of a national economy 
^nd culture from 1763 to 1815. 

473. Sectionalism and Civil War (3) F 

Slavery, sectionalism, and Civil War, and the impact of these forces upon na- 
^onal life and thought from 1815 to 1865. 


171 


California State College at Fullerton 


474. The Growth of Modern United States (3) F 

Prerequisite: History 170B or consent of instructor. A study of Reconstruction, 
the growth of the national economy, political reform movements, the rise to a 
world power, and cultural developments from the Civil War to 1900. 

475. United States from 1900 to 1932 (3) S 

Prerequisite: History 170B or equivalent. A study of the political, economic, 
social, diplomatic, and intellectual trends and problems from 1900 to the election 
of 1932. Course will stress the reconsideration of traditional national policies toward 
the government, economy, and role of the United States in world affairs. 

476. United States Since 1933 (3) S 

Prerequisite: History 170B or equivalent. A study of United States history from 
the New Deal to the present. Includes political, social, economic, diplomatic, and 
intellectual developments and issues. Stresses the emergence of the national gov- 
ernment as a factor in American life and the expansion of U.S. activity in foreign 
affairs. 

485A. United States Foreign Relations to 1900 (3) F 

A comprehensive survey of the foreign relations of the United States from the 
beginning of the nation until 1900. Particular attention is given to bases of policy, 
critical evaluation of major policies and relationships between domestic affairs and 
foreign policy. 

485B. United States Foreign Relations from 1900 (3) S 

Relations from 1900 to the present. An analysis of the rise of the United States 
as a world power in the twentieth century with special emphasis on the search for 
world order and the diplomacy of the atomic age. 

486A. Social and Intellectual History of the United States (3) F 

A study of the social and intellectual development of the United States from the 
Puritans to the Civil War. 

4868. Social and Intellectual History of the United States (3) S 

A study of the social and intellectual development of the United States from the 
Civil War to the present. 

499. Independent Study (1-3) F, S 

Open to advanced students in history with the consent of the department chair- 
man. May be repeated for credit. 

501. Seminar in the Content and Method of History (3) F 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

505. Seminar in Analysis of Recent Interpretations in History (3) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

520. Seminar in European History (3) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

570. Seminar in American History (3) F 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

585. Seminar in the History of United States Foreign Relations (3) F 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 


172 


History, Journalism Education, Management 


590. History and Historians (3) F (Formerly 490) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. A study of the writings, personalities, and 
philosophies of representative historians from Herodotus to the present. 

591. Thesis (3-6) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

JOURNALISM EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 

(Offered by the Department of Communications) 

442. Teaching Journalism in the Secondary School (2-3) S 

Theory and technique of advising school newspaper and yearbook staffs. Relation 
of classroom instruction to staff assignments. 

749. Student Teaching in Journalism in the Secondary School (6) F, S 

See page 156 under Secondary Education for description and prerequisites. 

MANAGEMENT 

IN THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 

341. Principles of Management (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Economics 200 or 200 A,B. The fundamentals of management uni- 
versal to all organizations; covers such studies as planning, organizing, activating, 
and controlling. 

342. Production Management (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Management 341. The study of modem manufacturing and its meth- 
ods of operation. Major emphasis is placed upon the efficient use of management, 
labor, and productive equipment. 

343. Personnel Management and Human Relations (3) F 

Prerequisite: Management 341, or consent of the instructor. An inquiry into the 
problems of personnel relating to the firm, community, and economy; the im- 
portance of good human relations; and management’s responsibilities in the efficient 
direction of personnel. 

346. Business Law (3) F, S 

The philosophy, institutions and role of the law as it applies to business opera- 
tions. A course designed to provide the student with an understanding of the scope 
and extent of basic subjects in the area of business law as well as a knowledge of 
the operation, function, and structure of courts and administrative agencies. Anal- 
ysis of the areas of contracts, agency, sales, and personal property with emphasis 
upon the principles involved and the conditions requiring professional legal advice. 

347. Business Law (3) S 

Prerequisite: Management 346. The philosophy, institutions and role of the law 
3s it applies to business operations. Analysis of the areas of bailments, sales, nego- 
tiable instruments, patents, employment relations, and business organizations. Law 
in its relationship to business with special emphasis on current problems. 


173 


California State College at Fullerton 


441. Labor-Management Relations (3) F 

Prerequisite: Management 341 or consent of the instructor. The course provides 
an understanding of the impact of labor-management relations upon labor, manage- 
ment, and the public. Proper grievance procedure, collective bargaining, and the 
settlement of disputes are among the subjects that are examined. 

442. Labor Law (3) S 

Prerequisites: Management 341, and consent of the instructor. The history of 
labor law, the investigation of federal and state legislation, and its effects upon 
American society. 

444. Management of Systems (3) S 

Prerequisites: Management 342. The theory and managment of systems and pro- 
cedures applied to the control and coordination of the whole complex of opera- 
tions in modern institutions. The course explores introductory work such as 
charting, design of systems and procedures, motion-time study, and general systems 
theory. 

445. Production Control Analysis (3) F 

Prerequisite: Management 342. Introductory calculus, statistics, and a course in 
economic principles or consent of the instructor. The quantitative analysis of 
production and quality control related to such areas as mathematical programming, 
statistical analysis, and economic analysis. 

446. Managerial Economics (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Quantitative Methods 361, Management 341, and consent of the 
instructor. The application of economic analysis to the solution of business prob- 
lems; the character of the firm’s demand, costs, prices, and profits; short and long- 
run planning for a business enterprise; and the relationship between the firm and 
the economy. 

447. Management Decision Simulation (3) F 

Prerequisite: The Business Administration core or consent of the instructor. A 
simulation of an oligopolistic industry to provide the student with an opportunity 
to use analytical tools to make managerial decisions in the functional areas of 
management. 

449. Business Policies (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Accounting 101A,B, or 200, Finance 330, Management 341, and 
Marketing 351, and senior standing. The seminar is limited to seniors and graduate 
students. An integrative course examining various problems in the several fields 
of management. Through analysis of cases and problems the student is encouraged 
to recognize the usefulness of other disciplines than business, as well as the role 
of individual and team action in the decision-making process. 

499. Independent Study (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Management concentration, senior standing, and approval by the 
department chairman. Open to qualified undergraduate students desiring to pursue 
directed independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

543. Seminar in Personnel Administration (3) F 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and the consent of the instructor. The seminar 
provides the graduate student with an opportunity to study cases, problems, and 
significant literature in the field in order to develop a comprehensive understanding 
of personnel administration and human relations. 


174 


Management, Marketing 


544. Organizational Behavior, Theory, and Administration (3) S 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, Management 341, and consent of the instructor. 
The analysis of human behavior in organization, studies in organizational theories, 
and administrative action. 

AAARKETING 

IN THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 

(Offered by the Department of Marketing and Quantitative Methods) 

307. Distribution Costs (3) S 

Prerequisites: Accounting lOlB, or 200, and Marketing 351. The development of 
quantitative measures for marketing activity; costs of distributing through different 
channels of distribution, advertising versus personal selling, and movement activi- 
ties; development of sales budgets, standard costs, and the analysis of actual per- 
formance in the light of budgets and standards. (Same as Accounting 307) 

351. Principles of Marketing (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Economics 200. Marketing organization and methods for the indi- 
vidual business with serious consideration of the social and economic aspects of 
the distribution task. Topics include the consumer, his place and his problems in 
the marketing area; marketing functions, institutions, and policies; legal and 
political environment for marketing activity; and an evaluation of the present 
marketing system. 

352. Principles of Retailing (3) F 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. Retail problems of location; organization; buying; 
selling media and methods; pricing; and merchandising. Emphasis will be placed 
upon operating procedures and control, planning, budgeting, and costs. 

353. Marketing Administration (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. Survey of the major problems facing the marketing 
executive, including product planning, pricing, market and analysis, sales potentials, 
marketing organization, and administration of the sales force. 

354. Principles of Advertising (3) S 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. The management of the advertising function, in- 
cluding the role of advertising in marketing strategy, budgetary considerations, 
allocation among media, measurement of effectiveness, administration and control, 
and its economic and social implications. Case method of instruction is empha- 
sized. 

355. Credit and Credit Administration (3) F 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. The general nature and functions of credit, credit 
instruments; the operation of the credit department; sources of credit information; 
acceptance of credit risk; establishment of credit limits; and the problem of col- 
lections. 

336. Creative Motivation in Marketing (3) S 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. Personal salesmanship and the application of the 
findings of the behavioral sciences to selling and group dynamics as they relate 
to the creative and promotional aspects of the business. 

357. Industrial Purchasing (3) S 

, Prerequisite: Marketing 351. The principles and practices of purchasing for 
industrial organizations. Major buying policies, sources of materials, qoanaty and 
'luality considerations, and the relation to production cost. 


175 


California State College at Fullerton 

358. Physical Distribution (3) F 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. Consideration of the logistics problems of physically 
distributing products and the principles and practices of solving them. An evalua- 
tion of the transportation and storage of products based on considerations of cost, 
time, and service. 

421. International Trade (3) F 

Prerequisite: Economics 200. An examination of the theory of international trade 
and the means and significance of balance of payments adjustments, with an analysis 
of past and present developments in international commercial and monetary policy. 
(Same as Economics 421) 

452. Marketing Research (3) S 

Prerequisites: Marketing 351, and Quant. Meth. 361. The application of scientific 
methodology as an aid in solving problems of product planning, pricing, promotion, 
and distribution. Practical application is emphasized through class projects and case 
problems. 

459. Marketing Problems (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. It is recommended that the student have completed 
at least two advanced marketing courses or have equivalent business experience. 
Case studies of problems facing the marketing executive; identification and analysis 
of the problems; selection and evaluation of alternative solutions; and implementa- 
tion of recommended solutions. 

499. Independent Study (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Marketing concentration, senior standing, and approval by the de- 
partment chairman. Open to qualified undergraduate students desiring to pursue 
directed independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

552. Seminar in Product Planning and Price Policy (3) F 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. The product planning problem and its implications 
for the marketing area and other areas of the business. An examination of pricing 
problems and objectives and policies for solution and implementation. 

553. Marketing to the Government (3) S 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. The marketing of defense and non-defense products 
to the government. The nature and administration of contractural agreements with 
government agencies. 


MATHEMATICS * 

IN THE DIVISION OF SCIENCE, MATHEMATICS, AND ENGINEERING 
120. Finite Mathematics (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Three years of high school mathematics or its equivalent. This is a 
course comprising introductions to the following topics: logic, set theory, matrices, 
and probability. It is particularly suited to students of economics, the biological and 
social sciences. 

150A,B. Analytic Geometry and Calculus (4,4) F, S 

Prerequisites: 4 years of high school mathematics inclusive of trigonometry and 
a passing score in the placement test. An introduction to analysis including ana- 
lytic geometry, functions, continuity, differentiation, the definite integral, integra- 
tion, applications. 

* Prerequisites may be waived in any mathematics course by the consent of the instructor. 

176 


Mathematics 


250A,B. Intermediate Calculus (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Math 150A-B or equivalent. A continuation of Math. 150. Topics 
include Taylor’s theorum, infinite series, functions of several variables, partial dif- 
ferentiation, multiple integrals, linear differential equations. 

291. Linear Algebra (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math. 150B. The study of matrices, determinants, vector spaces, 
linear transformations. 

302. Modern Algebra (3) S 

Prerequisite: Math 291. The integers, rational numbers, real and complex num- 
bers, poly nominal domains, introduction to groups, rings, integral domains and 
fields. 

304. Mathematical Logic (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math 250A. An introductory course in the elements of mathematical 
logic. 

305. Elements of Set Theory (3) F 

Prerequisite: Math 250B. Operations on sets; functions; cardinals and ordinals; 
ordering, well ordering; axiom of choice; transfinite numbers. 

310. Ordinary Differential Equations (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math 250B and Math 291. An introduction to existence theorems 
and the theory of differential equations. 

314. Elementary Topology (3) S 

Prerequisite: Math 250B. An introductory course in point set and algebraic topol- 
ogy. 


320. Projective Geometry (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math 291. Homogeneous coordinates, projective group, cross-ratio, 
duality, point and line conics. 

330. Number Theory (3) S 

Prerequisite: Math 250B. Divisibility, congruences, prime number theory, Dioph- 
antine problems. 

335A3. Probability and Mathematical Statistics (3/3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math 250B. An introductory course in probability theory^ and its 
applications, based on use of the calculus. 

350A/B. Advanced Calculus (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math 250B, Math 291. Designed to introduce the student to rigorous 
proofs in analysis. Topics include the real number system, continuity, differentia- 
tion and integration of functions of several variables, infinite integrals and series. 

407A,B. Abstract Algebra (3/3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math 291. Sets, mappings, groups, rings, modules, fields, homomorph- 
isms, advanced topics in vector spaces and theory of linear transformations, matrices, 
algebras, ideals, field theor>% Galois theory. 

412A/B. Complex Analysis (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math 350A. An introduction to the study of functions of a complex 
variable. 


177 


California State College at Fullerton 

425. Differential Geometry (3) S 

Prerequisite: Math 350A. Introduction to the differential geometry of curves and 
surfaces. 

430. Partial Differential Equations (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math 350B. Cauchy-Kowalewsky and other existence theorems, 
theory of first order equations, classification of equations of higher order, detailed 
study of elliptic, hyperbolic and parabolic equations, applications of functional 
analysis to partial differential equations. 

450A,B. Real Analysis (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math 350A. An introductory course in modem functional analysis. 
Measure theory, differentiations and theories of integration. Hilbert and Banach 
spaces, linear transformations and spectral theories. 

MATHEMATICS EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF SCIENCE, MATHEMATICS, AND ENGINEERING 

(Offered by the Department of Science and Mathematics Education) 

100A,B. Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics— Arithmetic (3,3) F, S 
(Formerly Math. 100AB) 

Prerequisites: One year of algebra and one year of geometry. The structure of 
the real number system and its subsystems. Numeration systems. Elementary num- 
ber theory. Equations and inequalities. Elementary set theory and logic. 

300. Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics— Algebra (3) F (Formerly Math. 300) 

Prerequisite: Math 150B. Selected topics in modern algebra. Designed especially 
for teachers and prospective teachers of secondary mathematics. 

301. Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics— Geometry (3) S (Formerly Math. 301) 

Prerequisite: Math 150B. Selected topics in elementary geometry. The study of 
various axiom systems for Euclidean geometry; non-Euclidean geometry; projective, 
metric, and affine geometry. Designed especially for teachers and prospective 
teachers of secondary mathematics. 

432. Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary School (2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math. Educ. 1(X)B. Objectives, content, materials, pupil experiences, 
methods of instruction, and evaluation in arithmetic. The nature and scope of 
arithmetic in the elementary school. 

442. Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary School (2,3) S 

Objectives, methods, and materials for teaching mathematics in secondary schools. 
Required, before student teaching, of students presenting majors in mathematics 
for the General Secondary Credential. Students without teaching experience must 
register for three units credit, and must allow sufficient time in their schedules, at 
the same hour each day, so that they can serve as teacher aides in high schools. 
See Secondary Education listing for professional prerequisites. The requirements 
for the major must include Math. Educ. 300 and 301. 

749. Student Teaching in Mathematics in the Secondary School (6) F, S 

See page 156 under Secondary Education for description and prerequisites. 


178 


Mathematics Education, Music 


750. Seminar in Mathematics Education (2) F, S 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of the instructor. Study of selected 
problems in elementary or secondary education. May be repeated for credit. 
(Hours by arrangement.) 


MUSIC 

IN THE DIVISION OF FINE AND APPLIED ARTS 

100. Introduction to Music (3) F, S 

A basic approach to listening to music with understanding and pleasure through 
a general survey of musical literature representative of various styles and perform- 
ance media. Music will be related to other arts through lectures, recordings, and 
concerts. Closed to music majors. 

101. Music Theory for Non-Music Majors (3) F, S 

Basic theory and practical applications to further understanding of basic music 
principles and to improve music performance and listening skills. Includes sight- 
singing and relationship to keyboard and simple melodic instruments. Not open to 
music majors. 

1 1 1 A,B. Music Theory (3,3) F, S 

Three hours lecture, one hour laboratory. A year course covering diatonic 
harmony and musicianship. Includes scales and intervals, triads and their inversions, 
harmonizations, non-harmonic tones, modulation and dominant seventh chords. 
Practical applications, to include sight-singing, dictation and keyboard harmoniza- 
tions. 

151A,B. Survey of Musical Literature (2,2) F, S 
Open to music majors and minors and qualified students by consent of instruc- 
tor. Two hours lecture, one hour listening. An introductory course for majors in 
the study of the history and literature of music in Western civilization. Students 
must be able to read music as a part of the analysis of form, design and style. 

161a, 361a. Symphony Orchestra (1) F, S (1,1, 1,1) (1,1, 1,1) 

Open by audition to college students and qualified adults in the community. Per- 
formance of standard representative symphonic works. 

161b, 361b. College Choir (1) F, S (1,1, 1,1) (1,1, 1,1) 

Open to all college students. Study and performance of standard representative 
choral literature works. 

161c, 361c. Symphonic Band (1) F, S (1,1, 1,1) (M,1/1) 

Open by audition to college students and qualified adults in the community. 
Performance of standard representative symphonic band literature. 

161d, 361d. Opera Workshop (1) F, S (1,1, 1,1) (1,1, 1,1) (Planned for 1966-67) 

Study of roles and representative excerpts from standard and contemporary 
operas and the basic musical, dramatic and language techniques of the musical 
theatre. Performance of operatic excerpts and complete operas. 

162b, 362b. Wind Ensemble (1) F, S (1,1, 1,1) (1,1, 1,1) 

Open to qualified wind students by audition or consent of the instructor. Per- 
forms representative wind ensemble literature. 


179 


California State College at Fullerton 


162c, 362c. Vocal Ensemble (1) F, S (1,1, 1,1) (1,1, 1,1) 

Study and performance of choral literature of the Renaissance and Baroque 
periods. Open only to students by audition. Public performance required. 


163, 363. Chamber Music Ensembles (1) F, S (1,1, 1,1) (1,1, 1,1) 

Open to all qualified wind, string, or keyboard students. Various ensembles will 
be formed to study, read, and to perform representative chamber literature of all 
periods. 

170, 370. Class Instruction, Principal Instrument or Voice (1) F, S (1,1, 1,1) (1,1, 1,1) 

Class instruction in the principal instrument or voice for intermediate and ad- 
vanced students. Open only to students whose placement-proficiency examination 
reveals deficiencies in the major performing field. (Sec 371-8) 

171-178, 371-378, 571-577. Studio (Private Instruction) Principal Instrument or 
Voice (1) F, S (1,1,1,1) (1,1,1, 1) (1,1) 

Individual on-campus lessons with approved instructors. One unit per semester 
required of all music majors in the principal performing field. 500-level courses 
provide advanced training in the technique and repertoire at the graduate level in 
the student’s principal performance medium. Required of graduate students whose 
terminal project is the graduate recital. Special fee. 


171, 371, 571. Voice, Intermediate and Advanced 

172a, 372a, 572a. Violin, Intermediate and Advanced 

172b, 372b, 572b. Viola, Intermediate and Advanced 

172c, 372c, 572c. Cello, Intermediate and Advanced 

172d, 372d, 572d. String Bass, Intermediate and Advanced 

173a, 373a, 573a. Oboe, Intermediate and Advanced 

173b, 373b, 573b. Flute, Intermediate and Advanced 

173c, 373c, 573c. Clarinet, Intermediate and Advanced 

173d, 373d, 573d. Bassoon, Intermediate and Advanced 

174a, 374a, 574a. Trumpet, Intermediate and Advanced 

174b, 374b, 574b. Trombone and Baritone, Intermediate and Advanced 

174c, 374c, 574c. French Horn, Intermediate and Advanced 

174d, 374d, 574d. Tuba, Intermediate and Advanced 

175, 375, 575. Percussion, Intermediate and Advanced 

176a, 376a, 576a. Piano, Intermediate and Advanced 

176b, 376b, 576b. Organ, Intermediate and Advanced 

377, 577. Composition, Advanced 

378. Conducting, Advanced 

* 181, 381. Orchestral Instruments (1,1, 1,1 or 2,2,2,2) (1,1, 1,1 or 2,2,2,2) 

Required of all music degree candidates and for music teaching credentials. 


* Instrumental majors are required to take a minimum of 8 units of orchestral instruments, 
Mu 181-381. 


180 


Music 


Idia, 381a. String Instruments (1-2) F 

Specialization on violin, with related work on standard instruments of the string 
family. 

181b, 381b. Woodwind Instruments (1-2) F 

Specialization on clarinet, with related work on standard instruments of the 
woodwind family. 

181c, 381c. Brass Instruments (1-2) S 

Specialization on trumpet, with related work on standard instruments of the 
brass family. 

181d, 381d. Percussion Instruments (1-2) S 

Specialization on snare drum, with related work on standard instruments of the 
percussion family. 

182A,B 382A,B. Piano Class for Music Majors (1) F, S 

Prerequisite: declaration of the music major and consent of instructor. Designed 
to meet music major piano requirements for degree and teaching credentials. 
Fundamentals of keyboard technique for students whose major performance field 
is not piano. Not required for piano majors. 

183A,B, 383A,B. Voice Class for Music Majors (1) F, S 

Prerequisite: declaration of the music major and consent of instructor. Designed 
to meet voice requirement for instrumental and piano majors and to prepare candi- 
dates for proficiency requirement for teaching credential. Not required for voice 
majors. 

211A,B. Music Theory (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Mu lllB, or equivalent. Three hours lecture, one hour laboratory. 
A year course covering secondary dominants, diminished seventh, ninth, eleventh 
and thirteenth chords, sequence and chromatic chords. Practical applications to 
include sight-singing, melodic and harmonic dictation, and keyboard harmonizations. 

220. Structures of Music (2) S 

A non-technical study of the aesthetics of musical form and their relation to 
similar aspects in the other arts. 

310. Theory Review (3) F 

Review of materials covered in Mu 111 A3 and Mu 211 A3* For regular or 
transfer students whose junior placement-proficiency examination indicates need 
for further study prior to taking upper division theory. Includes sequence, second- 
ary dominants, modulations and chromatic harmony and sight-singing and dictation 
based upon the materials of Mu 211A,B. 

312A,B. Counterpoint (2,2) F, S 

Prerequisites: Music 111A3 and 211A,B. Basic 18th Century counterpoint in 
two, three and four parts, double counterpoint, canon, and fugue forms. 

321 A,B. Form and Analysis (2,2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Analysis of structural elements of music 
such as motive, phrase, and period; binary, ternary, rondo, sonato-allegro and 
larger musical forms in representative musical works. 


181 


California State College at Fullerton 

322A,B* Composition (2,2) F, S 

A. Prerequisites: elementary counterpoint, Music 211B or consent of instructor. 
Ear training, analysis of smaller forms, simple composition of rvvo-three part song 
form styles. B. Analysis and writing of more complex musical forms. 

323A. Orchestration (2) S 

Prerequisite: Music 21lB and consent of instructor. Writing and analysis of 
orchestral music. 

333. Music and Child Development (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Mu 101 or equivalent or successful completion of proficiency test. 
Study of the relationship of music to child growth and development, with em- 
phasis on the child from five to twelve. 

350. Music in Our Society (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Mu 100 or consent of instructor. Three hours lecture and discus- 
sion, one hour listening. Designed to increase interest and an understanding of 
music in its relation to our general culture. Emphasis on structure, analysis and 
aesthetic principles through the study of masterpieces of musical literature of 
various historical periods. 

351A,B. History and Literature of Music (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Music 351A, History and Literature of Music. A. A study of the 
history and literature of music from early Greek beginnings through the Renais- 
sance. B. A study of the history and literature of music covering the Baroque, 
Classic, Romantic period and the 20th Century. (Required of all music majors.) 

384A,B. Piano Class for Teachers (1,1) F, S 

Prerequisite: Music 101 or consent of instructor. Elementary^ and intermediate 
instruction in basic piano techniques, with special emphasis on application to ap- 
propriate song materials and simple accompaniments used in the elementary school. 
Required of candidates for general elementary credential who specialize in music 
and those preparing to teach in kindergarten and first grades. 

391 A,B. Choral Conducting (2,2) F, S 

Principles, techniques, and methods of conducting choral groups. Laboratory 
work with class and vocal ensembles, using standard choral repertoire. Required 
of all music education majors. 

392A,B. Instrumental Conducting (2,2) F, S 

Principles, techniques, and methods of conducting orchestral and band groups. 
Laboratory experience in conducting instrumental groups, using standard instru- 
mental literature. 

451. Music of the Baroque Period (2) F 

Prerequisite: Mu 351A,B or consent of instructor. Musical forms, styles, and 
performance practices of the Baroque period. Detailed analysis of significant repre- 
sentative works. Two hours lecture and discussion, one hour weekly listening. 

452. Music of the Classic and Romantic Period (2) 5 

Prerequisite: Mu 351A,B or consent of instructor. A study of the history and 
literature of music from approximately 1750 to 1900. Detailed analysis of important 
representative works. Two hours weekly lecture and discussion. One hour per 
week listening. 


182 


Music 


453. Twentieth Century Music (2) S 

Prerequisite: Mu 351 A3 or consent of instructor. Developments in the music of 
Western Europe and the Western Hemisphere since 1890. Intensive study of con- 
temporary music and its structure. 

458. Collegium Musicum (2) S 

The study and performance of rare and old music, both instrumental and vocal. 
Techniques of musical research will be applied. Students should be competent 
performers. 

498. Senior Recital F, S 

Presentation of a public recital in principal area of performance concentration. 

500. Introduction to Graduate Study in Music (2) F, S 

Required of all graduate music majors. Study of basic bibliography, literature, 
and research techniques and materials useful in graduate music study. 

523. Advanced Orchestration (2) S 

Analysis and practice of traditional and contemporary orchestration techniques. 
Scoring of music for large ensembles such as orchestra, band, chorus and orchestra, 
or band and orchestra. 

550. Seminar in Music History (2) F 

Prerequisite: Mu 351A,B and consent of instructor. Detailed investigation and 
analysis of specific developments in musicology including exercises in transcriptions 
from old notations and historical investigations prepared by members of the 
seminar. 

591. Advanced Choral Conducting and Interpretation (2) F 

Prerequisite: Mu 39 IB, conducting experience, or consent of instructor. Advanced 
problems in choral conducting techniques, with emphasis on laboratory work with 
student groups and in concert conducting. 

592. Advanced Instrumental Conducting and Interpretation (2) S 

Prerequisite: Mu 392B, conducting experience, or consent of instructor. Ad- 
vanced study of baton technique with emphasis on interpretive and stylistic prob- 
lems in the conducting of major works. Students will be expected to prepare 
works for public performance. 

598. Thesis or Project (3-6) F, S 

Individual investigation of specific problems in the area of concentration by 
candidates for the M.A. Degree. 

MUSIC EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF FINE AND APPLIED ARTS 

(Offered by the Department of Music) 

430. Special Projects in Music Education (1-3) F, S 

Advanced projects relating to panicular areas of teaching specialization for 
teachers and supervisors of music. Instructor’s permission required. 

435. Children's Literature in Music (2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Mu 333 or consent of instructor. A survey of books and listening 
materials for pre-school and elementary age children, with techniques of presen- 
tation. Designed for the classroom teacher or general student. 


183 


California State College at Fullerton 

441. Teaching Music Theory and Appreciation in the Public Schools { 2 - 3 *) F 

Prerequisite: 20 units in music, Education Found. 311, or consent of instructor. 
Required of all music majors working for the Standard Teaching Credential, Sec- 
ondary Specialization. The history and organization of the teaching of music theory 
and appreciation in the public schools. Interrelation of general and specialized 
classes and their place in the total school program. Music literature, materials, and 
techniques for producing effective musical growth. 

442. Teaching Vocal Music in the Public Schools { 2 - 3 *) S 

Prerequisite: 20 units in music. Education Found. 311, senior class standing or 
consent of instructor. Required of all music majors working for the Standard 
Teaching Credential, Secondary Specialization. The history and organization of 
the teaching of vocal and choral music in public education. Planning sequential 
vocal training and performance organizations for the total school program. Study 
of choral literature and techniques of instruction. 

443. Teaching Instrumental Music in the Public Schools { 2 - 3 *) S 

Prerequisite: 20 units in music. Education Found. 311, senior standing or consent 
of instructor. Required of all music majors working for the Standard Teaching 
Credential, Secondary Specialization. The history and organization of the teaching 
of instrumental music in public education. Study of music literature and appro- 
priate curricula for the development of concert bands, symphony orchestras, and 
chamber music ensembles for the total school program. 

545. Supervision and Administration of Music in the Public Schools (2) S 

Open to music education majors with teaching experience. Philosophy, prin- 
ciples and practices of supervision of music in the public elementary and secondary 
schools. Emphasis on modem principles of leadership, types of services, organiza- 
tion, management and evaluation of programs of instruction. Required of candidates 
for supervisory credential. 

749. Student Teaching in Music in the Secondary School (6) F, S 

See page 156 for description and prerequisite. 

PHILOSOPHY 

IN THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 

110. Comparative Study of the World's Great Religions (3) S 

A study of man’s religious impulse as viewed from the philosophical standpoint. 
An attempt will be made to analyze and to compare religious experience as ex- 
pressed in Christianity, Islam, Buddhism, Hinduism, etc. 

210. Logic (3) F, S 

Analysis of the various forms given to propositions and the basic requirements 
necessary for valid inference. 

211 A. Classical Schools of Philosophy (3) F 

Classical emphases concerning metaphysics, knowledge and related enquiries. 

21 IB. Classical Schools of Philosophy (3) S 

Classical emphases concerning man’s social relations and human values. 

* Students without teaching experience must register for three units credit in one of the follow- 
ing: Mu 441, 442, or 443, and must allow suflBcient time in their schedules at the same 
hour each day so that they can serve as teacher aides in public schools. 


184 


Philosophy 


250. Philosophy of Ideas (3) F, S 

Analysis of basic ideas which have shaped modern thought. 

310. Ethics (3) F, S 

An analysis of the problems of human conduct: motivation, valuing, norms, so- 
cial demands, and personal commitments. 

311. Philosophy of Aesthetics (3) F, S 

An investigation into the conditions and the aims of aesthetic experience. 

331. History of Philosophy: Rationalism and Empiricism (3) F 

The rationalism of Descartes, Spinoza, and Leibniz, and the empiricism of Locke, 
Berkeley, and Hume. 

332. History of Philosophy: Kant and the 19th Century (3) S 

The empiricistic and rationalistic influences on Kant, followed by a study of the 
major trends in 19th century philosophy. 

340. Logic and Epistemology (3) F 

An investigation into the connections that obtain between valid principles of 
reasoning and various systems of knowledge and belief. 

347. Selected Problems in Philosophy (3) F 

An investigation into the significant contributions made to human culture through 
philosophic analysis. 

368. Symbolic Logic (3) F 

The recognition and construction of correct deductions in the sentential logic 
and the first-order predicate calculus with identity. 

382. Contemporary Philosophy (3) F 

A survey and analysis of the main trends of 20th century philosophy. Emphasis 
will be placed on such trends as Pragmatism, Linguistic Analysis, and Existen- 
tialism. 

407. Seminar in Basic Concepts of Philosophy and Psychology (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: 3 units in both philosophy and psychology. An interdisciplinary 
study of significant interrelationships which obtain between basic concepts common 
to both philosophy and psychology. 

412. Metaphysics (3) S 

An examination of the philosophical problems of Freedom and Determinism, 
Mind and Body, Time and Becoming, Causation, Deity, Substratum, Personal 
Identity. 

417A. Seminar in Aristotle's Scientific and Speculative Views (3) F 
(Offered in alternate years) 

An intensive study of the great philosopher’s views concerning the nature and 
function of science, logical reasoning, and the status of universal. 

417B. Seminar in Aristotle's Social and Aesthetic Views (3) S 
(Offered in alternate years) 

A study of the problems of human conduct, government and art. 


185 


California State College at Fullerton 

427 A. Seminar in Spinoza's Ethics and Metaphysics (3) F 

A detailed and critical study of Spinoza’s views concerning the nature of man 
and the problems of conduct as developed in the Ethics. 

427B. Seminar in Spinoza's Political Theory (3) S 

A detailed and critical study of the Tractatus Politicus and the Tractatus Theo- 
logico-Politicus. 

437 A. Seminar in the Philosophy of William James (3) F 

A detailed study of James’ psychological and epistemological views. 

437B. Seminar in the Philosophy of William James (3) S 

A detailed study of James’ social, ethical, and religious views. 

447A. Seminar in the Development of Plato's Philosophy (3) F 

A critical and detailed study of the early and middle Dialogues, terminating with 
The Republic. 

447B. Seminar in Plato's Later Dialogues (3) S 

A critical and detailed study of the later Dialogues which follow The Republic, 
terminating with T he Laws. 

450. Philosophy of Science (3) S 

An investigation into the methodologies of the deductive and inductive sciences. 

451. Philosophical Backgrounds of Modern Literature (3) F, S 

The connection betv^een representative writers and such thinkers and philosophers 
as Freud, Spengler, Schopenhauer, Nietzsche, and Kierkegaard. (Same as English 
451 .) 

457 A. Seminar in Hume's Philosophy of Science (3) F 

A detailed study of Book I of the Treatise on Human Nature and the Enquiry 
Concerning Human Understanding. 

457B. Seminar in Hume's Ethical Views (3) S 

A detailed study of the Dialogues Concerning Natural Religion and the Enquiry 
Concerning the Principles of Morals. 

460. Philosophy of History (3) S 

A study of the metaphysical and the logical problems of History. 

467A. Kant's Theory of Knowledge (3) F (Offered in Alternate Years) 

A critical and detailed study of The Critique of Pure Reason. 

467B. Kant's Theory of Ethics and Aesthetics (3) S (Offered in alternate years) 

A critical and detailed study of The Critique of Practical Reason and The Criti- 
que of Judgment. 

499. Independent Study (1-3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Minimum of 12 units in Philosophy and approval of the Depart- 
ment. Such study is designed to develop greater competency in research. May be 
repeated for credit. 


186 


Physical Education 


PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF EDUCATION 

(Offered by the Department of Health Education, 

Physical Education, and Recreation) 

Required Activity Courses 

All students must successfully complete four semesters of physical education 
activity courses as panial fulfillment of the General Education requirements for 
the baccalaureate degree. Each course carries Vi unit credit. The Department of 
Physical Education recommends that the student begin this program with the first 
semester of attendance (summer session courses in physical education do not fulfill 
this requirement). Other than exceptional cases, students will be expected to com- 
plete this requirement prior to the last thirty units of their baccalaureate degree 
program. Not more than six units of credit in physical education activities, includ- 
ing intercollegiate athletics courses, may be applied toward credit for graduation. 
Credit in intercollegiate athletics courses may meet not more than two semesters 
of the college General Education requirement in physical education. Physical edu- 
cation activities courses may not be repeated for credit. 

Physical education actvities courses are designed to offer the student opportuni- 
ties to develop optimal skills, knowledge, and confidence for mental, social, and 
physical fitness objectives for educational, recreational, and utilitarian purposes in 
our democratic society. The program is organized and conducted on a planned 
basis in four instructional areas: (1) Aquatic Activities, (2) Group and Team Ac- 
tivities, (3) Individual Activities, and (4) Dance Activities. 


• FOR MEN 


AQUATIC 

ACTIVITIES: 

(PE 110 Serici) 

GROUP AND TEAM 
ACTIVITIES; 

(PE 120 Seric.) 

INDIVIDUAL 

ACTIVITIES: 

(PE 130 Seric*) 

DANCE 

ACTIVITIES: 

(PE 140 Series) 

111 m Swimming F, S 

121 m Group 

Game* F 

122 m Group 

Game* S 

131 m Gymnastic*, 

Tumbling, 
and Rebound 
Tumbling F, S 

132 m Combative* F, S 

133 m Physical Condi- 

tioning F, S 

134 m Adapted 

Physical 
Education F, S 

135 m Track and 

Field F, S 



111 w Swimming 


• FOR WOMEN 


121 w Group 

131 w Gymnastic*, 

Game* F 

Tumbling, 

122 w Group 

and Rebound 

Game* S 

Tumbling F, S 


133 w Physical Condi- 


tioning F, S 


134 w Adapted 


Physical 


Education F, S 


187 


California State College at Fullerton 


• CO-EDUCATIONAL 


113 Life-SavinR and 

123 Group Games 

136 Archery 

F, S 

141 Social Dance F, S 

Water Safety F, S 

(Open only to 

137 Golf 

F, S 

142 Folk and Square 

prospective 

elementary 

school 

teachers.) F, S 

138 Tennis 

F, S 

Dance F, S 

143 Modern Dance S 


COURSES IN INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS 

Consent of the coach of the sport is required for enrollment. Each semester of 
enrollment carries 1 unit of credit. Credit in intercollegiate athletics courses may 
meet not more than two semesters of the college general education reqiucmcnt in 
physical education. Not more than six units of credit in physical education activi- 
ties, including intercollegiate athletics courses, may be applied toward credit for 
graduation. 

PE 317. Baseball (1) S 

PE 318. Basketball (1) F, S 

PE 319. Cross-Country (1) F 

PE 321. Golf (1) S 

PE 324. Tennis (1) S 

PE 325. Track and Field (1) S 

PE 201. Introduction to Physical Education (2) F 

Introduction to the physical education programs in public and private agencies; 
personal, social, and professional requirements; and demands on the physical edu- 
cation teacher. 

PE 333. Physical Education and Human Development (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Educ. Found. 311. The meaning of physical education and its place 
in our rapidly changing world and educational system. Includes orientation and 
interpretation of the philosophies and theories. Emphasis is placed on character- 
istics of the child, particularly as these relate to physical growth and development; 
basic mechanical principles underlying efficient human movement; and essentials 
for development of effective programs of physical education for children in the 
elementary school. 

PE 749. Student Teaching in Physical Education in the Secondary School (6) F, S 

See p. 156 under Education Secondary section for description and prerequisites. 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 

IN THE DIVISION OF SCIENCE, MATHEMATICS, AND ENGINEERING 

(Offered by the Departments of Chemistry and Physics) 

201. Modern Physical Science (4 or 5) F, S 

Prerequisite: 1 year of high school Algebra or equivalent, or permission of the 
instructor. Taught jointly by the departments of chemistry and physics, this 
course presents the essential unifying features of the basic physical sciences, chem- 
istry, chemistry and physics; the modem concepts of the physical and chemical 


188 


Physical Science, Physics 


theory of atomic and molecular structure form the unifying course material. 
Selected physical and chemical theory (from the fields of mechanics, electricity 
and magnetism, light, kinetic theory, thermodynamics, quantum theory, and inor- 
ganic and organic chemistry) are included to provide the necessary background 
material. (4 hours lecture, 1 hour recitation per week.) 

PHYSICS * 

IN THE DIVISION OF SCIENCE, MATHEMATICS, AND ENGINEERING 
201. Modern Physical Science (4 or 5) F, S (See course description 
under Physical Science 201) 

211A,B. Elementary Physics (4,4) F, S 

Prerequisite; High school algebra, IV 2 years; trigonometry, Vi year. Elementary 
physics taught without the use of calculus. Covers principally the fields of mechan- 
ics, thermodynamics, and acoustics in the first semester, and principally the fields 
of electricity, magetism, light, and atomic physics in the second semester. (3 hours 
lecture, 3 hours laboratory per week.) 

221 A. Fundamental Physics (5) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math 150A; corequisite: Math. HOB. Fundamental classical physics 
including mechanics, heat and thermodynamics, acoustics, and wave motion. (4 
hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory per week.) 

221 B. Fundamental Physics (5) F, S (Formerly 222) 

Prerequisite: Physics 221 A. Fundamental classical and modern physics, including 
physical optics, electricity and magnetism, and an introduction to modern physics. 
(4 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory per week.) 

221c. Fundamental Physics (3) F, S (Formerly 223) 

Prerequisite: Physics 22 IB. Fundamental physical concepts are presented in a 
unifying framework, using the postulational approach. The five major theories: 
classical mechanics, relativity, electricity, quantum mechanics, and statistical 
mechanics form the principal material for this course, which is designated for 
the student who has just completed the 10 unit sequence. Physics 221 A and 22 IB. 
(3 hours lecture per week.) 

411. Theory of Wave Motion (3) F 

Prerequisites: Physics 22 IB, Mathematics 150B. The properties of wave motion: 
production, propagation, refraction, diffraction, interference, and transmission 
through surfaces of waves, as applied to physical optics, acoustics, heat radiation, 
and wave mechanics. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

416. Thermodynamics and Introduction to Kinetic Theory (3) S 

Prerequisites: Physics 22 IB, Mathematics 250B. A postulational study of thermo- 
dynamics with emphasis on thermodynamic states rather than on thermodynamic 
processes. An introductory course in the basic concepts and postulates, conditions 
of equilibrium, formal relationships, processes and thermodynamic engines, stability 
of thermodynamic systems, first- and second-order phase transitions, the Nernst 
postulate, and representative applications. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

* For all courses, prerequisites not requiring consent of the department chairman may be waived 
by the instructor of the course if he is satisfied that the student is qualified to undertake 
the course. A grade of C or better is required for aU prerequisite courses. 


189 


California State College at Fullerton 

431. Electricity and Magnetism (3) F 

Prerequisites: Physics 22 IB, Mathematics 250B. Theories of electrostatics, electro- 
dynamics, and electromagnetic waves. Introduction to magnetohydrodynamics. (3 
hours lecture per week.) 

441. Analytical Mechanics (3) S 

Prerequisites: Physics 22 IB, Mathematics 250B. Principles of Newtonian mechanics 
applied to the statics and dynamics of particles and rigid bodies. Introduction to 
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian equations. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

451. Modern Physics (3) (Offered in alternate years) 

Prerequisites: Physics 22 IB, Mathematics 250B. Discussion of experiments and 
introduction to theory for selected topics in atomic, nuclear, and solid state physics. 
(3 hours lecture per week.) 

452. Physics of Nuclear Radiation (3) S 

Prerequisite: 1 year college physics. X-rays, radioactivity, interaction of radiation 
with matter, detection of radiation, applications to health physics. (3 hours lecture 
per week.) 

453. Nuclear Physics (3) F 

Prerequisites: Physics 22 IB, Mathematics 250B. Properties of nuclei, radioactivity, 
elementary particles, nuclear reactions. Introductory discussion of theories of 
nuclear structure and nuclear processes. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

454. Introduction to the Solid State of Matter (3) (Offered in alternate years) 

Prerequisite: One course in atomic or nuclear physics, differential equations. An 
introduction to the physical properties of matter in the solid state, as explained by 
atomic theory. Structural, mechanical, and growth properties of crystals; atomic 
bonding; electrical, magnetic, and thermal properties of metals, semiconductors, 
and insulators. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

455. Introduction to Quantum Physics (3) (Offered in alternate years) 

Prerequisites: Physics 431, Physics 441, differential equations. An introduction to 
the concepts and theory of quantum physics. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

471. Electronic Circuit Theory (3) F 

Prerequisites: Physics 22 IB, Mathematics 250B. Operating characteristics of 
vacuum tubes, transistors, and semiconductor diodes. Linear circuit theory for 
alternating currents and for transient currents. Introduction to switching and pulse 
circuits. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

481 A. Experimental Physics (3) F (Formeriy 381) 

Prerequisite: Physics 22 IB. Corequisite: Physics 431. Selected experiments in elec- 
trical measurements and electronics, with emphasis on precision of measurement and 
standardization of instruments. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory per week.) 

481 B. Experimental Physics (3) 5 (Formerly 382) 

Prerequisite: Physics 481 A. Corequisite: Physics 441. Selected experiments in 
mechanics, acoustics, physical optics, and atomic spectra. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory per week.) 

481 C. Experimental Physics (3) F (Formerly 481) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: 1 course in nuclear or modem physics. Selected 
experiments in atomic and nuclear physics. (1 hour lecture and 6 hours laboratory 
per week.) 

190 


Physics 


481 D. Experimental Physics (3) S (Formerly 482) 

Prerequisites: Physics 481A»B»C or consent of department chairman. Selected 
experiments in classical and modem physics. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory per 
week.) 

491. Senior Report (1) F, S 

Prerequisite: Consent of department chairman. Selection and design for indi- 
vidual project, oral and written reports. (1 hour lecture-recitation per week.) 

492. Senior Report (2) S 

Prerequisite: Physics 491 and consent of department chairman. Laboratory work 
on individual project, oral and written progress reports, oral and written final 
report. (1 hour lecmre-recitation and 6 hours laboratory per week.) 

531. Electricity and Magnetism (3) (Offered in alternate years) 

Prerequisite: Mathematics through partial differential equations. An advanced 
course in eletromagnetic field theory beginning with Maxwell’s equations. Treated 
are: vector and scalar potentials, boundary value problems, electrostatics, mag- 
netostatics, wave propagation, and related topics. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

541. Analytical Mechanics (3) (Offered in alternate years) 

Prerequisite: Mathematics through partial differential equations. A thorough 
theoretical treatment of classical mechanics including the important motions of a 
point, general principles of work and energy, the principle of least action, Lagrange 
and Hamiltonian equations, the dynamics of rigid bodies, and related topics. (3 
hours lecture per week.) 

555. Quantum Physics (3) (Offered in alternate years) 

Prerequisite: Mathematics through partial differential equations. A course in the 
theory of quantum physics including the physical bases of quantum physics, oper- 
ator formulation, matrix mechanics, commutator bracket formulation, perturbation 
theory, quantum statistics. (3 hours lecture per week.) 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 

IN THE DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 

100. American Government (3) F, 5 

Structure and functions of the United States Government; the federal system; 
the organization, powers and functions of the executive, legislative, and judicial 
branches; the relationship between federal, state and local units of government, 
the structure and functions of state and local government with special attention 
to California. This course satisfies the state requirements in U.S. Constitution and 
California state and local government. 

101. Introduction to Politics and Government (3) F, S 

An examination of political movements, their aims, strengths and ideologies. 
Contemporary issues at all levels of government; resultant patterns, with emphasis 
on their form in the United States and in California. This course satisfies the state 
requirement in U.S. Constitution. 

306. Research Methods in Political Science (3) F, S 

An introduction to the fundamentals of Political Science as a discipline. Areas 
of study, and appropriate concepts and methods of analysis. Distinctions between 
evaluation and description, law and politics, state and society. This course is in- 
tended for students who will be taking upper division Political Science, and is 
required of Political Science majors. 


191 


California State College at Fullerton 


311. State and Local Government (3) F, S 

Development and role of state constitutions; the political, administrative and 
judicial systems of state, county, and city governments; relations of local govern- 
ments to the state government, with special reference to California. This course 
satisfies the state requirement in California state and local government. 

312. Political Parties and Pressure Groups (3) F 

The American two-party system; party organization, nominating procedures, 
campaign methods; problems of party responsibility and party leadership. The 
power and growth of farm, labor, business, and non-economic pressure groups; 
interest-group activity in Congress, administration, and courts. 

320. Introduction to Public Administration (3) F 

Prerequisites: Political Science 100 and 311, or consent of the instructor. The 
nature and scope of public administration and its role in a democratic society; 
basic problems in the execution of public policies in the federal, state and local 
government units, such as organization, personnel, finance, internal management, 
administrative powers and responsibilities, intergovernmental relationships, and the 
impact on administration of public opinion. 

331. Governments and Politics of Major Powers (3) F 

Governmental structures, policies, and problems of major powers in Europe and 
Asia; constitutional characteristics; major political parties; election systems; fed- 
eralist and Unitarian features; comparative analysis. 

340. Democracy and Communism (3) F 

Recommended for non-majors. The democratic tradition, especially in the United 
States and Great Britain; the theory and practice of Communism in Soviet Russia, 
Yugoslavia, and Red China; authoritarian political thought in Italy, Germany, and 
Spain. 

341. Fundamental Principles of Political Theory (3) F 

Problems of the relationship of man and morality in their relationship to the 
state; emphasis on the period from Plato to the Renaissance. 

342. Specific Problems in Political Theory (3) S 

Problems of liberty and obligation, of forms of government and of the economy; 
emphasis on the period from the Renaissance to the present day. 

351. International Relations (3) F, $ 

A study of the diplomatic, political, economic, and cultural relations of nations; 
the modern systems of nation states; basic factors of power; sovereignty, nation- 
alism; imperialism; colonialism, the rise to influence of the developing nations; the 
peaceful settlement of disputes. 

411. The Judicial Process (3) F 

Prerequisite: Political Science 100 or consent of the instructor. The nature of the 
American judicial system; the courts in a federal system and their relationship to 
other branches of government. A study of the adversary process and the jury 
system. Judicial review and the political uses of the political process. 

413. Constitutional Law (3) S 

Prerequisite: Political Science 100 or consent of the instructor. Judicial decisions 
and precedents concerning the powers of government. Civil liberties, voting rights, 
war powers, business and labor regulation, apportionment and political parties. 


192 


Political Science 


414. The Legislative Process (3) S 

Prerequisite: Political Science 100. The nature of the legislative process in the 
United States including the organization and procedures of legislative bodies, direct 
legislation and the relationships of the legislative branch to other branches of gov- 
ernment. Comparative legislative systems will be analyzed. 

415. Public Opinion and Political Behavior (3) F 

Prerequisite: Political Science 100. The nature of public opinion in democratic 
and totalitarian societies; the manipulation of public opinion by interest groups, 
party organizations and government agencies. The relationship of propaganda to 
other forms of political power. The methods and uses of polls and opinion studies. 

416. The American Presidency (3) S 

Prerequisite: Political Science 100. A study of the growth of the office and 
power of the President, of his relationship to his advisers and the executive de- 
partments, Congress and the courts, state governments and the public. The role 
of the President as chief policy-maker and administrator, party and public opinion 
leader, with particular attention to developments during international and domestic 
crises. 

420. Local Government and Administration (3) F (Formerly 423) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 100 or consent of instructor. The organization of 
municipal, county and other units of local government and the techniques used 
to accomplish their objectives. 

421. Government Finance Administration (3) S 

Prerequisite: Political Science 320 or consent of the instructor. The role of 
finance administration and budgeting in the determination of public policy, and 
in the administrative planning and management of governmental operations. Exam- 
ines the relationship of assessment administration to governmental revenues and 
expenditures, the principles and practices of cost accounting, treasury manage- 
ment, and capital budgeting. 

422. Public Personnel Administration (3) F 

Prerequisite: Political Science 320 or consent of the instructor. The growth and 
development of the civil service and the merit system; an evaluation of recruitment 
procedures and examinations; an analysis of such topics as position classification, 
salary structures, retirement plans, in-service training, employee organizations, and 
personnel supervision. 

424. City and Regional Planning (3) F 

Prerequisite: Political Science 320 or consent of the instructor. The origins and 
development of city and regional planning; the legal bases and fundamental con- 
cepts of planning are defined; and the organization and administration of the plan- 
ning activity are examined. Attention is given to the major elements of the General 
Plan, zoning laws and administration, urban renewal, and capital programming. 

426. Government Organization and Management (3) S 

Prerequisite: Political Science 320 or consent of the instructor. An analytical 
examination of public administration organization, and the techniques and processes 
of public management; the growth and development of bureaucratic administration; 
the functions of administrative authority; and the importance of communication, 
coordination, and leadership to organizational action. 


193 


California State College at Fullerton 


429. Government Internship (3-6) F, S 

Prerequisite: Public Administration concentration and consent of the instructor. 
Supervised work experience in governmental agencies for the purpose of increasing 
student understanding of the nature and scope of governmental operations. Super- 
vision is provided by the faculty and cooperating agencies. Student time required 
in an administrative assignment ranges from five to twenty hours per week, depend- 
ing upon the number of credits sought and whether compensation is involved. 

432. Government and Politics of Great Britain (3) S 

Prerequisite: Political Science 331 or consent of the instructor. The history and 
dynamics of the British system; constitutionalism; society and the class structure; 
parties, public opinion and pressure groups; the formal and informal centers of 
power. 

433. Government and Politics of Soviet Russia (3) F 

Prerequisite: Political Science 331 or consent of the instructor. The principles 
of Marxism-Leninism underlying the Soviet government, as modified by Stalin and 
successors; constitutional provisions and political practices; the Communist party 
and mass organization; elections and election campaigns; the press; education and 
religion; relations to the international Communist movement and the other Com- 
munist governments. 

434. Government and Politics of France (3) F 

Prerequisite: Political Science 331 or consent of the instructor. Divisions in 
French society and their effect on the political institutions; traditions of authori- 
tarianism and democracy, of stability and instability. Comparison of the basic fea- 
tures of the 5th French Republic with previous French constitutional structures; 
future possibilities. 

435. Government and Politics of Germany (3) S 

Prerequisite: Political Science 331 or consent of the instructor. A comparative 
study of basic features of German government and parties under the Empire, 
Weimar Republic, National Socialism, and the present Bonn Republic. The East- 
“German Democratic Republic” is studied as an example of a West European 
country under Communist rule. 

436. Government and Politics of Developing Societies (3) S 

Prerequisite: Political Science 331 or consent of the instructor. A study of po- 
litical institutions, structure and traditions in selected developing countries. Transi- 
tion of traditional states into modem states; impact of foreign ideologies; reformist 
and revolutionary experiments; the impact of anti-colonialism and nationalism; the 
role of the military. Constitutional developments; political parties; problems of 
administration. 

440. Recent Political Thought (3) F 

Prerequisite: Political Science 341 or 342 or consent of the instructor. A study 
of selected modern political thinkers. 

442. American Political Thought (3) S 

Prerequisite: Political Science 100. American political thought from the Colonial 
period to the present day including leaders such as Thomas Jefferson, Henry Clay, 
Abraham Lincoln, Woodrow Wilson, and Walter Lippmann. 


194 


Political Science 


443. Political Theories of Communist States (3) S 

Prerequisite: Political Science 341, 342, or consent of the instructor. A study of 
the political theory of Marxism from its pre-Hegelian roots to the contemporary 
revisions in Soviet Russia, Yugoslavia, Cuba and Red China. 

451. Problems in International Relations (3) S 

Prerequisite: Political Science 351 or consent of the instructor. Examination of 
selected problems in various countries and geographic areas with a definite impact 
on International Relations, such as nationalism, colonialism, anti-colonialism, neu- 
tralism, racism, ethnic and linguistic minorities, border disputes, governmental 
instability, economic poverty, disease, illiteracy and overpopulation. 

452. American Diplomacy (3) F, 5 

Prerequisite: Political Science 351 or consent of the instructor. The formulation 
of American foreign policy and conduct of diplomacy; evaluation of both tradi- 
tional and current practices, policies, and proposed major changes. 

453. Foreign Policy Formulation (3) 5 

Prerequisite: Political Science 331 or 351 or consent of the instructor. A seminar 
type discussion of the formulation and implementation of the foreign policy of a 
selected country or countries with particular reference to the implementation of 
that policy in the United Nations, regional organizations or alliances. May be 
repeated for credit. 

454. The 5oviet Union in World Affairs (3) 5 

Prerequisite: Political Science 351, 433 or consent of the instructor. Theory and 
practice of Soviet Russia’s foreign policies; the international relations theories of 
Marx, Lenin, Stalin, and Khrushchev; practices of the Kremlin; world strategy 
and tactics of the Soviet Communist movement. 

460. International Law (3) S 

Prerequisite: Political Science 351 or consent of the instructor. The sources and 
nature of international law; its role in a world of sovereign states; the law of 
war and peace; the rights and duties of nations in their international relationships. 
The World Court; purpose, problems, and prospects. 

461. The United Nations and Other Public International Organizations (3) F 

Prerequisite: Political Science 351 or consent of the instructor. The nature, scope, 
and role of public international organizations; evaluation of the League of Nations; 
analysis of the United Nations; its functions, purposes and problems; role of the 
World Court; International Labor Organization. Functions of UNESCO, UNICEIF, 
and similar organizations. 

463. The International Relations and Problems of Latin America (3) 5 

The relation of Latin American states with each other, the United States, Soviet 
Russia, and China; the organization of American States and the United Nations; 
domestic philosophies and problems affecting their international outlook and 
policies. 

499. Independent 5tudy (1-3) F, 5 

Open to advanced students in Political Science by permission of the department 
chairman. May be repeated for credit. 

501. 5eminar in Political 5cience (3) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Selected studies in political science with 
emphasis on individual research and contributions. May be repeated for credit. 

195 


8 — 34730 


California State College at Fullerton 


511. Advanced Studies in American Politics (3) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. A comprehensive examination of the 
political process in the United States. 

521. Seminar in Public Administration (3) S 

Prerequisite; Consent of the instructor. Advanced study in the theory and prac- 
tice of public administration. Attention will be given to selected problems in 
governmental administration, with emphasis on individual research and student 
contributions. May be repeated for credit. 

526. Seminar in Public Administrative Behavior (3) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Concepts, functions and techniques of 
administrative leadership; group dynamics; decision making; the organization and 
the individual. 

551. Advanced International Relations (3) F 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Study of selected problems in inter- 
national relations with emphasis on individual research and contributions within 
the framework of a seminar. May be repeated for credit. 

599. Independent Study and Research (1-3) F, S (Formerly 500) 

Open to graduate students only by permission of the chairman of the department. 
May be repeated for credit. 

PORTUGUESE 

IN THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

101. Fundamental Portuguese (4) F 

Listening-comprehension, speaking, reading-comprehension, and writing to de- 
velop control of the sounds and the basic forms and structure of Portuguese (3 
hours lecture-discussion, 2 hours laboratory). 

102. Fundamental Portuguese (4) S 

Prerequisite: Portuguese 101 (or equivalent). Listening-comprehension, speaking, 
reading-comprehension, and writing to develop control of the sounds and the 
basic forms and structure of Portuguese (3 hours lecture-discussion, 2 hours lab- 
oratory) . 

203. Intermediate Portuguese (3) F 

Intensive practice in speaking, understanding, reading, and writing based on 
cultural and literary materials. Linguistic analysis from sound to sentence. (3 hours 
lecture-discussion, 1 hour laboratory) 

204. Intermediate Portuguese (3) S 

Prerequisite: Portuguese 203 (or equivalent). Intensive practice in speaking, un- 
derstanding, reading and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. (3 hours lecture-discussion, 1 hour laboratory) 


196 


Psychology 


PSYCHOLOGY 

IN THE DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 
101. Introductory Psychology (3) f, S 

General introduction to basic concepts and problems in psychology as a beha- 
vioral discipline. Emphasis upon the human organism as an adapting system, with 
attention to genetic origins; normal development and capacities; problem-solving 
and adjustment to stress. 

161. Elementary Statistics (3) F, S 

An introductory course in descriptive statistics with an introduction to infcrcn- 
tive methods. 

202. Principles of Psychology (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Psych. 101. A course for psychology majors covering selected basic 
areas of psychology in depth. Special emphasis on the methods of studying physio- 
logical factors, adaptive behavior, perception, cognition and motivation. 

Two hour lecture and three hour laboratory. 

231. Psychology of Personal Adjustment (3) S 

Prerequisite: Psychology 101. Dynamics of personal adjustment and interpersonal 
relations. Nature of conflict and frustration; demands of changing social roles; and 
attitudes, opinions and prejudices as they affect the individual and his relationships 
to others. 

302. Experimental Psychology: Learning and Motivation (3) F 

Prerequisites: Psych. 101, 202, 161 or permission of instructor. Experimental in- 
vestigation in human and animal learning, memory, thinking, problem solving, and 
motivation with appropriate lecture and discussion. Two hour lecture and three 
hour laboratory. 

303. Experimental Psychology: Sensation and Perception (3) S 

Prerequisites: Psych. 101, 202, 161 or permission of instructor. Experimental 
methods as applied to sensation and perception. Two hour lecture and three hour 
laboratory. 

311. Educational Psychology (3) F, S 

Application of psychological research and theory to the educative process. Major 
attention given to the problems of learning, individual differences, child capacities, 
and behavior. (Not open to students who have taken Educ. 311.) 

321. Physiological Psychology (3) F (Formerly 421) 

Survey of relations between behavior and biological processes. Anatomy and 
physiology of the nervous system, role of neural and humoral agents in perception 
and complex behavior (emotion, etc.), behavioral effects of brain lesions, the effects 
of drugs on behavior, psychosomatic disorders and motivation. 

331. Psychology of Personality (3) F 

Concepts of personality development, structure, and dynamics, with emphasis 
upon problems, methods, and findings in the study of personality. 

341. Abnormal Psychology (3) F, S 

Dynamics, symptoms, causes, treatment, and prevention of neuroses, psychoses, 
alcohol and drug addiction, psychosomatic illnesses, and character disorders. Field 
trips as arranged. 


197 


California State College at Fullerton 


342. Mental Health (3) S 

Social and emotional dynamics of the adjustment processes. Emphasis upon 
positive factors in the individual, group, and community conducive to improving 
mental health. (Credit not given as part of psychology major.) 

351. Social Psychology (3) F 

Study of phenomena of social interaction and the nature of group processes and 
influences. Attention paid to the intra-psychic effects of group influences. (Credit 
not given for both Psych. 351 and Soc. 341.) 

391. Industrial Psychology (3) F 

Study of psychological principles and techniques in industrial and business set- 
tings. Includes selection, placement, training, human factors, promotion, environ- 
mental influences, and problems of people at work. 

408. History of Psychology (3) F, 5 

Prerequisites: 12 upper division units in psychology or permission of instructor. 
Survey of the development of psychology from early times to the present. 

412. Psychology of Learning (3) S 

Prerequisite: Psych. 302 or permission of instructor. Variables, processes, influ- 
ences, factors, conditions, and elements of learning according to the major theo- 
retical systems. Critical evaluation of the theories. 

413. Perception (3) S 

Prerequisite: Psych. 303 or permission of instructor. Psychological problems in 
perception. Emphasis on dynamic conception of the process of perception; rela- 
tionship of perception to learning, cognition, and motivation. 

431. Theories of Personality (3) S 

Prerequisite: Psych. 331 or permission of instructor. Personality structure, devel- 
opment, and dynamics according to major theories. Research methods as they apply 
to personality theory. 

461. Group Psychological Testing (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Psych. 161 or equivalent. Intelligence, aptitude, interest, and per- 
sonality testing. Theory, construction, evaluation, interpretation, and uses of 
psychological tests. 

465. Advanced Psychological Statistics (3) S 

Prerequisite: Psych. 161 or permission of instructor. Quantitative methods in 
psychology with particular emphasis on correlation, small sample theory, non- 
parametrics and some complex analysis of variance procedures. 

481. Survey of Clinical Psychology (3) F 

Prerequisites: Psych. 341, 431, and 461. Development and contemporary aspects 
of the field. Methods, diagnosis, therapeutic techniques, research, and problems. 

499. Independent Study (1-3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Senior standing and permission of instructor. Individual librar>' 
study or experimental investigation under direction of a staff member. May b® 
repeated for credit. 


198 


Psychology, Quantitative Methods 


500. Advanced General Psychology (3) F, S 

An integration of key concepts in learning, motivation, perception, personality 
and social psychology. 

510. Experimental Design (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Psych. 161 and 465. Principles and methods of planning and carry- 
ing out systematic investigations on the behavior of complex organisms, interde- 
pendence of experimental design and statistical evaluation of results, and the oppor- 
tunity for practice in formulation of testable hypotheses. 

531. Individual Mental Testing (3) S (Formerly 462) 

Prerequisite: Psychology 461. Study of the major tests of intelligence. Emphasis 
upon practical experience in administration, scoring, and interpretation of these 
instruments. Two hours of lecture and two hours of activity sessions. 

QUANTITATIVE METHODS 

IN THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 

(Offered by the Department of Marketing and Quantitative Methods) 

264. Computer Programming (1) F, S 

Introduction to problem oriented languages of computers. The solving of prob- 
lems using computer programming methods and techniques. 

361. Business and Economic Statistics (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Math 120 or equivalent. The collection, analysis and presentation 
of statistical data; theory of probability, sampling, experimental method, correla- 
tion, time series and index numbers, and their application to business and economic 
problems. 

362. Introduction to Econometrics (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Quant. Meth. 361 (to have been taken or being taken concurrently) 
and Economics 200A,B. An introduction to basic mathematical tools and their 
application in economic analysis. The measurement and verification of economic 
relationships by statistical methods. Consideration of some econometric models. 

364. Computer Logic and Programming (3) F 

Prerequisite: College algebra or equivalent. An introduction to computer logic 
including elements of symbolic logic and number systems; programming methods 
and techniques. 

461. Advanced Statistics (3) F 

Prerequisites: Math. 150B or equivalent, Quant. Meth. 361. An advanced treat- 
ment of the theory and application of the topics covered in Quant. Meth. 361, 
using the methods of the calculus where appropriate. 

462. Mathematical Models in Business and Economics (3) S 

Prerequisites: Math. 120, Quant. Aleth. 361, and Math. 150A, or Quant. Meth. 362, 
or equivalent. The construction and application of mathematical models to business 
decisions and economic analysis. 

463. Statistical Decision Theory (3) S 

Prerequisites: Math. 120 and Quant. Meth. 361. The analysis and application of 
advanced statistical techniques to the problems of management decision-making 
under conditions of uncertainty. 


199 


California State College at Fullerton 

560. Operations Research (3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Alath. 150B, or equivalent, and Quant. Meth. 361, or consent of 
the instructor. An examination of the nature and scope of operations research, its 
methodology, and applications. Emphasis will be placed on model construction 
and models on inventory control, queuing, sequencing, scheduling, replacement, 
and mathematical programming. 


RECREATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF EDUCATION 

(Offered by the Department of Health Education, Physical Education, 
and Recreation) 

Rec 202. Theory of Recreation (2) F (Formerly 443) 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Introduction to recreation principles; 
planning, organizing, administering, and evaluating recreation programs. Personal, 
social, and professional requirements of the recreational leader. (1 hour lecture, 
2 hours activity.) 

Rec 203. Recreation Programs and Activities (2) S (Formerly 444) 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Theory and activity course, leadership 
in recreation programs, activities in recreation agencies. Laboratory experiences 
and practice included. (4 hours activity per week.) 

RUSSIAN 

IN THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 

(Offered by the Department of Eoreign Languages and Literatures) 

101. Fundamental Russian (5) F, S 

Intensive practice in listening-comprehension, speaking, reading and writing to 
develop control of the sounds and the basic forms and structure of Russian. Audio- 
lingual assignments are an integral part of the course and arc to be prepared in the 
Language Laboratory. 

102. Fundamental Russian (5) F, S 

Prerequisite: Russian 101 (or equivalent). Intensive practice in listening-compre- 
hension, speaking, reading and writing to develop control of the sounds and the 
basic forms and structures of Russian. Audio-lingual assignments are an integral 
part of the course and are to be prepared in the Language Laboratory. 

203. Intermediate Russian (3) F 

Prerequisite: Russian 102 (or equivalent). Intensive practive in speaking, under- 
standing, reading, and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. (3 hours lecture-discussion, 1 hour laboratory) 

204. Intermediate Russian (3) S 

Prerequisite: Russian 203 (or equivalent). Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. (3 hours lecture-discussion, 1 hour laboratory) 

400. Russian for Advanced Students and Teachers (3) F 

Intensive review of spoken Russian, using recent developments in methodology 
and texts as subject material. 


200 


Russian, Science Education 


499. Independent Study (1-3) F, S 

Supervised projects in Russian language or literature to be taken with the consent 
of the Department Chairman as a means of meeting special curricular problems. 
Selection of subject to be studied varies. May be repeated for credit. 

SCIENCE EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF SCIENCE, MATHEMATICS, AND ENGINEERING 

(Offered by the Department of Science and Mathematics Education) 

432. Teaching Science in the Elementary School (2) F, S 

Prerequisites: Educ. Found. 311 (or equivalent), a science course or consent of 
the instructor. Objectives and methods of science teaching at the elementary school 
level are developed. Demonstrations and student experiences are provided in 
organizing and presenting science lessons appropriate at the various grade levels. 
The new elementary school science curriculum projects are investigated. 

442. Teaching Science in the Secondary School (2-3) F, S 

Prerequisites: Educ. Found. 311 (or equivalent), or consent of the instructor. 
Objectives, methods and techniques of science teaching are investigated. Student 
activities include the formulation and carrying out of teaching plans, the use of 
equipment and materials peculiar to science instruction, and the direction of lab- 
oratory experiences. Students without teaching experience must register for three 
units credit, and must allow sufficient time in their schedules to serve as teacher 
aides at the same hour each day. 

443. Secondary Science Education— Biology (3) F 

Prerequisites: Sci. Educ. 442 (or equivalent) or consent of the instructor. Educa- 
tional practices particular to the teaching of biology are studied. Special emphasis 
is placed on recent curricular developments in this area. Presently the course is 
designed to instruct teachers in the theory, content and methodology developed 
by the Biological Sciences Curriculum Study (B.S.C.S.). 

444. Secondary Science Education— Chemistry (3) S 

Prerequisites: Sci. Educ. 442 (or equivalent) or consent of the instructor. Similar 
to Sci. Educ. 443 with the emphasis on chemistry. Presently the course is oriented 
the programs developed by the Chemical Educational Materials Study (C.H.E.M.S.) 
and the Chemical Bond Approach (C.B.A.) to teaching chemistry. Needs of par- 
ticipating teachers will determine which program will be emphasized. 

445. Secondary Science Education— Physics (3) F 

Prerequisites: Sci. Educ. 442 (or equivalent) or consent of the instructor. Similar 
to Sci. Educ. 443 with the emphasis on physics. Presently the course is orientated 
around the Physical Science Study Committee program (P.S.S.C.). 

499. Independent Study (1-3) F, S 

Science teachers who wish to develop new courses and/or materials for their 
particular areas of instruction may do so under the guidance of members of this 
department. May be repeated for credit. 

710. Seminar in Science Education (2) S 

Prerequisites: An A.B. degree, teaching credential, or consent of instructor. 
Designed for postgraduate science students who wish to investigate recent develop- 
ments in teaching the sciences. New courses and materials for the various subject 


201 


California State College at Fullerton 

matter fields will be researched and demonstrated. Areas of concentration will 
depend on interests and training of die seminar parucipants. May be repeated for 
credit. 

749. Student Teaching in Science in the Secondary School (6) F, S 

See page 156 under Secondary Education for description and prerequisites. 

SOCIAL SCIENCES EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF EDUCATION 

432. Teaching Social Sciences in the Elementary School (2) F, S 

Prerequisites: Educ. Found. 311, admission to teacher education. Principles, 
methods and materials of teaching the social studies in the elementary school. 

442. Teaching Social Sciences in the Secondary School (2-3) F, S 

Prerequisite to student teaching in social studies. Objectives, methods, materials, 
curriculum in social studies in secondary schools. Includes consideration of new 
trends and new interpretations in the social sciences; development, present status, 
problems, and trends in the secondary school social studies curriculum; and profes- 
sional growth of the social studies teacher. See listing under Division of Education 
for details. 

749. Student Teaching in Social Sciences in the Secondary School (6) F, S 

SOCIAL WELFARE 

IN THE DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 

(Offered by the Department of Sociology) 

311. Welfare Institutions (3) F 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. An introduction to the field, taught by 
an experienced social worker. Consideration of the philosophy, structure, function- 
ing, and coordination of welfare agencies. Designed for students interested in social 
work and such related professions as teaching, counseling, public administration, 
law, medicine, and religious vocations. 

351. Social Work Methods (3) S 

Prerequisite: Social Welfare 311, Psychology 331 or Sociology 341 or consent 
of the instructor. An introduction to case work, group work, and community 
organization, using case work materials, group work experiences, workshops in 
community activities and interviewing techniques. Designed for candidates for 
graduate study and for pre-professional employment in agencies. 

SOCIOLOGY 

IN THE DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 

201. Introduction to Sociology (3) F, S 

A general introduction to the basic concepts of sociology, and the scientific study 
of human society. Among topics included are social interaction, culture, personality, 
social processes, population, social class, the community, social institutions, and 
socio-cultural change. 

202. Social Problems (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Study of the extent, causes and consequences of a 
number of social problems, with emphasis on Twentieth Century America. Prob- 
lems are viewed in the context of society as a whole. 


202 


Sociology 


271. Education for Marriage (3) S 

A socio-psychological study of marital adjustment. Dating and mate selection; 
factors associated with successful marriages; principal areas of adjustment; parent- 
child relationships; causes and results of divorce; the family of tomorrow. 

331 A. Social Research Methods (3) F 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201 or consent of the Department. Research design and 
methods of gathering data, especially by interview and questionnaire, are empha- 
sized. Among other topics are the role of theory in research, and sampling methods 
and problems. 

331 B. Social Research Methods (3) S 

Prerequisites: Sociology 201, 331 A, or consent of the Department. Elementary 
statistical analysis of social data is emphasized, with some consideration of problems 
of measurement and of the writing of research reports. 

341. Social Interaction (3) F 

Prerequisites: Sociology 201 and 3 units of psychology. Inquiry into the social 
and socio-psychological dimensions of group behavior and the socialization of the 
individual. Social interaction and its impact on the individual and personality forma- 
tion. Credit can be given for this course or Psychology 351, not both, 

348. Collective Behavior (3) S 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Characteristics of crowds, mobs, publics. Analysis of 
social movements and revolutions, their relation to social unrest and their role in 
developing and changing social organization. 

361. Population Problems (3) F 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Population composition, growth and movement. 
Social factors affecting birth rates, death rates, and migration. Attention is given 
to the population of the United States and to selected areas of the world. 

371. Urban Sociology (3) S 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. The population and ecology, patterns of growth, insti- 
tutions, characteristic social interaction, values, and problems of the urban com- 
munity. 

411. Criminology (3) S 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. The extent, causes and control of criminal behavior. 
Includes study of the criminal law, causal factors and theories, correctional insti- 
tutions, probation and parole, and preventive efforts. 

413. Juvenile Delinquency (3) F 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Juvenile delinquency as a social problem. Sociological 
study of the causes of delinquent behavior, and programs of control, treatment 
and prevention. 

425. Comparative Social Change (3) S 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Comparative analysis of changing community, insti- 
tutional, technological, and social class patterns in selected societies, with emphasis 
on differences between “developed” and developing areas. 

431. Minority Group Relations (3) F 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Study of racial, national and religious minorities, 
especially in the United States. Includes study of discrimination, prejudice, different 
patterns of inter-group adjustment, and attempts to change group status. 


203 


California State College at Fullerton 


436. Social Stratification (3) S 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Social class structures and their functions. Different 
styles of life; determinants of class status; vertical social mobility; change in class 
systems. 

451. Sociology of the Family (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. The family as a social institution. Historical and 
cross-cultural perspectives; social change affecting marriage and the family; anal- 
ysis of American courtship and marriage patterns; the psychodynamics of fam- 
ily life. 

465. Law and Society (3) F 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. The law and lawyers in the context of human 
society. Law as formal social control, variations in legal systems, social change 
and selected areas of law, the legal profession. 

470. Sociology of Occupations (3) F 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Sociological analysis of work roles in technologically 
advanced societies. Career patterns, occupational recruitment, job mobility, organ- 
izational demands. The nature and development of the professions, their ideologies 
and images. 

473. Complex Organizations (3) S 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Sociological analysis of formal organizations (indus- 
trial, governmental, welfare, military, medical, educational, correctional, etc.) as 
systems of social interaction. Includes such topics as blueprinted vs. informal struc- 
ture, authority, decision-making, role conflicts, communication and morale. 

477. Social Organization (3) F 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Theories of social organization and the structure of 
various social groups are analyzed, with a comparative analysis of social structures 
and systems. The various levels of groups are discussed and interrelated. 

480. Development of Social Thought (3) F 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Social thought and civilization since early times; 
comparative study of the orientations of earlier writers towards the nature of 
man and society. 

481. Contemporary Sociological Theory (3) S 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201 and consent of the Department. The main schools 
of sociological thought, both European and American, with emphasis on systematic 
theory, methodology of theorists, cultural change, and social institutions. 

499. Independent Study (1-3) F, 5 

Prerequisites: At least 12 hours of Sociology and consent of the adviser. Student 
selects an individual research project, either library or field. There are conferences 
with the adviser as necessary, and the work culminates in one or more papers. May 
be repeated for credit. 

541. Seminar in Social Interaction (3) S 

Prerequisites: Sociology 341 or consent of the Department. Advanced social- 
psychological study of social interaction, including sociological factors in person- 
ality development and analysis of primary group behavior. 


204 


Sociology, Spanish 


561. Seminar in Social Change (3) F 

Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. Patterns and processes of social change, 
with opportunities for application to selected aspects of both advanced and newly 
developing societies. 

599. Independent Study and Research (1-3) F, S (Formerly 500) 

Prerequisite: Consent of the graduate adviser, and the Department. Individual 
research on either a library or empirical project, with conferences with the adviser 
as necessary, culminating in one or more papers. May be repeated for credit. 

SPANISH 

IN THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

101. Fundamental Spanish (5) F, S 

Intensive practice in listening-comprehension, speaking, reading and writing to 
develop control of the sounds and the basic forms and structure of Spanish. Audio- 
lingual assignments are an integral part of the course and are to be prepared in 
the Language Laboratory. 

102. Fundamental Spanish (5) F, S 

Prerequisite: Spanish 101 (or equivalent). Intensive practice in listening-compre- 
hension, speaking, reading and writing to develop control of the sounds and the 
basic forms and structure of Spanish. Audio-lingual assignments are an integral 
part of the course and are to be prepared in the Language Laboratory. 

203. Intermediate Spanish (3) F 

Prerequisite; Spanish 102 (or equivalent). Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. (3 hours lecture-discussion, 1 hour laboratory.) 

204. Intermediate Spanish (3) S 

Prerequisite: Spanish 203 (or equivalent). Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading, and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. (3 hours lecture-discussion, 1 hour laboratory.) 

315. Introduction to Spanish Culture and Literature (3) F 

Reading and discussion to develop insights into Spanish literature and culture 
while strengthening facility with the language. Open to lower division students 
with the consent of the instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

316. Introduction to Latin-American Literature (3) S 

Reading and discussion to develop insights into Latin-American literature and 
culture while strengthening facility with the language. Open to lower division 
students with the consent of the instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

317. Advanced Conversation and Composition (3) 5 

Designed to give the student special competence in the control of Spanish as an 
instrument for free oral and written expression. Open to lower division students 
with the consent of the instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

400. Spanish for Advanced Students and Teachers (3) F, S 

Intensive review of spoken Spanish, using recent developments in methodology 
and texts as subject material. 


205 


California State College at Fullerton 

431. The Golden Age (3) F (Formerly 351) 

The works of the major writers, including the Picaresque Novel, Lope de Vega, 
Tirso and Calderon. Conducted in Spanish. 

441. Latin American Literature (3) S (Formerly 361) 

The novel, essay and poetry from 1800 to the present. Conducted in Spanish. 

451. Spanish Literature to the Golden Age (3) F 

Cantar de Mio Cid and other epic poetry, the prose of Juan Manuel, the Ren- 
aissance lyrics of Garcilaso de la Vega, and La Celestina, Conducted in Spanish. 

461. Spanish Literature Since Neoclassicism (3) S 

Representative works of the 19th and 20th centuries. Analysis of Romanticism, 
Eclecticism, Naturalism, Realism, and “Tremendismo.” Conducted in Spanish. 

466. Applied Linguistics in the Teaching of Spanish (3) F 

Introduction to general linguistics with emphasis on the relation of speech and 
writing, the theory and practice of pronunciation, and the phonemic and morpho- 
phonemic structure of the language under study. (Same as French, German 466) 

472. Senior Seminar: Cervantes (3) S 

Don Quixote and the Novelas ejernplares. Conducted in Spanish. 

475. Senior Seminar: Contemporary Literature of Spain (3) F 

The Generation of ’98, the theatre of Benavente and Lorca, modemista and post- 
modernista poetry, and the “tremendista” novel. Conducted in Spanish. 

499. Independent Study (1-3) F, S 

Supervised projects in Spanish language or literature to be taken with the consent 
of the Department Chairman as a means of meeting special curricular problems. 
Selection of subjects to be studied varies. May be repeated for credit. 

557. Graduate Seminar: Latin American Poetry (3) F 

The modemismo movement. Conducted in Spanish. 

567. Graduate Seminar: The Latin American Novel (3) S 

Naturalism, Regionalism, and the novel of the Mexican Revolution. Conducted 
in Spanish. 

SPEECH 

IN THE DIVISION OF FINE AND APPLIED ARTS 
101. Fundamentals of Speech (3) F, S 

It provides the student with a basic understanding of the historical development 
of rhetoric and oral communication as well as with speaking experiences in such 
activities as discussion, oral reading, and public speaking. It is designed to help the 
student in the improvement of his personal speech habits and in his ability to listen 
with understanding and discrimination. 

138A,B* Forensics (2,2) F, S, 

Investigation and practice in the background, format, procedures, and evaluation 
criteria of the various forensic events. Students must participate in at least two 
intercollegiate tournaments. 

202. Voice and Diction (2) F, S 

The study of the principles and practice of correct sound formation, voice 
production, and manner of speaking. 

206 


Speech 


231 A/B. Essentials of Public Speaking (3,3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Speech 101, a high school speech course, or consent of instructor. 
The composition and delivery of talks to inform and to persuade. Investigation 
of the principles and theory of presentation in various types of speech situations. 
Second semester emphasizes argumentation. 

301. Speech for Teachers (3) F, S 

This course is designed to help teachers to use speech and dramatized activities 
effectively in the classroom. The normal speech development of children is ex- 
amined, and consideration is given to the identification and handling of speech, 
hearing, and listening problems. 

333. Business and Professional Speaking (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Speech 231 A or equivalent, organization responsibilities, or consent 
of instructor. Particular attention is given to the interview, speeches for special oc- 
casions, information giving, and business conferences. 

334. Advanced Public Speaking (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: 231 A or equivalent. Investigation of the problems and techniques 
of a series of speeches directed toward a predetermined goal: emphasis on pro- 
gressive use of persuasive materials. 

335. Argumentation and Debate (3) S 

Prerequisite: 23 IB. Argumentation as applied to formal speaking and debate. Spe- 
cial attention is given to logic and evidence as related to analysis of significant 
questions for debate; case structure, and refutation. 

338A,B. Forensic Workshop (2,2) F, S 

Directed activity in debate and other forensic events. Participation in intercol- 
legiate competition is required for credit. (May be repeated for a total of eight 
units.) 

341. Phonetics (3) F 

The study of the history and theory of speech sounds based on the use of the 
International Phonetic Alphabet and the various factors influencing articulation and 
pronunciation. 

351. Speech Science (3) S 

Anatomy and physiology of the speech and hearing mechanisms. 

403. Speech Development (3) F, S 

Study of language and speech development and disorders, and psychological 
aspects of oral communication. Meets the language and speech development and 
disorders requirement for specialized preparation to serve as teachers of exceptional 
children. 

404. General Semantics (2) S 

An examination of the basic principles underlying the influence of language on 
human action and interaction. 

424. Discussion and Group Leadership (3) F, S 

The principles and practices of small groups in discussion with special emphasis 
on committee work, sensitivity training, problem solving and preparation for group 
consideration of ideas in education, business, and community. 


207 


California State College at Fullerton 

434. American Public Address (3) S 

Prerequisite: Six units of upper division speech. A rhetorical history of the 
United States from the colonial period to the present. The influence of selected 
speeches and speakers on the development of American culture. 

436. Survey of Rhetoric (3) F 

Prerequisite: Six units of upper division speech. A survey of ancient, medieval 
and modern rhetoric. 

441. Introduction to Speech Correction (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Speech 341. Speech correction with special emphasis on the identi- 
fication of the most commonly experienced speech problems; basic principles of 
therapy in the clinic and in the classroom; imponance of referral, parent confer- 
ences, mental health, etc. 

443. Advanced Speech Correction (3) F, S 

Prerequisite: Speech 441 or equivalent. Etiologies, diagnosis, and remedial pro- 
cedures of speech defects and voice problems, both functional and organic, and 
certain major disorders including stuttering, cleft palate, cerebral palsy, aphasia, 
and tongue thrust. 

444. Persuasion (3) S 

Prerequisite: Six units of upper division speech. The study and application of 
psychological principles used by writers and speakers to effect social control: 
audience analysis and the use of persuasive techniques to influence the thought and 
behavior; the function of ethos. 

451. Diagnostic Methods in Speech and Hearing (3) F 

Prerequisite: Speech 443 or concurrent registration in Speech 443 or consent of 
instructor. Provides the student with information about various diagnostic pro- 
cedures that can be used by him and in consultation with members of related 
disciplines: psychologist, pediatrician, otologist, orthodontist, neurologist. 

452. Therapeutic Procedures in Speech and Hearing (3) S 

Prerequisite: Speech 443 or concurrent registration in Speech 443 or consent of 
instructor. Observation and supervised experience in recommended procedures and 
use of instructional aids with speech-handicapped children, including the prepara- 
tion and utilization of speech correction and speech improvement materials. 

458. Clinical Practice (2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Speech 451 or 452 or concurrent registration in one of the courses, 
and approved application for clinical practice. Practice in the correction of speech 
in children and adults under supervision. May be repeated for a total of 8 units. 

461. Audiometry and Aural Rehabilitation (3) F 

Prerequisite: Speech 351, 441, or consent of instructor. Equipment, principles, 
methods and procedures used in conducting school and industrial hearing conser- 
vation programs. Attention is given to techniques of audiometric testing and the 
use of audiograms. Care and use of audiometers, both air-conduction and bone- 
conduction. Partially fulfills the state requirements for public school audiometrist. 

462. Speech Reading (2) S 

Prerequisite: Speech 341 or consent of instructor. Historical backgrounds of lip 
reading, methods used in visual reading of speech, and the techniques commonly 
used in the teaching of speech reading to the aurally handicapped. 


208 


Speech, Speech Education 


463. Audiology (3) S 

Prerequisite: Speech 351, 441, or consent of instructor. The nature of auditory 
functioning, physical and psychological. A detailed consideration of the anatomy 
of the auditory mechanism, pathological changes and medical treatment. A survey 
of the rehabilitation facilities for the aurally handicapped; e.g. agencies, hearing 
aids, auditory training, speech reading, etc. 

499. Independent Study (1-3) F, S 

Open to advanced students in Speech with the consent of the department chair- 
man. May be repeated for credit. 

557A-G. Seminar in Speech Problems (2) F, S 

Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor. May be repeated for a total of 14 units, but 
no individual seminar may be repeated for credit: A. Cleft Palate, B. Stuttering, 
C. Aphasia, D. Cerebral Palsy, E. Aphasoid Child, F. Voice Disorders, G. Articu- 
lation Problems. 

SPEECH EDUCATION 

IN THE DIVISION OF FINE AND APPLIED ARTS 

(Offered by the Department of Speech) 

442. Teaching Speech in the Secondary School (2-3) F 

Prerequisites: Education Found. 311, Education Sec. 340, senior standing, or 
consent of the instructor. Objectives, methods, and materials for teaching speech 
in secondary schools. Required, before student teaching, of students presenting 
majors in speech for the Standard Teaching Credential. Students without teaching 
experience must register for three units credit, and must allow sufficient time in 
their schedules, at the same hour each day, so that they may serve as teacher aides 
in secondary schools. 

459. Clinical Practice and Student Teaching in Speech Correction and 
Lip Reading (4) F, S 

Prerequisites: Education Found. 311 and 24 units in the area of speech and hear- 
ing therapy. Provides the student with the necessary skills and knowledges to work 
with speech and hearing handicapped children in the public schools. Experiences 
include working in small groups and in individual therapy sessions with speech 
and hearing handicapped children enrolled in regular school classes, participation 
in parent counseling conferences and conferences with school personnel including 
administrators, classroom teachers, and nurses. Planning of curriculum materials to 
integrate speech and hearing therapy with regular classroom instruction will be 
stressed. This meets the directed teaching requirement for the credential to teach 
speech and hearing handicapped in remedial classes. 

749. Student Teaching in Speech in the Secondary School (6) F, S 

See page 156 under Secondary Education for description and prerequisites. 


209 




■ ;t;‘- 


■■ .. i 


i (t) 


’<;jv>ai5u.,V,: ..’• rfiri- ;H's' ':n9»oop. to ,/>K> >k>ofr(«'.'t»afeuiiiSi''flT‘i 

; vioej..!*'-. *<.') if), ■?wvivrrJ^'?<r iialii'iat' /, A3re,ok).iy'^H! i-'i!:; ir-Y-'ito 

A ,u;'yu> 1-c/ '( -.' •n.-r r' ^ 

'^ni'iAvM .T^.o t3ih I'A r! ' 


,513 ,>jaibrO‘r liou' cn: /gfirriiir:vJ viv’^bufe ,ijb 


'jr;',';'! "i.s'i'ji.’' 3fb ic; y!::j,:'!X>'> ‘s)H' liMV/ 

■ _ ; , ", , , r ‘ ■ ■.■■ 'I ■ .- f.’ . -I 


b^SniivLfc oJ no^.^O. 


\o\ ■••J .fic^ 


'ij-AvA -D .-i;bv>.Al .H ,biifD ticvv^.7!:»r . i .r.I ^A.tdqA . 

. ..A- : V ' - -■ • :n.n 


„ :;' yJ^Or^DUCfe'H7;2 ":£- , A' \ 1- 

*T«A q?!WA aJ!!»A' 3H» “*^'5 'r<« 

(li'wrXjK 'if 'JctKimtc.'i*, < sib ■'.':! 




K. .Jjftibrici.- wk>-» ,iu bi-.K) *' febi. . ■;!,>«_ -.siynMur'-Jiy-i'^ 

.•■ih':-’}q:!.5;tl‘r!-?K>i",.VJi .»!iii9!n;wibiiHi: .’ci-'O-n ir-i.'j ■Us-'i.lobn'tS J'li-rit srti' tfe'ItjSsA 
'>fi>ti''aw!<t . >.’!;; 'l')' .VTii.is-i-i- .'irihux- '.s'WjV.!! .'•■■iblvriiv’ . ;.iv,,r!-yt x'tdwiJijS?. 

. )^rti<l•)^^^^.•!l^,.a.■li«'a^•Jf..il^^ ji.-iin-jf.sl' 'r'- hr^'i . •!- -lui rf-a'fX'..’ ai -.'■off, 


HI ■ymv jAl-.;' ;.' ''^C-'lli- 3,-::.ri :,r;; buoa^- «;<» .son? • o> -fwirm mint o-jn'-’h-s-; 
''' vAfjfi^atibA, vDrit ;ir6 o2b’>c& Am;/: 


" A>iA‘' 


74:7 




AHuv/'' c; -■■ 

-Jily 'hr iri'A.7- .f 

"riob lit? i 70*1^7: ,v:iv:W.,b ::'; ' . 

^ m lOAiaAinivts ' 

3(1 iiw ’u6iJ5(‘ ^.Ao-i:ri;.l.^. .tL-lbi' n Ar. 

■ ■■ icri' ^ 


<!■»« . i i:; / mm -M': 

. ■ .'. . <ii2 

'> •' . !r-;n- '"1'^* 

■ f :,:^ui .'.7>b . /v(i.4;KA ; 

■ , ^<:i:-tH' Afl*: A 

i-i( ALi''' 




j ,,ran7:(:*i:v-ifn<n 

-i- .rrA 

■■:-^virn AHT .rb?Ai' 




ii- ;bi^: irr:'A..::tv.: msf. 






'’:o:i'[r-.7-/. -ito 


iL:>’7 


FACULTY AND ADMINISTRATION 

1964-65 


(Year in parenthesis indicates date of appointment) 

LANGSDORF, WILLIAM B. C1959), President and Professor of History 
B.A., MA., Occidental College; Ph.D., University of California 
ADAMS, PHILLIP A. (1963), Assistant Professor of Biolo^ 

B.S., University of California; MA., Ph.D., Harvard University 
ADAMS, RAYMOND V. (1960), Professor of Physics and Chairman, Physics Department 
B.S., Kansas State University; Ph.D., California Institute of Technology 
ALAMSHAH, WILLIAM H. (1959), Professor of Philosophy and Chairman, Philosophy De- 
partment 

M.A., Claremont Graduate School; Ph.D., University of Southern California 
ALEXANDER, JAMES P. (1960), Assodate Professor of Journalism 
B.A., M.S., University of Southern California 
ALLEN, HOLLIS P. (1960), Professor of Education and Coordinator of Graduate Studies 

B.A., Pomona College; M.A., Ed.D., Stanford University; LL.D., Claremont Graduate School 
AMES, DENNIS B. (1960), Professor of Mathematics and Chairman, Mathematics Department 
B.A., M.A., Bishop’s University; Ph.D., Yale University 
ANDERSEN, MARTIN P. (1965), Professor of Speech 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 
ASHLEY, THOMAS J. (1961), Assistant Professor of Political Science 
B.A., Fresno State College; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School 
AUSTIN, DON D. (1963), Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., University of Redlands; Ph.D., University of Washington 
BACON, JUNE (1962), Librarian II 

B.A., University of California; M.S. in L.S., University of Southern California 
BADOUX, LAURENT (1964), Lecturer of German 
Ph.D., University of Zurich 
BALDWIN, HELEN W. (1964), Librarian II 

B.S., University of Illinois; A.M. in L.S., University of Michigan 
BARRES, STEPHEN J. (1961), Associate Professor of Labor Relations and Management, and 
Chairman, Management Department 
B.A., Texas Western College; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University 
BARRETT, JEAN A. (1963), Assistant Professor of Physical J^ucadon 
B.S. Cortland State Teachers; Ed.M., University of Buffalo 
BEATON, CHARLES (1964), Assistant Professor of Quantitadve Methods 
B.A., Willamette University 

BECK, WARREN A. (1961), Associate Professor of History 
B.A., M.A., Wayne University; Ph.D., Ohio State University 
BECKER, ERNEST A. (1959), Dean of Students and Associate Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Amherst College; B.D., Hartford Theological Seminary; M.A., £d.D., University of 
Southern California 

BELL, CHARLES (1964), Assistant Professor of Political Sdence 
B.A., Pomona College; M.A., University of Southern California 
BELLOT, LELAND (1964), Assistant Professor of History 
B.A., Lamar State College; M.A., Rice Institute 
BLANCHARD, MILTON C. (1961), Building Coordinator 
B.S., M.Ed., Tufts University 

BLEECKER, EUGENE (1964), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., M.A., San Diego State College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 
BLEND, HARVEY (1963), Professor of Physics 

B.S., University of Texas; M.S., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
BONAZZA, BLAZE (1964), Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Cornell University; M.A., Los Angeles State College; Ph.D., University of Southern 
California 

BRATTSTROM, BAYARD H. (1960), Assodate Professor of Zoology 

B.S., San Diego State College; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
BRICKEY, MARY L. (1963), Librarian II 
B.A.. M.S. in L.S., University of Illinois 

BRIDGMAN, DONALD C. (1960), Professor of Education and Acting Chairman, Foundations 
of Education Department 

B.A., Chapman College; M.S., EdJ>.. University of Southern California 


211 


California State College at Fullerton 


BRISTOW, RONALD M. (1959), Associate Dean of Students, Activities, and Instructor in 
Education 

B.A., M.S., University of Southern California 

BROCKMANN, LOUIS O. (1963), Professor of Education, and Chairman, School Services 
Department 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 
BROWN, EDWARD D. (1963), Assistant Professor of Drama 

B.A., Louisiana State University; M.A., Michigan State University; Ph.D., University of Denver 
BROWN, GILES T. (1960), Professor of History, Chairman, Division of Social Sciences, and 
Chairman, History Department 

B.A., San Diego State College; M.A., University of California; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate 
School 

BRUNELLE, EUGENE A. (1962), Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Harvard College; M.S., Simmons College; M.A., University of California 
BRYDEN, JOHN H. (1961), Professor of Chemistry and Chairman, Chemistry Department 
B.S., College of Idaho; M.S., California Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of 
California, Los Angeles 

BUCK, CHARLES W. (1964), Counselor in Counseling and Testing, and Assistant Professor 

A. B., Occidental College; M.A., University of Oregon 

BURKE, MAX W. (I960), Director of Placement Services and Assistant Professor of Education 

B. A., University of Iowa; B.D., Colgate-Rochester Divinity School 
CALHOUN, ROLAND L. (1961), Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Claremont Men’s College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan 
CARLSON, RAE S. (1961), Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., University of Nebraska; M.S., University of Washington; Ph.D., University of Michigan 
CARR, EDWIN R. (1960), Professor of Education 

B.A., Jamestowm College; M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota 
CHEN, WILLIAM P. (1960), Librarian IV 

B.A., National Wu han University, China; M.S. in L.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois 
COLMAN, RONALD (1964), Systems Analyst for College Computer Center and Lecturer of 
Business Statistics 

B.A., University of California at Los Angeles 
COOK, BEVERLY B. (1962), Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Wellesley College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School 
COPPOLINO, IDA S. (1960), Associate Professor of Education 

B.S., University of Utah; M.A., New York University; Ed.D., University of California, Los 
Angeles 

CROY, HAZEL M. (1960), Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., M.A., University of Redlands; Ed.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
CUMMINGS, SHERWOOD P. (1963), Associate Professor of English 
B.S., University of Illinois; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 
CUSICK, JAMES W. (1961), Associate Professor of Education, Coordinator of Secondary Educa- 
tion and Chairman, Secondary Education Department 
B.S., Montana State College; M.A., Washington State University; Ph.D., University of Min- 
nesota 

DAVIS, BARBARA E. (1960), Librarian III 

B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology; B.Mus., University of Wisconsin; M. in L.S., 

Carnegie Library School 

DAVIS, F. JAMES (1962), Professor of Sociology and Chairman, Sociology Department 
B.A., Ph.D., State University of Iowa 
de GRAAF, LAWRENCE B. (1959), Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Occidental College; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
DENNO, RAYMOND E. (1961), Audio-Visual Coordinator and Professor of Education 

B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.S., University of Southern California; Ed.D., 
University of California, Los Angeles 
DIETZ, NAOMI G. (1960), Associate Professor of Art 

B.S., Whitworth College; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University 
DITTMAN, ROGER (1964), Associate Professor of Phjrsics 

B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara: M.S., University of Delaware 
DOANE, KENNETH R. (1960), Professor of Education and Chairman, Division of Education 
B.S., Wisconsin State College, La Crosse; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 
DONOGHUE, MILDRED R. (1962), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., University of Michigan; M.A., University of Detroit; Ed.D., University of California, 
Los Angeles 

DUERR, EDWIN (1964), Lecturer of Drama 

B.A., University of California; M.A., Cornell University 


212 


Faculty and Administration 

EARICK, ARTTIUR D. (1960), Associate Professor of Geography and Chairman, Geography 
Department 

B.A., Indiana University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan 
EDWARDS, RICHARD (1964), Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.A., Yale University 
EHMANN, GERHARD E. (1959), Dean of Educational Services and Summer Session, and Pro- 
fessor of Education 

B.A., Occidental College; M.A., Ed.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
* ELLERY, LAWRENCE F. (1963), Assistant Professor of Management 
B.A., Oberlin College; M.S., University of Illinois 
ETUE, GEORGE E., (1963), Assistant Professor of History 
B.A., Union College; M.A., Ph.D., University of California 
EVJENTH, HENRY A. (1964), Instructor of Art 
B.A., M.A., Long Beach State College 
FAIA, MICHAEL (1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B.A., University of Southern California; M.A., University of Chicago 
FELDMAN, DAVID (1964), Associate Professor of Spanish 

B.A., University of Southern California; M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University 
FELDMAN, ROBERT (1964), Assistant Professor of History 
B.S., Illinois State University; M.A., Indiana University 
FESSENDEN, SETH A. (1959), Professor of Speech and Chairman, Speech Department 
B.S., M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., New York University 
FIERMAN, MORTON C. (1963), Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., Western Reserve University; M.H.L., Hebrew Union College; M.A., Tulsa University; 
Ed.D., Arizona State University 

FITZPATRICK, MARY (1964), Assistant Professor of Economics 
B.A.. Tufts College; M.A., Stanford University 
FOSTER, JULIAN F. S. (1963), Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B.A.. M.A.. New College, Oxford, England; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
FRIEND, GEORGE (1964), Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Miami University; M.A., and Ph.D., University of Illinois 
FUSZEK, RITA (1964), Assistant Professor of Music 

B.M., Busier University; M.M., Michigan State University 
FYFE, GORDON S. (1960), Assistant Professor of Marketing 

B.A., University of Rochester; M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania 
GIACUMAKIS, GEORGE JR., (1963), Assistant Professor of History 
B.A., Shelton College; M.A., Ph.D., Brandeis University 
GILBERT, RICHARD C. (1963), Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B.A.. Harvard College; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
GOLDEN, LORETTA (1961), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Ed.D., Stanford University 
GOOD, KAYE M. (1963), Instructor of Speech 

B.A., Washington State College; M.A., Long Beach State College 
GOODELL, ROBERT (1964), Associate Professor of Management 
B.A., Augustana College; M.A., Ph.D., State University of Iowa 
GRANELL, LEE E. (I960), Assistant Professor of Speech 

B.A.. San Diego State College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 
GRAVES, LEVERN F. (1960), Associate Professor of Economics 
B.A., Ph.D., University of California 
GRAY, J, JUSTIN (1961), Associate Professor of Music 

B.Mus., University of Michigan; M.Mus., Eastman School of Music; D.Mus., University of 
Southern California 

GREENWOOD. JOAN V. (1963), Assistant Professor of English 
B.A., Wellesley College; M.A., Ph.D., Stanford University 
HARTSIG, BARBARA A. (1959), Professor of Education, Coordinator of Elementary Education 
and Chairman, Elementary Education Department 
B.A., Occidental College; M.S., University of Southern California; Ed.D., University of 
California, Los Angeles 

HAYNER, PAUL (1964), Associate Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Union College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Columbia University 
HEIN, RAYMOND (1961), Associate Professor of Art and Acting Chairman, Art Department 
B.A., M.A., Long Beach State College 
HELIN, RONALD A. (1963), Assistant Professor of Geography 

M.A., Miami University; B.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
HOKANSON, DON C. (1964), Lecturer in Physics 
HOLMES, EMMA E. (1961), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., Mount Holyoke College; M.A., University of Illinois; Ph.D., State University of Iowa 


* On leave 64-65 


213 


California State College at Fullerton 


HOULGATE, LAURENCE (1964), Instructor in Philosophy 
B.A., Los AnRcles State College 

HUSSAIN, KHATEEB M. (1963), Director of the Computer Center and Associate Professor of 
Marketing and Business Statistics 

B.S., Aligarh University, India; D.I.A., London University; Ph.D., University of California 
HYINK, BERNARD L, (I960), Vice President, Academic AflEairs, and Professor of Political 
Science 

B.A., University of Redlands; M.A., University of California; Ph.D., University of Southern 
California 

IBRAHIM, AZMY (1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology 
B.A., University of Alexandria; Ph.D., University of Colorado 
IMHOFF. MYRTLE M. (1960), Professor of Education 

B.A., Harris Teachers College; M.A., St. Louis University; Ph.D., Washington University 
JACOBSON, PERRY E., JR. (1963), Assistant Professor of Sociology 
B.A., Hamline University; M.S., Iowa State University 
JAMES, C. EVAN (1962), Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., University of Southern California; Ed.D., Stanford University 
JOHNSON, ELMER L. (1964), Professor of Physical Education, Chairman, Department of Health 
Education, Physical Education and Recreation, and Director of Athletics 
B.A., Moorhead State College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota; Ed.D., University of Southern 
California 

JOHNSON, RAYNOLDS (1961), Publications Manager, Public Information Officer and Assistant 
Professor of Journalism 

B.A., Los Angeles State College; M.A., Stanford University 
JONES, HAZEL J. (1960), Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Western State College of Colorado; M.S., Ed.D., University of Southern California 
KADHIM, ESTELLE (1964), Librarian II 
B.A., M.S., University of Illinois 

KAPLAN, DONALD (1964), Assistant Professor of Speech and Chairman, Speech and Hearing 
Center 

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Long Beach State College 
RERAN, DONALD W. (1961), Librarian III 

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.S. in L.S., University of Southern California 
KERCIU, GEORGE R. (1963), Assistant Professor of Art 

B.A., Michigan State University; M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art 
KERSCHNER, LEE R. (1961), Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Rutgers University; M.A., Johns Hopkins LTniversity; Ph.D., Georgetown University 
KINDEL, S. MARION (1964), Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Texas Womens’ University; M.A., California State College, Los Angeles 
KINNEl^ PAUL T. (1963), Associate Professor of Finance 

B.A., San Jose State College; Ph.D., University of Southern California 
KLINE, WALTER D. (1963), Associate Professor of Spanish and Chairman, Foreign Languages 
and Literatures Department 

B.A., Indiana State Teachers College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of 
Michigan 

KRAVITZ, BERNARD (1961), Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., University of Southern California; M.A., Ed.D., University of California 
KUNI, MASAMI (1964), Lecturer in Art 

B. Humanities, Matsue Koto Gakko University, Japan; Bungakushi, Tokyo Imperial University; 
Ph.D., Friedrich Wilhelm University 
LAFKY, JOHN D. (1963), Assistant Professor of Economics 

B.S., New Mexico State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Texas 
LAKE, JEANETTE (1964), Librarian I 

B.A., Mount Holyoke College; M.S., University of Southern California 
LAMPL, HANS (1964), Assistant Professor of Music 
B.M., M.M., D.M.A., University of Southern California 
LANCE, WAYNE (1964), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., M.A., University of Redlands; Ed.D., (^orge Peabody College 
LANDON, JOSEPH W. (1960), Professor of Music and Chairman, Music Department 
B.A., Occidental College; M.A., Claremont Graduate School; Ed.D., University of Southern 
California 

LANGBERG, GEORGE (1963), Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
B.S., M.S., University of Illinois 
LAY, L. CLARK (1960), Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Aurora College; M.A., University of Southern Cahfomia; Ed.D., University of California, 
Los Angeles 

LEE, LOUISE G. (1964), Activities Adviser 
B.S., University of Wisconsin 


214 


Faculty and Administration 


LEMMON. ROBERT A. (1963), Assistant Professor of Education 
B.S., M.A.. Ohio State University 
LEVY, NISSIM (1963), Associate Professor of Psychology 
B.A., M.A.. Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
LEWIS, DANIEL G. (1963), Associate Professor of Music 

B.A., San Diego State College; M.A., Claremont Graduate School 
LI, DAVID H. (1960), Professor of Accounting 

B.A.. St. John’s University, Shanghai; M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University 
of Illinois 

LIU, GEORGE B. (1961), Librarian HI 

B.A., Fresno State College; M.A., M.L.S., University of Illinois 
UVENGOOD. EDWARD B. (1960), Librarian 11 

B.A., University of Redlands; M.S. in L.S., University of Southern California 
LONG, EMMETT T. (1959), Associate Dean of Students, Admissions and Records, and Associate 
Professor of Speech 

B.A., Pepperdine College; B.A., M.A., University of California 
LYNN, ARTHUR W. (1962), Test Officer, Counseling and Testing, and Associate Professor of 
Education 

B.A., University of Redlands; M.A., Claremont Graduate School 
LYONS, JACK E. (1959), Business Manager 
B.A., University of Southern California 

MASON, JOHN B. (1960), Professor of Political Science and CHiairman, Political Science 


Department 

B.A., Butler University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 
MATHIEU, GUSTAVE (I960), Associate Professor of French and German 
B.S., M.A., Ph D.. Columbia University , 

MAXWELL, J. WILLIAM (I960), Professor of Journalism and Chairman, Journalism Department 
B.A.. University of Southern California; M.S., Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Iowa 
McCarthy, miles D. (I 959), Professor of Biology and Chairman, Division of Science and 
Mathematics, and Chairman, Biological Science Depanment 
B.S., Westchester State Teachers College, Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 
McCLEARY, JAMES A. (1960), Professor of Botany 

B.A., Asbury College; M.S., Ohio University; Ph.D., University of Michigan 
McCLOUD, LELAND W. (1962), Associate Professor of Business Statistics and Management 
B.S., M.S. North Texas University; Ph.D., University of Texas 
McCOLGAN, HARRY (1964), Instructor in Drama 

B.A.. Wesleyan University; M.A., Northwestern University 
McCOMB. STUART F. (1959), Executive Dean and Professor of Education 

B.A., Arizona State University; M.S., Ed.D., University of Southern California; LL.D., Upper 
Iowa University 

McGARBY. EUGENE L, (1962), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., Cornell College; M.A., Northwestern University; Ph.D., State University of Iowa 
McKEE, KENT (1964), Assistant Professor of Business Law 
B.B.A., University of Toledo; LL.B., University of Michigan 
McNELLY, WILLIS E. (1961), Associate Professor of English ^ 

B.A., Central YMCA College; M.A., Loyola University (Chicago); Ph.D., Northwestern 
University 

MICHALSKY, DONAL R. (1960), Assistant Professor of Music 
B.Mus., M.Mus., University of Southern California 

MILLER, CECIL W. (1964), Registrar II ^ ^ . ^ . 

B.A., B.Th., Bethany Peniel College; M.Th., University of Southern California; Ed.D., Uni- 
versity of Southern California 

MONTANA, ANDREW F. (1963), Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
B.S., Seattle Pacific College; Ph.D., University of Washington 
MORRIS, THOMAS D. (1964), Financial Aids Officer and Assistant Professor 


B.A., M.Ed., Gonzaga University 
MORTON, HELEN L. (1963), College Physician 

B.A.. University of Nevada; M.D., Medical College of Virginia 
MORTON, HOWARD K. (1964), Psychometrist in Counseling and Testing 
B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 
NEWBY, IDUS A. (1963), Assistant Professor of History 

B.S.. Georgia Teachers College; M.A., University of South Carolina; Ph.D., University of 
California, Los Angeles 

OBLER, PAUL C. ( 1962), Associate Professor of English 

B.A., American University; M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D.. Rutgers University 
OLSEN, JOHN W. (1961), Professor of Art and Chairman, Division of Fine and Applied Arts 
B.Ed.’, University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Ed.D., Columbia University 
OMALEV, ALEXANDER (1960), Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach of 


Basketball 

B.A., M.S., University of Southern California 


215 


California State College at Fullerton 


O'TOOLE, JOHN B. (1962), Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B.A., Ouquesne University; Lit.M., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 
PALISI, BARTOLOMEO J. (1963), Assistant Professor of Sociology 
B.A., M.A., Brooklyn College; Ph.D., University of Nebraska 
PAN, DOROTHY (1964), Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., University of Oklahoma; M.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Case Institute of 
Technology 

PASTOR, PAUL J. (1960), Associate Professor of Education and Physical Education 
B.S., M.Ed., Springfield College; Ed.D., University of Oregon 
PE^A, ERVIE (1963), Instructor of Spanish 

B.A., Mexico City College; M.A., University of Southern California 
PONTNEY, JACK A. (1961), Assistant Professor of Economics 

B.A., University of Redlands; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University 
POVLOVICH, CHARLES A., JR. (I960), Professor of History 

B.A., University of Kansas City; M.A., University of Missouri; Ph.D., University of Southern 
California 

PREBLE, KENNETH J., JR. (1963), Assistant Professor of Education 
B.A., University of Miami; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago 
QUALLS, CLIFFORD (1964), Instructor of Mathematics 

B.A., Long Beach State College; M.A., University of California, Riverside 
RAMSAY. ORRINGTON C. (1960), Professor of English, Chairman, Division of Humanities and 
Chairman, English Department 

B.S., Northwestern University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 
REITH, GERTRUDE M. (1961), Assistant Professor of Geography 
B.A., M.A., University of Washington; Ph.D., Clark University 
RICHARDSON, IVAN (1964), Professor of Political Science 
B.A., University of Illinois; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa 
ROBERTS, CECIL E. (1963), Librarian 111 

B.A., M.A., University of Iowa; M.L.S., University of Illinois 
ROBERTS, FRANK L. (1961), Professor of Management and Marketing 

B.S., University of Arkansas; M.B.A., University of '1 exas; Ph.D., University of Illinois 
ROTHMAN, ALVIN (1964), Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles; D.Sc., The John Hopkins University 
RUDERSDORF, WARD J. (1963), Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.S., Wisconsin State College; M.S., Utah State University; Ph.D., Michigan State University 
SAILOR, DAN! ON B. (1962), Assistant Professor of History 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois 
SALZ, PAULINA J. (1961), Associate Professor of English 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 
SAMUELSON, GERALD D. (1962), Assistant Professor of Art 
B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 
SANDBERG, ROLLIN (1964), Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Alfred University; M.A., University of Buffalo; Ph.D., University of Arizona 
SCHICK, GUY (1964), Assistant Professor of Economics 
B.S., M.S., Purdue University 

SCHMIDT, LOUIS G. (1961), Professor of Education and Chairman, Psychology Department 
B.S., Stout State College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 
SCHNEIDER, CLARENCE E. (1962), Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Iowa State Teachers College; M.A., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Southern 
California 

SCOTT, SARI E. (1963), Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Carnegie Institute of Technology; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University of 
Iowa 

SHANER, RICHARD H. (1964), Activities Adviser and Assistant Professor 
B.A., University of Missouri; B.D., McCormick Theological Seminary 
SHAPLEY, CHARLES S. (1962), Assistant Professor of French 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California 
SHAUL, DONALD (1964), Assistant Professor of Management 

B.S., United States Naval Academy; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
SHIELDS. LORAN D. (1963), Assistant Professor of Chemistrv 

B.A., University of California, Riverside; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
SICA, MORRIS G (1964), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., Brooklyn College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ed.D., Florida State University 
SMITH, ALDEN (1964), Assistant Professor of Education 

A. B., M.A., University of California; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University Teachers College 
SMITH, EDWARD W. (1964), Assistant to the President and Director of Development 

B. S., University of Michigan; M.S., University of Southern California 


216 


Faculty and Administration 


SMITH, J. REX (1961), Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Phillips University; B.D., Yale University (Divinity School); M.A., Ph.D., University 
of Southern California 

SMITH, THEODORE H. (1960), Professor of Finance and Marketing and Dean, School of 
Business Administration and ]l^onomics 

B.A., Heidelberg College; M.B.A., Northwestern University; Ph.D., Ohio State University 
t SMITH, VICTOR V. (1962), Associate Professor of Art 
B.A., M.A., Long Beach State College 
SMYTHE, TED C. (1963), Assistant Professor of English 
B.S., Sterling College; M.S., University of Oregon 
SPENGER, ROBERT (1964), Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

A. B., University of California; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
STIEL, EDSEL F. (1962), Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B. A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
STUART, WALTER H. (1963), Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Harvard College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 
SUTTON, DONALD D. (1960), Professor of Biology 

B.A., University of California; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Davis 
SUTTON, IMRE (1964), Assistant Professor of Geography 

B.A. M.A., University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
THORSEN, DAVID O. (1960), Associate Professor of Music 
B.Mus., University of Redlands; M.A., Occidental College 
TOLLEFSON, ARTHUR L. (1962), Associate Dean of Students, Counseling and Testing, and 
Associate Professor of Education 
B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota 
TOWNSHEND-ZELLNER, NORMAN (1964), Professor of Economics and Chairman, Economics 
Department 

B.S., Ph.D., University of California 

TOY, ERNEST W., JR. (1959), College Librarian and Associate Professor of History 

B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.S., University of Southern California; M.A., University of 
California, Los Angeles 

TREGO, JOHN (1964), Associate Professor of Management 

B.S., Lebanon Valley College; M.A., Columbia University; Ed.D., Temple University 
TULL, DONALD S. (1961), Professor of Business Statistics, Economics and Marketing, and 
Chairman, Marketing and Quantitative Methods Department 
B.S., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago 

TURNER, GEORGE C. (1960), Associate Professor of Biology and Chairman, Science and 
Mathematics Education Department 

B.A., Stanford University; M.S., Utah State University; M.Ed., Eastern Washington College of 
Education; Ed.D., Arizona State University 
UNTERBERGER, BETTY M. (1961), Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Syracuse University; M.A., Radcliffe-Harvard; Ph.D., Duke University 
UNTEREINER, WAYNE (1964), Professor of Anthropology and Chairman, Anthropology 
Department 

B.A., University of California; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University 
VAN GINNEKEN, EVA (1964), Assistant Professor of French 
B.A., M.A., Wayne University; Ph.D., Brown University 
WAGNER, M. JOHN (1964), Assistant Professor of English 

A. B., M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., Northwestern University 
WALKINGTON, DAVID L. (1963), Assistant Professor of Biology 

B. A., M.S., Arizona State University 
WANG, PHYLLIS T. (1964), Librarian II 

B.A., Rockford College; M.A., University of Arkansas; M.S., Simmons College 
WILLIAMS, DAVID (1964), Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of Southern California 
WISEMAN, DORSEY E. (1961), Professor of Accounting and Finance, and Chairman, Account- 
ing and Finance Department 

B.S., West Virginia University; M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of 
Illinois 

WOO, JOHN C. H. (1962), Assistant Professor of Accounting 

B.A., National University, Nanking, China; M.A., San Francisco State College; M.A., Ph.D., 
University of Southern California 
WORKS, ERNEST (1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Arkansas A.M.&N. College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois 
YOUNG, JAMES D. (1960), Professor of Drama and Chairman, Drama Department 
B.S., Pepperdine College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 
ZELTZER, ALLEN M. (1963), Assistant Professor of Speech 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University 


t On leave fall semester, 1964. 


217 


PART-TIME FACULTY 
1964-65 


AGRESS, SHIRLEY B. (1964), Instructor of Speech 
B.A., Brooklyn College; M.A., New York University 
ASH, EDWARD C. (1962), Assistant Professor of Management 
B.S., M.B.A., University of Southern California 
BALDWIN, LEON E. (1964), Graduate Assistant of Psychology 
B.A., California State College, Fullerton 
BEACOM, PHYLLIS M. (1964), Lerturer of Art 
B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 
BEAMER, EDWIN H. (1964), Assistant Professor of Social Sciences 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.Litt., University of Pennsylvania 
BENGSTON, KURT L. (1963), Lecturer of Physics 
B.S., M.A., Wayne State University 
BOELTER, CAROL Y. (1964), Lecturer of Music 

B.A., San Diego State College; M.M., University of Southern California 
BOND, THOMAS G. (1964), Instructor of Marketing 

B.A., University of Colorado; M.B.A., Arizona State University 
BRADY, MELVIN (1963), Assistant Professor of Marketing 

B.S., University of Utah; M.B.A., Univeisity of Southern California 
BUNCH, LARRY L. (1964), Graduate Assistant of Psychology 
B.A., California State College, Fullerton 
CALLACI, CHARLES A. (1962), Assistant Professor of Speech 

A. B., Emerson College; M.A., San Francisco State College 
CANNON, JOHN P. (1962), Assistant Professor of Geography 

B. A., Long Beach State College; M.A., Mexico City College; Ph.D., University of Mexico 
CHURCH, GEORGE D. (1964), Instructor of Political Science 

B.S., Brigham Young University; M.S., University of Southern California 
COCHRUM, ELLEN J. (1962), Instructor of Russian 
COLE, SHERWOOD O. (1964), Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.A., University of California, Los Angeles; 
Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School 
CONNELLY, RAY (1964), Graduate Assistant of Marketing 
B.A., California State College, Fullerton 
COTTON, ROBERT C. (1964), Instructor of English 

A. B., University of Nebraska; M.A., Stanford University 
COX, MIRIAM (1961), Assistant Professor of English 

B. S., Utah State University; M.S., University of Idaho 
DEMES, STANLEY B. (1964), Librarian II 

B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; A.M., Washington University; M.S. in L.S., 
University of Southern California 
DENTZEL, CARL S. (1964), Assistant Professor of Art 

DES LAURIERS, JAMES R. (1964), Graduate Assistant of Biological Sciences 
B.A., California State College, Fullerton 
FARMER, MARJORIE (1964), Instructor of English 
B.A., California State College, Fullerton 
FISCHER, FRANK L. (1964), Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Don Bosco College; M.A., Loyola University of Los Angeles 
FORESTER, JOHN (1964), Assistant Professor of Business Statistics 

A. B., University of California 

FORLEY, MAURICE (1962), Associate Professor of Speech 
Ph.B., Yale College; J.D., Northwestern Law School 
FOSTER, FLORENCE (1964), Librarian II 

B. A., University of Akron; M.S. in L.S., Western Reserve University 
FRANKEL, DEXTRA L. (1964), Assistant Professor of Art 
FROLA, FRANCIS R. (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., M.S., San Jose State College 
GITTINS, BARBARA T. (1964), Graduate Assistant of Biology 
B.A., California State College, Fullerton 


218 


Part-time Faculty 


GRATNER, PAULINE C. (1962), Assistant Professor of Art 
B.E., University of California, Los Angeles 
GUSSOW, MARGARET B. (1962), Librarian U 

B.A., Queen’s University; M.S.C. in L.S., University of Southern California 
HAMILTON, ROBERT A. (1964), Assistant Professor of Journalism 
Ph.B., Marquette University 

HARRIS, RALPHE W. (1963), Assistant Professor of Sociology 
B.S., University of Louisville; M.S., Kent School of Social Work 
HAYDEN, MARY H. (1963), Instructor of English 
B.A., California State College, Fullerton 
HAYNER, HELEN L. (1964), Librarian II 

B.A., State University of New York; B.S. in L.S., Library School, Syracuse University 
HECKMAN, WILLIAM O. (1961), Assistant Professor of English 
B.A., Rutgers University; M.A., (Columbia University 
HOLDEN, DANIEL W. (1962), Assistant Professor of Management 
B.S., University of California; LL.B., Loyola University 
HOLDGRAFER, COURTLAND (1964), Instructor of Psychology 
B.A., M.A., Long Beach State College 
HUSHAW, WILLIAM C. (1964), Assistant Professor of Political Science 
B.A., San Jose State College; M.A., University of California 
KARRENBROCK, RODGERS E. (1964), Associate Professor of Accounting 

B.S., M.B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of Illinois 
KETTERINGHAM, WILUAM J. (1962), Instructor of Geography 
B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Stanford University 
KILKER, DOROTHY K. (1964), Instructor of English 
B.A., M.A., California State College, Fullerton 
KING, THOMAS O. (1964), Lecturer of Physics 
LANIER, VINCENT (1964), Lecturer of Art 
B.A., M.A., Ed.D., New York University 
LARSON, THALIA W. (1964), Instructor of Speech 

B.A., University of Southern California; M.A., Long Beach State College 
LASSWELL, THOMAS E. (1962), Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Arkansas College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Southern California 
LIEDLICH, RAYMOND D. (1961), Assistant Professor of English 
B.S., Bowling Green State University; M.A., Los Angeles State College 
LYNN, JOANNE L. (1964), Instructor of English 
B.A., Pomona College 

McCarthy, warren F. (1963), Associate Professor of Accounting 
B.A., Harvard University; M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania 
McWilliams, Robert G. (1964), instructor of Finance 
B.S., Boston College; M.B.A., Harvard University 
MILLS, JIMMY T. (1964), Graduate Assistant of Biology 
B.M.Ed., Midwestern University 
MYRES, BRIAN C. (1964), Graduate Assistant of Biology 
B.A.. California State College, Fullerton 
OLEYAR, RITA D. (1964), Instructor of English 

A. B., Seton Hill College 

PIERNO, ANTHONY R. (1961), Assistant Professor of Management 

B. A., Whittier College; LL.B., Stanford Law School 
REAMS, MAXINE L. (1962), Assistant Professor of Journalism 

B.A., State University of Iowa 

REIMANN, DONALD D. (1964), Assistant Professor of English 

A. B., Syracuse University; M.Ed., University of Bu£Falo 
REMSEN, LESTER E. (1964), Lecturer of Music 

B. M., ^stman School of Music; M.M., D.M.A., University of Southern California 
RILEY, GLYNDON D. (1964), Assistant Professor of Speech 

B.A., M.A., Pepperdine College; Ph.D., Florida State University 
ROGERS, STEWART E. (1964), Instructor of Drama 

B.A., California State College, Fullerton; M.S., University of Oregon 
ROTHMAN, JERRY (1963), Assistant Professor of Art 
M.F.A., Otis Art Institute 

SCHUTZ, HOWARD G. (1963), Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., University of Illinois; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology 
SMITH, DEBORAH K. (1964), Assistant of Art 

A. B., Long Beach State College 

SPENCER, HAROLD E. (1963), Associate Professor of Art 

B. A. M.A., University of California 

STAGGS, PEGGY L. (1964), Graduate Assistant of History 
B.A., California State College, Fullerton 


219 


California State College at Fullerton 

STEELE, DOROTHY A. (1964), Graduate Assistant of Chemistry 
B.A., California State College, Fullerton 
STEPHENSON, NORENE A. (1964), Graduate Assistant of Political Science 
B.A., University of California, Los Angeles 
TERRY, REX N. (1964), Instructor of Spanish 
B.A., M.A., Brigham Young University 
TRABAND, JOHN H. (1964), Assistant Professor of Management 

A. B., Western Maryland College; M.B.A., University of Maryland 
TRACEY, JAMES R. (1964), Assistant Professor of Journalism 

B. A., University of California, Berkeley 

TUCKER, ROY T. (1963), Assistant Professor of History 
B.A., M.A., Ohio State University 
VENITSKY, JULIETTE L. (1964), Assistant Professor of Speech 
B.A., University of Redlands; M.A., Long Beach State College 
WALKUP, FAIRFAX P. (1964), Lecturer of Drama 

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Ph.D., University of Utah 
WATKIN, LAWRENCE E. (1964), Lecturer of English 
A.B., Syracuse University; M.A., Harvard University 
WEEDON, JERRY L. (1964), Instructor of Speech 

A. B., California State College, Long Beach; M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 
WELDS, MAURICE W. (1964), Assistant Professor of Management 

B. A., University of Washington; M.A., Columbia University 
WILSON, WEBSTER D. (1963), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., M.A., Ed.D., University of California 
WORTHAM, MARY H. (1964), Instructor of English 

B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.A., University of Kansas 
ZAMMITT, NORMAN C. (1964), Assistant Professor of Art 
M.F.A., Otis Art Institute 


220 


PUBLIC SCHOOL TEACHERS COOPERATING IN 
STUDENT TEACHING PROGRAM 
1964 


ANAHEIM CITY SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Rachel Beeman, Halleen Berry, Helen Betts, Margery Booth, Betty Cowan, Bernice Cutler, 
Margaret Disbennet, Ed Elm, Elizabeth Elmore, Maida Gilbert, Ivin Hatfield, Lloyd Holder- 
man, Linda Johnson, Margaret Kinney, Bette Kleeman, Corinne Kozell, Prudence Hampton 
Mitchell, Ruth Namanny, Doris Sergihara, Mary Scully, Emily Smith, Mildred Stone, Beth Wik 

ANAHEIM UNION HIGH SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Betty Ackerman, Mattie Andrews, A1 Baker, Jerry Bishop, Genevieve Brown, Clifford Crews, 
Ruth Hay, Bruce Hazelton, Oliver Hitter, Robert Hunter, Les Johnson, Vernon Jones, Cathryn 
Kuhn, Robert Linn, Robert O’Brien, Dorothy Peridon, Robert Pritchard, Barbara Renshaw, 
Rudolph Richard, Regina Roberts, Luella Rodgers, Clyde Vineyard 

BREA SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Theodosia Coul on, Joy Davenport, Opal Hassing, Miriam Hinnen, Irma Holtman, Lynne 
Jacoby, Connie Noren, Tiffney Saieed, lone Salzer, Bill Shelton, Mary Lou Williams 

BUENA PARK SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Patricia Chirby, Lola Eldridge, Jiggers Garner, Margaret Hayes, Helen Ironmonger, Phyllis 
Johnson, Gail Lee, Daisy Preston, Winifred Robling, Louise Starek, Claire Trethaway, Barbara 
Yorke 

CENTRALIA SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Edward Archulleta, Theodore Broberg, Carol Cherry, Joseph Fairbanks, Anna Gustazsen, Arlene 
Lestico, Ruth Miller, Alma Phillips, Lorene Pike, Edythe Pledger 

COSTA MESA SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Geraldine Durston, Nita French, Lucile Icaboni, Elizabeth Kay, Catherine Lowden, Merle 
Smith, Raymond Snyder 

COVINA VALLEY UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Patricia Blumenthal, Oral Flora, Sidney Naylor, Lucille Silver 

EAST WHITTIER CITY SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Shirley Brinkman, Phyllis Conroy, Evelyn Francks, Jane Gerace, Kathleen Huston, Ann Pell, 
Van Richardson, Barbara Ringle, Jean Stockton, George Tout, Betty Washburn, Don Wilcox 

EXCELSIOR SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Thelma Gaba, Eleanor Jackson, Susan Kent, Darwyn Lumley, Gladys Vaughan, Ronald Warren 
FULLERTON SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Lucille Cooper, Elsie Dad, Shirley Elliott, Juel Farquhar, Jean Fowler, Helen Gepfert, Audra 
Grounds, Dee Hase, Hazel Herron, Roger Hindman, Ruth Jackson, Ruthann Kanel, Mary Jane 
Koffand, Rosemary Kriegel, Joyce Lang, Janice Merlo, Opalene O’Brien, Claudine Peterson, 
Jeannette Rak, Julie Schweickert, Virginia Sellers, Gladys Vortuni, Alice Yell 

FULLERTON UNION HIGH SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Leland Arth, Mary Virginia Aldrich, Matt Asta, Elma Austin, Lu Anne Baker, Virginia Ball, 
Thomas Bell, Betty Berkey, Beverly Blumenthal, George Burt, Fred Butler, Desmond Buzzell, 
William Campbell, Margaret Chaconas, Elma Clamp, Marjorie Claus, David Coerper, Lee 
Coppick, Michael Corrado, Norman Cotton, James A. Crippen, Donald Daniels, John Dewey, 
Eldred Douglas, Merrill Durfee, William Dutton, Ruth Elwell, Charles Fein, Marvin Freitag, 
L. L. Follett, Sarah Gronstrand, David Hail, Le Roy Hollenbeck, Wayne Hoverson, Robert 
Ingersoll, Elizabeth Jay, Doris Johnson, Duane Johnson, Elmer Klippenstein, Don Knorr, Betty 
Lane, Edmund LassA^ell, William Lennertz, Robert Linn, Beverly Lusty, R. Joseph Maag, 
Mary Lou Moore, Roger Morris, Joyce Morton, Lawrence Myers, Charles Peters, Fred Pulling, 
Leona Quigley, Joan Reiner, Betty Scaling, June Smith, Robert Tomes, Betty Trayin, Helen 
Walther, H. M. Wareburg, Barbara Watts, Norma Wilson, James Young 

GARDEN GROVE SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Margaret Byrd, Kay Cardwell, Mary Clark, Mildred De Lano, Carol Emde, Louise Eyerly, Pat 
Hopson, Corrine Human, Betty Humphreys, Judy Jacobs, Joy Jewell, Joyce Johnson, Phyllis 
Levy, Elva MacDoughall, Mary Paterson, Dorothy Skoglund, Celestia Scott, George Terreri, 
Sybil Ward, Mignon Waters, Emma William, Marie Wyrauk 


221 


California State College at Fullerton 


HUNTINGTON BEACH UNION HIGH SCHOOL DISTRICT 
Ray Cooper 

LA HABRA SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Sue Burnip, Florence Caspee, Anthony Cianetto, Harriet Hermann, Kenneth Lucas, Reita 
Lutz, Roger Membrez, Grace Pence, Nina Ralston 

LOWELL-JOINT SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Caroline Abramson, Lila Patterson, June Schubert, Margaret Stanfield, Marie Winters 

NEWPORT HARBOR UNION HIGH SCHOOL DISTRICT 
Lewis Palmer, Francis Wright 

NORWALK-LA MIRADA SCHOOL DISTRICT 
Sandra Gibilisco, Mildred Jarrell, Dorothy Jenkins 

ONTARIO SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Marian Armstrong, Sara Beck, Catherine Crandall, Mary Hess, Barbara Hildebrand, Muriel 
Johnston, Ruth Lindsey, Diana Lisowski, Fran Lowry, Allene Martin, Martha Mason, Jane 
Naisbitt 

ORANGE UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Lanny Carter, Loretta Carter, Robert Carter, Beverly Cloe, Loal Cole, Betty Copteen, Robert 
Edward, Vivian Hhlis, Inez Fallis, Sharon Foster, Anita Freedman, Anita Haupt, Marcia Hursey, 
Joyce King, Norma Lewis, Katherine Lindskoog, Kenneth Murphy, Dorothy Palmer, Hal 
Prange, James Schultz, Phillip Thoner, Bonnie Turner, Corrinne Turner, Ann Vargo, Pauline 
White, Ruth Wolting 

PLACENTIA UNIHED SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Ruth Beutel, Lloyd Blanchard, Omar Blanchard, Marvin Briggs, Thomas Bumes, Vera De Jong, 
Audrey Folz, Helen Hudson, Mary Juarez, Emily La Grande, Irma Laefing, Anthony Miscione, 
Margaret Naylor, Joan O’Dale, Mary Schmidt, Robert Sleeper, Charles Smith, Ann e Speck, 
Marilyn Vayssie 

SANTA ANA UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Bailey Bernard, Claude Black, Louis Burns, Edwin Craig, Leland Doughty, John Gratsch, 
Daniel Hohneker, Marion Kriesinger, John Lipj>ert, Dean Mayberry, Melvin McCord, Maeryta 
Minard, Margaret Minton, Shelby Minton, Carl Rauch, Jerry White, Robert Wolfe, John 
Wright 

TUSTIN SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Mary Adair, Barbara Burke, Mary Chacon, Mildred Duckworth, Kenneth H. Edwards, Mary 
Keane, Lillian Kugler, Yvonne Lacey, Betsy MacWilliams, Rhea Toole 


222 


California State College at Fullerton 


INDEX 


Academic Regulations, 41 
Acceptance of Credit, 36 
Accounting Courses, 125 
Accreditation, 22 

Admission on Academic Probation, 35 
Admission of Auditors, 35 
Admission to the College, 31 
Admission to Credential Programs, 35 
Admission, Foreign Students, 34 
Admission, Freshman, 31 
Admission, Graduate Students, 33 
Admission from Non-Accredited 
Colleges, 34 

Admission Procedures, 32 
Admission to Student Teaching, 75 
Admission to Summer Session, 35 
Admission to Teacher Education, 74 
Admission, Undergraduate 
Transfers, 32 
Advisement, 37 
Advisory Board, 13 
Advisory Councils, 18 
Announcement of Courses, 123 
Anthropology, Bachelor of 
Arts Degree, 112 
Anthropology Courses, 127 
Anthropology Department, 112 
Anthropology Minor, 113 
Art, Bachelor of Arts Degree, 80 
Art Courses, 128 
An Department, 79 
An Education Courses, 133 
An, Master of Arts Degree, 82 
Art Minor, 81 
Athletics, 27 

Bachelor’s Degree, General 
Requirements, 45 
Biological Science, Bachelor of 
Arts Degree, 102 
Biological Science Courses, 134 
Biological Science (Biology) 
Department, 102 
Biological Science, Master of 
Ans Degree, 104 
Biological Science Minor, 103 
Business Administration, Bachelor of 
Arts Degree, 60 

Business Administration and Economics 
Courses, 1 38 

Business Administration and Economics, 
School of, 59 

Business Administration Majors, 60 


Business Administration, Master’s 
Degree, 62 

Business Education, 61 
Business Education Courses, 139 
California State Colleges, 12 
Chancellor’s Office, 11 
Change of Program, 41 
Chemistry, Bachelor of 
Arts Degree, 105 
Chemistry Courses, 139 
Chemistry Department, 104 
Chemistry Minor, 105 
Classification in College, 42 
College Administration, 14 
College Calendar, 7 
College Committees, 15 
College Curricula, 55, 57 
College Foundation, 25 
College Membership in 
Organizations, 23 
Communication Courses, 141 
Communication Minor, 95 
Communication Teaching Credential 
Requirements, 95 
Communications, 94 
Communications Department, 94 
Comparative Literature, 93 
Comparative Literature Courses, 143 
Comparative Literature Minor, 94 
Concurrent Enrollment, 41 
Counseling, 30 

Course Numbering Codes, 124 
Credential Programs, 69, 73, 77 
Credit by Advanced Placement, 37 
Credit Evaluations, 36 
Credit by Examination, 37 
Credit for Extension and 
Correspondence Courses, 37 
Credit, General Policy, 36 
Credit for Military Service, 36 
Credit Transfer from Junior 
College, 36 
Dean’s List, 44 
Dismissal, 44 

Drama, Bachelor of Arts Degree, 83 
Drama Courses, 144 
Drama Department, 83 
Drama Minor, 84 
Economics, Bachelor of 
Arts Degree, 64 
Economics Courses, 147 
Economics Minor, 65 


223 


California State College at Fullerton 


—Continued 


INDEX 

Education Courses, 149 
Education Division, 67 
Education Publications Available, 77 
Elementary Education Courses, 149 
Elementary School Teacher 
Education, 69 

English, Bachelor of Arts Degree, 96 
English Courses, 157 
English Department, 95 
English Education Courses, 160 
English, Master of Arts Degree, 97 
English Minor, 97 
English Teaching Credential 
Requirements, 96 
Entrance Examinations, 32 
Evaluation of Transfer Credits, 36 
Evaluations, 36 
Examinations, 43 
Extension Program, 24, 39 
Faculty and Administration, 211 
Faculty, Part-time, 218 
Fees and Expenses, 38 
Fees Refund, 39 
Finance Courses, 161 
Financial Aids, 30 
Fine and Applied Arts Division, 79 
Fine and Applied Arts Major 
Programs, 79 

Foreign Language Credential 
Programs, 98 

Foreign Language Majors, 98 
Foreign Language Minors, 98 
Foreign Languages and Literatures 
Department, 97 
Foreign Language Education 
Courses, 162 
Foreign Students, 30, 34 
Foundations of Education Courses, 151 
French Courses, 162 
General Education, 45 
Geography, Bachelor of 
Arts Degree, 114 
Geography Courses, 164 
Geography Department, 114 
Geography Minor, 114 
Geology, 106 
Geology Courses, 166 
German Courses, 166 
Good Standing, 45 
Grading System, 42 
Graduate Students General 
Information, 34, 48 


Graduate Students Requirements, 

29, 33, 49 

Health, Accident, Hospital 
Insurance, 28 

Health Education Courses, 168 
History, Bachelor of Arts, 115 
History of the College, 22 
History Courses, 168 
History Department, 115 
History, Master of Arts Degree, 115 
History Minor, 115 
Honors, 43 
Housing, 27 

Humanities, Bachelor of Arts Degree, 93 
Humanities Division, 93 
Incomplete Work, 43 
Independent Study, 124 
International Programs, 24, 30 
Intramural Activities, 27 
Journalism Education Courses, 173 
Junior College Teacher Education, 73 
Language Laboratory, 98 
Late Registration, 41 
Library, 23 
Loans, 31 

Management Courses, 173 
Marketing Courses, 175 
Master’s Degree General 
Requirements, 49 
Mathematics, Bachelor of 
Arts Degree, 106 
Mathematics Courses, 176 
Mathematics Department, 106 
Mathematics Education Courses, 178 
Mathematics Minor, 107 
Music, Bachelor of Arts Degree, 87 
Music, Bachelor of Arts Degree, Ele- 
mentary Classroom Teachers, 89 
Music, Bachelor of Arts Degree, Music 
Education Specialization, 88 
Music Courses, 179 
Music Department, 85 
Music Degree Programs, 87 
Music Department Requirements, 85 
Music Education Courses, 183 
Music Fees, 86 
Music Minor, 90 

Organization and Administration, 5 
Other Definitions and Regulations, 42 
Parking Fees, 39 
Part-time Faculty, 218 
Part-time Placement, 29 


224 


California State College at Fullerton 


— Continued 


INDEX 

Philosophy, Bachelor of 
Arts Degree, 99 
Philosophy Courses, 184 
Philosophy Department, 99 
Philosophy Minor, 100 
Philosophy and Objectives of the 
College, 21 

Physical Education Courses, 187 
Physical Science Courses, 188 
Physics, Bachelor of Arts Degree, 108 
Physics Courses, 108 
Physics Major, 108 
Physics Minor, 109 
Placement, Business, Industry, 
Government, 29 
Placement, Educational, 29 
Placement Services, 29 
Political Science, Bachelor of 
Arts Degree, 116 
Political Science Courses, 191 
Political Science Department, 116 
Political Science, Master of 
Arts Degree, 118 
Political Science Minor, 118 
Portuguese Courses, 196 
Prerequisites, 124 
Premedical Preparation, 37 
Preprofessional Studies, 58 
Probation, 44 
Professional Education 
Requirements, 72 
Psychology, Bachelor of 
Arts Degree, 119 
Psychology Courses, 197 
Psychology Department, 1 19 
Quantitative Methods Courses, 199 
Re- Admission, 35 
Records, 40 

Recreation Courses, 200 
Registration, 38 
Repetition of Courses, 43 
Right of Petition, 45 
Russian Courses, 200 
Scholarships, 30 
School Service Courses, 153 
Science Education Courses, 201 
Science, Mathematics, and 
Engineering Division, 101 
Science and Mathematics Education 
Department, 110 


Secondary Education Courses, 155 
Secondary School Teacher 
Education, 71 

Social Sciences Division 111 
Social Sciences Education Courses, 202 
Social Sciences, Master of 
Arts Degree, 1 1 1 
Social Welfare Courses, 202 
Sociology, Bachelor of 
Arts Degree, 120 
Sociology Courses, 202 
Sociology Department, 120 
Sociology Minor, 121 
Spanish Courses, 205 
Speech, Bachelor of Arts Degree, 91 
Speech Courses, 206 
Speech Department, 90 
Speech Education Courses, 209 
Speech Minor, 92 
Statement of Residence, 41 
Student Activities, 26 
Student Conduct, 43 
Student Expenses, 39 
Student Health Services, 27 
Student News Bureau, 26 
Student Organizations, 26 
Student Personnel Services, 26 
Student Publications, 26 
Student Teaching Information, 75 
Student Writing, 43 
Study List Limits, 42 
Summer Sessions, 23, 35, 39 
Table of Contents, 3 
Teaching Credential Statutory 
Requirements, 73 
Teacher Education, 69 
Teacher Education Admission, 74 
Teacher Education Personnel 
Services, 74 
Testing, 30, 32 
Transcripts, 40 
Trustees of the California 
State Colleges, 9 
Undergraduate Admission, 32 
Undergraduate Testing, 32 
Unit of Credit, 42 
Veterans, 40 

Withdrawal from College, 41 


o 


printed in California office of state printing 
34730—701 11-64 15M 


.-:v 

r I .■; ■■ ■: ^'■. '■ 

; ■ V-' ^ , , • • 

^ ;. ..■■ 

. .' ... ' 

■)' ■ ■ ■ . 

.' , .■ 
■ V -■ . 


baustSf noS^-XB GH i 


i .. .;',! Grii i ■••>■; 1 .' ’ ' X; : !'>n' • 

■i;‘i"' >i; ‘'T foOfiV’ V '.:l/r'<.'> ■ 

' vi'-' .'./’^ohr 

! .'■ ' f.’-.^' • '• »C ( - /f* t ' 

::■ ‘ B ! 1 ^ ■ i-yj <•. >' ■ ^ 

V. .'.m: •.(* !.•-<,'■! . 

J \ .’•Jli"! ■'■» .*■?. i 
iX’; vu W’.) 

» . X/i .'f ‘ 

X'.' ^'.iWv 

.K" /X'-;'X' ' ■i-'hx-JO?. 

■';,( /for.rr/' ,* . 

‘-'f /.') ifxirrftqr? ■ y 

, rtn '. !0 -y ;X,| 

■ xM. ■ j r''K';iX^ 

ttV ! -j .X I r‘':-:i^qX 

hci-riuoD rToi.^G.,-!'X ■ .i 

/ •::' , :v .I--.-’/ /Ij,. .rX 

i-j ■ i;/ r • x u-x 

'^ .xxnlvi 

;•-■ ;<f ’G Xj.x-''* i 

■ ' . :i fv! ^ 

dUf^l I 'i 

• Xiy i .xfujn: 

•X\ \.xa{:.::^ivix:x'sO' trtof):rx-' 

. • . . ' V '! • t 'A' G-) )••>'■ '/? ;■ ''Vji. G ' X ■ ' ‘ 
^;: . -x- .>.!o{jiM- . '• - ' 

' ■■ •' ifj ■uulI.l'"- r ■■ . . '• ' ■ 

■■ iXvJ v!>’:;d 

>.' • . , ,' ..- lOfibni.'sX 

( v - X' :y 'Iti i' 

■> X ■ j' 'Gxx. ) x.> u'f’i:[;>x:^’l' 

- ; ixivui-; (XX.'Xyi 

. . ' ' . ::.f..:ijt:x 1 

',: -i’;; . ;■,' .1 X 1 

x; X-. . x. : X-Xi;:) -f. yib/;^ , •■ ' 

rx' 

Vi ', ill 

. O*' .x.?qh:>«;nf?lT 

b. I' •53i*{iL::i^l-5i>n’J ' 

V jiG t X ) :o ilnU ; 

0 ^' ,*GB 127 ‘jV X 

X ’Hint k G 

' ' ',t '■• •" ' ■ ■ , .. J'- ■• .• 


V?0 mA 

' x: • nq )^! { f 
. i y:ii ^^.Xv;i!f4A>;?oIir{^i 
” K-iflO hnsr •'/ftqo;?olir'H 
.. V Vt ,^miUd. 

. x.,n x;’:>kv:ri 

xx-oX’ 

v^jj; . ;•■ X'« 

•/ . XO) J 

, ■ ' »xqyi ? 

... 'X G ;':y)xM,/l 2 :jkvri^ 

•■ ■ ■• '. . tit X,'f! r>'K;vJ 

■ , ' ' X.- „,-x :ijiV , T -pjj-;50C;IM 

• vj »u'>n:foSi 

• 5ri n-^iipU. mi6 

X '..; y.Hm:C‘2 ]i 5 Gc;H*>x 

; ■ InGniin^I 

■ ■ ' %1 1 ,S‘>i>j 3 Ci A 

••'( ;>onoi:>5 

'jiijjoD i)2bT;^unuX4 

X . . q.;:to:^r:;;oiqoi^^ 

■ " ' -^V Xiv/'rS^.I<nS 

!v. tv.'k^GkV)^| 
■ 'XXj 

" ■': • JijvaS 

. .xA 


V^.vf'bxOGX^ 

I • Hr, 

' 'V VA^iGi-'irXtp^ 

. t’f ,aubi 7 aH ig Hi^iy 
i.’Vihjjy 

^ .'■ b'L ^tiqaU^i-tOXx' 

• . . lox'Ai 

iOi X..X >C 

ixiu )n?L v/' x -./:: 

ki:l ..lakixb ] 

/;::j 0 «iijG;v^x; v A.'' :--;:x';y 

. -■ ' 0 :i y i :;:gx.x ->0 


. ?xx. i ijo aoia'ia v,i 

Uti ll itr ■■■Ol-t 


V